April 15, 2020 Board Packet by Capitol Region Watershed District

Regular Meeting of the Capitol Region Watershed District (CRWD) Board of Managers, for Wednesday, April 15, 2020, 6:00 p.m. (Regular Meeting). Until further notice Board meetings will only be available via telephone and/or the web-based application Go To Meeting. You will not be able to attend meetings in person. You can join the meeting electronically by clinking on this link: https://global.gotomeeting.com/join/815154965 and following the directions or dial in using your phone: +1 (646) 749-3122 Access Code: 815-154-965 REGULAR MEETING AGENDA

Call to Order of Regular Meeting (President Joe Collins) A) Attendance B) Review, Amendments, and Approval of the Agenda

II.

Public Comment – For Items not on the Agenda (Please observe a limit of three minutes per person.)

III.

Permit Applications and Program Updates (Permit Process: 1) Staff Review/Recommendation, 2) Applicant Response, 3) Public Comment, and 4) Board Discussion and Action.)

A) B) C) D) E)

11-029 Schmidt Brewery – Closure (Martinkosky) 19-030 Five Star Storage – Extend Review Period (Hosch) 20-007 Xcel CR B (Hosch) 20-008 Tamarack Pathway (Martinkosky) 20-009 Ford Redevelopment (Kelley)

IV.

Special Reports – No Special Reports

Action Items A) AR: Approve Minutes of the April 1, 2020 Regular Meeting (Sylvander) B) AR: Approve Accounts Payable/Receivables for March (Sylvander) C) AR: Approve 2019 Annual Report (Van Sant) D) AR: Approve 2020 Quality Assurance Program Plan (Houle) E) AR: Approve Cooperative Construction Agreement and Authorize Bidding for Como Golf Course BMPs (Kelley)

VI.

Unfinished Business A) Como Lake Project Updates (Belden)

VII.

General Information A) Board of Manager’s Updates

VIII. Next Meetings A) Wednesday, May 6, 2020 - 5:00 PM- Board Workshop for the Watershed Management Plan B) Wednesday, May 6, 2020 - 6:00 PM -Regular Board Meeting IX. Adjournment Our mission is to protect, manage and improve the water resources of Capitol Region Watershed District

April 15, 2020 III. Permit Applications A.) Permit Close Outs (Martinkosky) DATE: TO: FROM: RE:

April 8, 2020 CRWD Board of Managers Luke Martinkosky Permit Closeouts

Background Construction activity is complete for permit #11-029, Schmidt Brewery. Issues Schmidt Brewery #11-029 This permit was issued for redevelopment of the former Schmidt Brewery into commercial and residential uses and associated infrastructure. Two underground sand filtration systems, one underground retention system and one infiltration system were constructed to treat stormwater. The site is currently stable and the as-built has been accepted. The $39,000 surety is available to return.

Action Requested Approve $39,000 surety return and Certificate of Completion for permit #11-029, Schmidt Brewery.

Z:\07 Programs\Permitting\Board Memos\2020-04-15 Permit Closeout Board Memo.docx

Our Mission is to protect, manage and improve the water resources of Capitol Region Watershed District.

April 15, 2020 III. Permits B.) Five Star Storage 2nd Review Extension Request (Hosch)

DATE: TO: FROM: RE:

April 9, 2020 CRWD Board of Managers Elizabeth Hosch 2nd 60-day Review Period Extension for Permit 19-030

Background The current review period for Permit 19-030 Five Star Storage expires on 4-18-2020. Issues The applicant requested an extension to the 60-day review period prior to the expiration. The applicant intends to submit permit application revisions shortly as they continue to sort through permit requirements. Requested Action Approve 2nd 60-day review period extension for Permit 19-030 Five Star Storage to expire June 17, 2020.

W:\07 Programs\Permitting\2019\19-030 Five Star Storage\Brd Memo 2nd Extension request 19-030 Five Star Storage.docx

Our Mission is to protect, manage and improve the water resources of Capitol Region Watershed District.

Capitol Region Watershed District Applicant:

Permit 20-007 Xcel Energy - County Road B

David Butler Xcel Energy 825 Rice Street St. Paul, MN 55117

Consultant: Brian Black Xcel Energy 414 Nicollet Mall Minneapolis, MN 55401

Description: Replacement of existing gas pipe with standardized 20-inch gas pipe. Stormwater Management: None, variance requested. District Rule: —C, D, F Disturbed Area: 0.41 Acres Impervious Area: 0.41 Acres

VARIANCE RECOMMENDATION:

Approve variance of 1,629 cf from volume retention requirement of Rule C for street impervious.

STAFF RECOMMENDATION: Approve with 3 Conditions: 1. Provide a copy of the NPDES permit. 2. Revise SWPPP to include a note stating that silt fence or fabric placed under the grate is not an approved form of inlet protection. 3. Quantify the area of reconstructed impervious within CRWD boundary. Current CRWD assumption is that all disturbed area will be new/reconstructed impervious.

McMenemy

Rice

Permit Location

Permit Report 20-007

Aerial Photo

Board Meeting Date: 04/15/2020

Capitol Region Watershed District Permit Report CRWD Permit #: Review date: Project Name: Applicant: Purpose:

Location: Applicable Rules: Variance Request:

20‐007 April 2, 2020 Xcel Energy ‐ County Road B David Butler Xcel Energy 825 Rice Street St. Paul, MN 55117 651‐229‐2488 David.W.Butler@xcelenergy.com

This project will consist of the replacement of 6.5 miles of existing 20‐ to 30‐inch gas pipe with standardized 20‐inch gas pipe. The old piping will be removed, and the new piping installed using open trench and horizontal directional drilling (HDD) boring techniques. County Road B from McMenemy Street to Rice Street C, D, and F Approve variance of 1,629 cf from volume retention requirement of Rule C for street impervious.

Recommendation: Approve with 3 Conditions EXHIBITS: 1. Civil Plans (79 Sheets), by Xcel Energy, dated 4/15/19, recv. 3/20/20. 2. SWPPP (80 Pages), by Westwood, dated 2/2019, recv. 3/20/20. 3. Disturbance Calcs and Correspondence, by Xcel Energy, dated 3/20/20, recv. 3/20/20. 4. Variance Request, by Xcel Energy, dated 3/19/20, recv. 3/20/20. 5. Application fee and surety checks from Northern States Power Company dated 3/31/20, recv. 4/2/20. HISTORY & CONSIDERATIONS: In 2013, the Capitol Region Watershed District approved a variance from Rule C for Permit 13‐ 012 on the basis that the property that Xcel Energy was working on was owned by another entity and no permanent changes to or obligations on that property were possible. Xcel complied with Rule C on all property under their ownership and improved drainage patterns through impervious disconnects, vegetated conveyances, and treatment to the maximum extent W:\07 Programs\Permitting\2020\20-007 Xcel County Road B\20-007 Permit Report_R1b.doc Page 1 of 4

practicable. The newly replaced impervious surfaces that triggered stormwater requirements were turned back to the local road authority that remains responsible for managing stormwater runoff from those impervious surfaces. In 2014, 2015, and 2016, the Capitol Region Watershed District also approved a variance from Rule C for permits 14‐011, 15‐006, and 16‐004 on the basis that the property that Xcel Energy was working on was still owned by another entity. Similarly, this current project is being constructed entirely within the right‐of‐way on property not owned by Xcel Energy. This limits the extent to which Xcel can comply with permanent stormwater management requirements toward rate and volume reductions in stormwater because the landowner would not be under any obligation to either maintain or keep any new stormwater infrastructure installed on the property. This project does not propose additional impervious surfaces and will restore all land disturbance back to pre‐construction conditions. Stormwater treatment for this impervious area will be required during future road reconstruction or other land disturbing activity conducted by the road authority/landowner. RULE C: STORMWATER MANAGEMENT Standards  Proposed discharge rates for the 2‐, 10‐, and 100‐year events shall not exceed existing rates.  Developments and redevelopments must reduce runoff volumes in the amount equivalent to an inch of runoff from the impervious areas of the site.  Stormwater must be pretreated before discharging to infiltration areas to maintain the long‐term viability of the infiltration area.  Developments and redevelopments must incorporate effective non‐point source pollution reduction BMPs to achieve 90% total suspended solid removal. Findings 1. A hydrograph method based on sound hydrologic theory is not used to analyze runoff for the design or analysis of flows and water levels. 2. Runoff rates for the proposed activity do not exceed existing runoff rates for the 2‐, 10‐, and 100‐year critical storm events. Stormwater leaving the project area is discharged into a well‐defined receiving channel or pipe and routed to a public drainage system. 3. Stormwater runoff volume retention is not achieved onsite in the amount equivalent to the runoff generated from 1.1‐inch of rainfall over the impervious surfaces of the development. a. The amount of proposed impervious is 17,775 ft2 (8.4 acres) b. Volume retention required: 17,775 ft2 x 1.1 inches x 1 ft/12 inches = 1,629 ft3 Table 1. Proposed volume retention through abstraction (i.e. infiltration, reuse). Volume Volume Retention 1.1‐inch 2.5‐inch Retention Runoff Runoff BMP Provided below Required 3 3 (ft (ft3) outlet (ft ) ) (ft3)

W:\07 Programs\Permitting\2020\20-007 Xcel County Road B\20-007 Permit Report_R1b.doc Page 2 of 4

1,629 A variance is requested. 4. Alternative compliance sequencing has been requested because disturbed impervious is not owned by Excel Energy. a. The applicant did not comply with the volume retention standard for the site. (variance requested) b. The applicant did not partially comply with the volume retention standard at an offsite location or through the use of qualified banking credits. (variance requested) c. The applicant has not submitted money to be contributed to the Stormwater Impact Fund. (variance requested) d. The project is linear, and the cost cap has not been reached. e. The applicant has requested a variance because the replaced impervious area is not owned by the applicant. 5. Best management practices do not achieve 90% total suspended solids removal from the runoff generated on an annual basis. 6. The applicant has completed the Alternative Compliance Sequence and has requested a Variance from Rule C for the 1,629 cubic feet of volume reduction and associated water quality treatment due to the lack of land ownership or control over the impervious surfaces being replaced in‐kind. 7. A recordable executed maintenance agreement is not required if the variance is approved. RULE D: FLOOD CONTROL Standards  Compensatory storage shall be provided for fill placed within the 100‐year floodplain.  All habitable buildings, roads, and parking structures on or adjacent to a project site shall comply with District freeboard requirements. Findings 1. There is no floodplain on the property according to FEMA. 2. It is unknown if all habitable buildings, roads, and parking structures on or adjacent to the project site comply with CRWD freeboard requirements. RULE E: WETLAND MANAGEMENT Standard  Wetlands shall not be drained, filled (wholly or in part), excavated, or have sustaining hydrology impacted such that there will be a decrease in the inherent (existing) functions and values of the wetland.  A minimum buffer of 25 feet of permanent nonimpacted vegetative ground cover abutting and surrounding a wetland is required. Findings 1. There are no known wetlands located on the property. RULE F: EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL

W:\07 Programs\Permitting\2020\20-007 Xcel County Road B\20-007 Permit Report_R1b.doc Page 3 of 4

Standards  A plan shall demonstrate that appropriate erosion and sediment control measures protect downstream water bodies from the effects of a land‐disturbing activity.  Erosion Control Plans must adhere to the MPCA Protecting Water Quality in Urban Areas Manual. Findings 1. Erosion and sediment control measures are consistent with best management practices, as demonstrated in the MPCA manual Protecting Water Quality in Urban Areas. 2. Adjacent properties are protected from sediment transport/deposition. 3. Wetlands, waterbodies and water conveyance systems are protected from erosion/sediment transport/deposition. 4. Total disturbed area is 18.6 acres (0.41 acres of which is in CRWD); an NPDES permit is required. A SWPPP has been submitted. RULE G: ILLICIT DISCHARGE AND CONNECTION Standard  Stormwater management and utility plans shall indicate all existing and proposed connections from developed and undeveloped lands for all water that drains to the District MS4. Findings 1. New direct connections or replacement of existing connections are not proposed. 2. Prohibited discharges are not proposed. Variance Request: Approve variance of 1,629 cf from volume retention requirement of Rule C for street impervious. Recommendation: Approve with 3 Conditions Conditions: 1. Provide a copy of the NPDES permit. 2. Revise SWPPP to include a note stating that silt fence or fabric placed under the grate is not an approved form of inlet protection. 3. Quantify the area of reconstructed impervious within CRWD boundary. Current CRWD assumption is that all disturbed area will be new/reconstructed impervious.

W:\07 Programs\Permitting\2020\20-007 Xcel County Road B\20-007 Permit Report_R1b.doc Page 4 of 4

SHEET 2033

PROPOSED 20" PIPELINE

SHEET 2032 SHEET 2031

DESOTO ST. COUNTY ROAD B

SHEET 2030

EDGERTON ST.

BURR ST.

ARKWRIGHT ST. N.

I-35 E.

SHEET 2029

Â®

SHEET 2027

0405

XCEL ENERGY 20" COUNTY ROAD B REPLACEMENT SITE INDEX MAP

Signature: Typed or Printed Name: Edwin A. Overholt Date: 02/18/20 License Number: 54191

PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the Laws of the ota. state of Minnesota.

SHEET 2028

SHEET 2037

SHEET 2036

PROPOSED 20" PIPELINE

COUNTY ROAD B

SHEET 2035

SOO LINE RR

RICE ST.

SHEET 2034

SHEET 2033

Â®

0406

XCEL ENERGY 20" COUNTY ROAD B REPLACEMENT SITE INDEX MAP

Signature: Typed or Printed Name: Edwin A. Overholt Date: 02/18/20 License Number: 54191

April 15, 2020 III. Permit Applications D.) Tamarack Pathway Variance Request (Martinkosky) DATE: TO: FROM: RE:

April 9, 2020 CRWD Board of Managers Luke Martinkosky Tamarack Pathway Buffer Variance Request

Background The City of Roseville proposes to convert an existing gravel alley within the City Right of Way to a bituminous pedestrian pathway from Tamarack Park to the Western Avenue cul-de-sac. A portion of the existing gravel alley runs between two wetlands. The project requires a CRWD Erosion and Sediment Control permit (Rule F). Issues Two wetlands are adjacent to the project area. CRWD staff have reviewed the site to determine approximate wetland boundaries and verify the existing gravel alley does not contain any wetland area. The full extent of the paving is contained within the existing gravel alley. Approximately 400 square feet of temporary wetland impacts are proposed to replace an existing drainage structure, mitigation of temporary wetland impacts is not required. Approximately 250 linear feet of existing vegetation and gravel alley are present within the required 25â&#x20AC;&#x2122; wetland buffer. The design width of the trail and gravel shoulder is 9 feet. Approximately 2,250 square feet of buffer are proposed to be impacted. A Variance has been requested from the buffer requirements of Rule E. a. The gravel alley is an existing use currently within the 25â&#x20AC;&#x2122; wetland buffer of both wetlands. b. Not paving the trail will not improve park access, and not improve or maintain buffer quality. c. The alignment of the pathway cannot be adjusted to reduce buffer impact due to wetlands on both sides of the pathway. d. A portion of the existing vegetation is in the center of the gravel alley, preservation is not feasible. e. Replacing the gravel alley with bituminous is anticipated to reduce sediment runoff to the adjacent wetlands. f. Temporary buffer impacts adjacent to the bituminous pathway will be established with native grasses, forbs and flowers. Action Requested Approve the Requested Variance from the 25 foot Buffer Requirements of Rule E for 2,250 sqaure feet of permanent buffer encroachment.

Z:\07 Programs\Permitting\2020\20-008 Tamarack Pathway\2020-04-15 Board Memo Tamarack Pathway Variance Request.docx

Our Mission is to protect, manage and improve the water resources of Capitol Region Watershed District.

April 15, 2020 Board Workshop V. Action Item A) Approve Minutes of April 1, 2020 Regular Board Meeting (Sylvander)

Regular Meeting of the Capitol Region Watershed District (CRWD) Board of Managers, for Wednesday, April 1, 2020, 6:00 p.m. (Regular Meeting) via telephone and/or the web-based application Go To Meeting. REGULAR MEETING MINUTES I.

Call to Order of Regular Meeting (President Joe Collins)

Managers Joe Collins, remote Seitu Jones, remote Shawn Murphy, remote Rick Sanders, remote Mary Texer, remote

Staff Present Public Attendees Mark Doneux, CRWD Douglas Kahl Michelle Sylvander, CRWD - remote U of M Students: James Mogen, Ramsey County Attorney Sydney Peyerl Eleanor Arpin Nick Bentelspacher

Review, Amendments and Approval of the Agenda.

Motion 20-054: Approve the Agenda of April 1, 2020 with no changes. Murphy/Sanders Unanimously Approved II.

Public Comment

Administrator Doneux, made introductions and noted that students from the University of Minnesota were in attendance. III.

Permit Applications and Program Updates A) 19-023 AgroPur 60K Silo Addition â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Closure (Martinkosky)

Administrator Doneux reviewed permit 19-023 AgroPur 60K Silo Addition. This permit was issued for construction of 60,000 gallon silo and associated 200SF building addition and site grading. No stormwater treatment was required. The site is currently stable, and construction is complete. No surety was collected for this project. Motion 20-055: Approve Certificate of Completion for permit #19-023, AgroPur 60K Silo Addition.

Murphy/Sanders Unanimously Approved B) 19-026 Tumble Fresh Laundromat (Hosch) Administrator Doneux reviewed permit 19-026 Tumble Fresh Laundromat. The applicant, Linn Investment Properties, LLC plans to build a new Tumble Fresh Coin Operated Laundry. This permit is for the redevelopment of former gas station with new construction of a building, parking lot, and associated utilities and stormwater management. Permanent stormwater management consists of one infiltration/filtration basin. The applicable rules are Stormwater Management (Rule C), Flood Control (D), and Erosion and Sediment Control (Rule F). The disturbed area of this project is 1.2 acres with .8 acres of impervious surface. Motion 20-056: Approve with 6 Conditions: 1. Receipt of $4,100 surety. 2. Receipt of documentation of maintenance agreement recorded with Ramsey County. 3. Provide plans signed by a professional engineer per the Minnesota Board of AELSLAGID. 4. Provide a copy of the NPDES permit. 5. Revise project plans to address the following: a. Revise site‐specific maintenance plan to include a description of inspection activities for the filtration basins. It should include inspecting in winter months to ensure plowed snow is not being stored on filtration practices. b. Extend riprap at FES and Rain Guardian outlets of Filtration Basin B to the toe of the slope to prevent erosion. c. Clarify the EOF for Filtration Basin A. Currently, the elevation of the west basin berm is not labeled such that the noted EOF (859.5) may not be used. CRWD suggests lowering the EOF elevation of Filtration Basin A to 859.00 and provide three spot elevations of 859.50’ between the property limit and west side of Filtration Basin A. d. Include CBMH 105 in the storm sewer structure schedule table at the top of Sheet C6.01. The Neenah Foundry casting number is unclear for that catch basin. 6. Revise HydroCAD model to address the following: a. Revise existing HydroCAD model to accurately account for flow from the north property. i. Flows from subcatchments EX and E1 shall be routed to a pond node to represent the low spot in the pavement area of the existing site. ii. The primary outlet from the pond shall be the catch basin grate routed to the pipe flowing to the west, which ultimately connects to the total west flow link. iii. The secondary outlet shall be the EOF to the east. b. Revise proposed HydroCAD model to accurately account for flow from the north property. i. Flows from subcatchments PX and P1 shall be routed to a pond node to represent the low spot in the northern parking lot. ii. The primary outlet from the pond shall be the pipe flowing to the west; the catch basin grate device(s) shall be routed to the primary outlet pipe. iii. A secondary outlet shall be used for the EOF to the east at 856.00’. c. Ensure rate control is provided for discharge to the west and to the east after these revisions are made.

Murphy/Sanders Unanimously Approved C) 20-004 Griggs-Scheffer Street Reconstruction (Hosch) Administrator Doneux reviewed permit 20-004 Griggs-Scheffer Street Reconstruction. The applicant, City of Saint Paul is reconstructing the streets of Juno, Hartford, Bayard and Scheffer between Hamline and Edgcumbe in addition to Syndicate from Scheffer to Bayard and Juno to Randolph. The total length of the project is about 9300 feet. Phase 1 permanent stormwater management for consists of five infiltration trenches. Future phase 2 permanent stormwater management may consist of three infiltration trenches. The applicable rules are Stormwater Management (Rule C), Flood Control (D), and Erosion and Sediment Control (Rule F). The disturbed area of this project is 13 acres with 9.5 acres of impervious surface. President Collins commented about how this is a good project to share with the City of St. Paul. Motion 20-057: Approve with 1 Condition: 1. Provide a copy of the NPDES permit. Murphy/Sanders Unanimously Approved D) 20-005 Washington Technical High School Improvements (Hosch) Administrator Doneux reviewed permit 20-005 Washington Technical High School Improvements. The applicant, St. Paul Public Schools is proposed a site plan divided into two phases. The first phase of the project set to take place in 2020 includeds a new 8-lane track and synthetic turf field. The site plan includes new concrete sidewalks and bituminous pavement. The proposed Phase 2, set to take place in future years, includes bleachers, a bathroom and concessions building, and a concrete plaza. The applicable rules are Stormwater Management (Rule C), Flood Control (D), and Erosion and Sediment Control (Rule F). The disturbed area of this project is 10 acres with 2.398 acres of impervious surface. Motion 20-058: Approve with 2 Conditions: 1. Provide a copy of the NPDES permit. 2. Revise proposed HydroCAD models or plans to correspond for Pond 2P (Synthetic Turf Rock Base): a. Invert of primary outlet is 147.83’ in HydroCAD and 146.52’ in the storm sewer table on Sheet CC3.000. b. Downstream invert of primary outlet is 146.83’ in HydroCAD and 144.53’ in the storm sewer table on Sheet CC3.000. c. Diameter of primary outlet is 8‐inches in HydroCAD and 12‐inches in the storm sewer table on Sheet CC3.000. d. Clarify or remove secondary outlet (14.2‐inch Horizontal Orifice/Grate). This outlet is unable to be verified by the plans.

Murphy/Sanders Unanimously Approved IV.

Special Reports – No report

No special reports. V.

Action Items A)

AR: Approve Minutes of the March 19, 2020 Regular Meeting (Sylvander)

Motion 20-059: Approve the Minutes of the March 19, 2020 Board Workshop. Murphy/Sanders Unanimously approved B)

AR: Adopt COVID-19 Response Plan and Temporary Delegation of Authority to the Administrator (Doneux)

Administrator Doneux reviewed that Capitol Region Watershed District is following the Minnesota Department of Health’s (MDH) guidance to slow the spread of COVID-19 and reduce impacts to health and safety as well as complying with the Governor’s declaration of a peacetime state of emergency. CRWD’s office was closed to the public starting on Tuesday, March 17, 2020. Staff have been working remotely, except for essential services, and will be available via phone or email. On March 25, 2020 Governor Walz issued Emergency Executive Order 20-20 - Directing Minnesotans to Stay at Home. Governor Walz has issued other Emergency Executive Orders and may issue further Emergency Executive Orders to address the COVID-19 peacetime emergency. State and District Response Plans prescribe necessary and prudent administrative actions to address emergency situations to assure local government services are managed in the public interest. It is in the public interest to accomplish timely, but not always foreseeable decisions, when operating under a state of emergency. The Administrator and Division Managers recognize the need to streamline processing of District business in a timely manner to address decisions related to or impacted by the COVID-19 peacetime emergency. It may be necessary and is thus prudent to temporarily delegate certain actions during the COVID-19 peacetime emergency to the Administrator where practical or possible. Staff have updated the COVID-19 Response Plan and drafted a list of Essential Services consistent with the Governors Emergency Executive Order 2020. The proposed Board resolution also ratifies the determination that CRWD Board meetings will be conducted electronically and the updated, March 27, 2020 COVID-19 Response Plan. Managers discussed essential projects. Administrator Doneux replied how staff will continue working safely. Attorney Mogen added that CRWD is deemed essential to remain operating. Motion 20-060: Adopt Resolution for COVID-19 Response Plan and Temporary Delegate certain Authority to the Administrator with two amendments.

Murphy/Sanders Unanimously approved VI.

Unfinished Business A)

Targeted Watershed Program Update (Doneux)

Due to COVID-19 the district has closed the Building for public use. Staff are working offsite. Monitoring team has donated a number of masks and protective equipment for medical purposes. Administrator Doneux is coming into the office on a regular basis. VII.

General Information A)

Board of Managers’ Updates

Manager Texer will be sharing a video sent out by MAWD. Manager Texer added that MAWD is reviewing the contract for the annual meeting incase it will need to be cancelled as well as the summer tour. Manager Texer provided an explanation of MAWD for the U of M students. The Metro MAWD meeting schedule for next week will be cancelled. Manager Murphy asked about Como Lake alum treatment. Administrator Doneux replied that both Parkview and Como Lake are both being considered essential projects and work is continuing on these projects. President Collins asked about public meetings. Administrator Doneux replied that two public meetings were held for the Como Lake prior to the Governors state of emergency. VIII. Next Meetings A) Wednesday, April 8, 2020 5:00 PM – CAC Meeting Cancelled B) Wednesday, April 15, 2020 7:00 PM – Board Meeting – Electronic Only C) Wednesday, April 22, 2020 5:00 PM- Board Workshop (Tentative) IX.

Adjournment

Motion 20-061: Adjournment of the April 1, 2020 Regular Board Meeting at 7:05 P.M. Murphy/Sanders Unanimously Approved Respectfully submitted, Michelle Sylvander

April 15, 2020 Board Meeting V. Action Items – B) Accounts Payable & Budget Update (Sylvander)

DATE: April 9, 2020 TO: CRWD Board of Managers FROM: Michelle Sylvander, Office Manager RE: March 2020 Accounts Payable/Receivable and Administrative/Program Budget Report _________________________________________________________________________________ Enclosed are the Accounts Payable/Receivable and the Administrative/Program Budget Reports for the Month of March 2020. Summary of Budget Report: (March Only Expenses) Administrative Budget (100’s) Program Budget (200’s) Project Budget (300’s) Capital Improvement Budget (400’s) Debt Service (500’s)

$ $ $ $ $

95,649.09 169,470.67 39,588.49 20,876.18 0.00

TOTAL

325,584.43

Summary of Accounts Payable/Receivable Report through March 31, 2020: (Past, present and future months) (March 2020 Only)

Accounts Payable Accounts Receivable

$ $

353,546.06 1,384.993.36

Request Action Approve March 2020 Accounts Payable/Receivable and Budget Report and direct Board Treasurer and President to endorse and disperse checks for these payments. enc:

March 2020 Accounts Payable March 2020 Budget Report

2020 Operations and CIP Monthly YTD Expenditures to Budget

$8,000,000 $7,000,000 $6,000,000 $5,000,000 $4,000,000 $3,000,000 $2,000,000 $1,000,000 $-

Jan

Feb

March

April

2020 Operations Budget 2020 CIP Budget

May

Jun

July

August

Sept

Oct

Operations Cumulative Expenditures CIP Cumulative Expenditures

W:\02 Budget and Finance\Board Memos\Board Memos 2020\BD Memo AP Budget Report 0004152020.docx

Nov

Dec

Capitol Region Watershed District

Check Register For the Period From Mar 1, 2020 - Mar 31, 2020

Date 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20

Payee Anchor Solar Investments, LLC ASI Signage Innovations ATC Group Services, LLC Background Stories Barr Engineering Becca Dilley Photography Benefit Extras, Inc. C Lanphear Design Canateen Centerline Charter Corp. Christine Baeumier Colonial Life Comcast - Business Commercial Steam Team, Inc. Digi-Key Fondriest Environmental Forrest J. Kelley Fresh Color Press Freshwater Society Gallagher Gopher State One HealthPartners In-Situ Inc. Limno Tech Malone Staffing Solutions Mary Texer McCaren Designs, Inc. Menards MetLife Metropolitan Council MSC Industrial Supply Pioneer Press Ramsey County Property Tax Services Ramsey County - Attorney Redpath & Company, Ltd. Rymark Shawn Murphy SRF Consulting, Inc. Staples Business Advantage Syscon, Inc. Tech Sales Co. Tierney Brothers, Inc. Tunheim Partners, Inc. ULINE University of MN Water Resources Center

Total $163.20 263.38 2,886.53 4,750.00 22,707.80 1,200.00 94.25 510.00 97.29 308.22 780.00 949.10 924.97 1,305.00 915.89 274.85 1,800.00 203.00 145.00 2,000.00 16.20 26,717.34 222.00 3,825.00 2,249.78 1,961.75 555.28 275.57 295.19 25,912.50 234.58 1,032.30 1,671.48 2,210.00 15,448.02 2,599.50 1,698.60 2,815.93 71.99 243.75 29,461.00 497.43 2,000.00 46.58 25,000.00

Page 1 of 2

Check # 20544 20545 20546 20547 20548 20549 20550 20551 20552 20553 20554 20555 20556 20557 20558 20559 20560 20561 20562 20563 20564 20565 20566 20567 20568 20569 20570 20571 20572 20573 20574 20575 20576 20577 20578 20579 20580 20581 20582 20583 20584 20585 20586 20587 20588

Description Solar Leasing West Entrance Graphics Professional Services Midway Peace Park Water Features March Engineering Expense Awards Ceremonth Photograpthy/Staff Photos Monthly Benefit Administration Design Work Rainy Lake Coffee Lake McCarrons Project Administration Employee Benefits Voice Mail & Internet Carpet & Upholstery Cleaning Monitoring Supplies Conductivity Standard Office Cleaning Laminated Posters 2020 State of Water Conference 2018-20 Salary Admin & Job Classifications E-Mail Tickets Employee Benefits XL Desiccant Professional Services Temporary Receptionist Manager Per Diem/Expense-1st Quarter Monthly Horticulture Services Supplies Employee Benefits Lab Analysis Power Distribution Block/First Aid Kit Supplies Public Notices Property Taxes Attorney Fees March Accounting & Payroll/Audit Managed Services Manager Per Diem/Expense-1st Quarter BMP Final Design Office Supplies Sage Support/Timecard Monitoring Equipment Plotter Paper/Techinical Services Professional Services/Como Lake Supplies Contribution/MN Stormwater

Capitol Region Watershed District

Check Register For the Period From Mar 1, 2020 - Mar 31, 2020

Date 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20 04/15/20

Payee Verizon Wireless Viking Industrial Center Walters Wenck Associates, Inc. Xcel Energy Xcel Energy US Bank SUB-TOTAL: MARCH A/P

MARCH PAYROLL/BENEFITS: MARCH TOTAL:

Total 790.93 689.54 80.00 13,250.24 9.03 12.04 2,691.49

Check # 20589 20590 20591 20592 20593 20594 20595

Description Cell Phone Services Supplies Trash/Recycling Permit Program/Inspections/Aquatic Vegetation Electrical Service-Mayrland Ave. Kittson Street Monthly Credit Card Expense

$206,863.52

146,682.54 $353,546.06

APPROVED FOR PAYMENT:

4/15/2020

MARCH, 2020 RECEIPTS Colonial Life Ryan Company MN Finance MARCH RECEIPTS:

$755.36 500.00 1,383,738.00 $1,384,993.36

Page 2 of 2

Refund Permit Fee TWP Grant

Capitol Region Watershed District March 31, 2020 Comparison

Check Register Totals Accounts Payable Checks

$206,863.52

Payroll & Benefits

146,682.54

TOTAL:

$353,546.06

Pre-Paid Expenses: MARCH ONLY:

($27,961.63) $325,584.43

Pre-Paid Expenses: Colonial Life - Ck. #20555 HealthPartners - Ck. #20565 MetLife - Ck. #20572

Page 1 of 1

949.10 26,717.34 295.19 $27,961.63

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHE DISTRICT JOB COST RECAP FOR THE PERIOD MARCH 1, 2020 ‐ MARCH 31, 2020

TOTAL GENERAL ADMINISTRATION: 200 ‐ Administration 201 ‐ Groundwater 207 ‐ Rulemaking/Rule Revisions 208 ‐ Permitting 210 ‐ Stewardship Grants 211 ‐ Monitoring & Data Collection 220 ‐ Education & Outreach 225 ‐ Technical Resources & Information Sharing 228 ‐ Future Trends: Research and Positioning 230 ‐ Geographic Informatin Systems (GIS) 240 ‐ Safety Program TOTAL PROGRAMS: 300 ‐ Administration 301 ‐ Shoreline & Streambank Maintenance 305 ‐ Como Lake Subwatershed 310 ‐ Lake McCarron's Subwatershed 313 ‐ Loeb Lake Subwatershed 315 ‐ Trout Brook Subwatershed 317 ‐ Crosby Lake Subwatershed 330 ‐ Mississippi River Subwatershed 370 ‐ Watershed Management Plan 390 ‐ Special Projects & Grants TOTAL PROJECTS: TOTAL OPERATING FUND: 405 ‐ Como Lake BMP's 410 ‐ Lake McCarron's BMP's 413 ‐ Loeb Lake BMP's 415 ‐ Trout Brook BMP's 425 ‐ Wetland, Stream & Ecosystem Restoration 430 ‐ Mississippi River Subwatersheds BMP's 440 ‐ Special Projects & Grants 450 ‐ Future Trends: Implementation TOTAL CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT: 14960 ‐ Debt & Loan Service 15 TOTAL DEBT SERVICES:

2020 ANNUAL BUDGET ‐ 722,700.00 64,000.00 55,800.00 5,000.00 (357,670.00) $489,830.00 236,062.00 8,280.00 12,750.00 390,790.00 786,810.00 657,830.00 548,260.00 65,730.00 121,070.00 50,390.00 36,000.00 $2,913,972.00 121,608.00 8,000.00 113,540.00 68,720.00 49,880.00 410,360.00 28,860.00 385,120.00 155,510.00 99,050.00 $1,440,648.00 $4,844,450.00 1,447,610.00 755,540.00 13,540.00 566,250.00 30,000.00 1,344,650.00 1,677,700.00 50,000.00 $5,885,290.00 1,057,243.00 $1,057,243.00

CURRENT MONTH EXPENDITURES ‐ 89,268.93 6,269.96 ‐ 110.20 ‐ $95,649.09 ‐ 47.39 1,887.72 25,841.31 8,216.79 82,973.18 17,521.93 996.45 26,258.38 490.76 5,236.76 $169,470.67 ‐ 261.26 5,257.43 4,113.75 ‐ 6,717.56 340.42 5,875.86 11,769.20 5,253.01 $39,588.49 $304,708.25 9,288.58 2,856.50 148.20 ‐ ‐ 7,841.45 478.07 263.38 $20,876.18 ‐ ‐

TOTAL ALL FUNDS:

$11,786,983.00

$325,584.43

$1,743,469.91

$10,043,513.09

14.79%

Unaudited Fund Balance FUND BALANCES @ 12/31/19 Operations 1,891,112.34 Capital Improvement 3,078,008.95 Debt Service 186,690.88 Building/Bond Proceeds 1,685,217.80 TOTAL FUND BALANCE: $6,841,029.97

2020 Fund Transfers ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ $0.00

Year‐to‐Date Revenue 6,306.43 1,398,567.49 ‐ ‐ $1,404,873.92

Year‐to‐Date Expenditures $891,168.28 75,579.75 776,721.88 ‐ $1,743,469.91

Unaudited Fund Balance @ 03/31/20 1,006,250.49 4,400,996.69 (590,031.00) 1,685,217.80 $6,502,433.98

19970 ‐ General Administration 20970 ‐ General Administration 20975 ‐ Aldine Operations 20976 ‐ 1736 Thomas Operations 19978 ‐ MAWD 00000 ‐ Administration Allocation

JOB COST #/NAME

YEAR‐TO‐DATE EXPENDITURES 17,985.91 274,833.64 19,784.61 1,514.72 1,953.23 ‐ $316,072.11 31.00 2,556.99 16,290.50 83,841.76 39,094.22 140,027.80 67,859.78 3,713.66 27,590.47 3,497.24 11,027.22 $395,530.64 ‐ 10,867.50 26,739.05 16,872.29 ‐ 34,529.76 1,146.82 23,788.25 42,653.11 22,968.75 $179,565.53 $891,168.28 18,723.96 6,464.18 2,411.86 59.45 ‐ 36,561.68 7,594.16 3,764.46 $75,579.75 776,721.88 $776,721.88

BALANCE OF BUDGET REMAINING (17,985.91) 447,866.36 44,215.39 54,285.28 3,046.77 (357,670.00) $173,757.89 236,031.00 5,723.01 (3,540.50) 306,948.24 747,715.78 517,802.20 480,400.22 62,016.34 93,479.53 46,892.76 24,972.78 $2,518,441.36 121,608.00 (2,867.50) 86,800.95 51,847.71 49,880.00 375,830.24 27,713.18 361,331.75 112,856.89 76,081.25 $1,261,082.47 $3,953,281.72 1,428,886.04 749,075.82 11,128.14 566,190.55 30,000.00 1,308,088.32 1,670,105.84 46,235.54 $5,809,710.25 280,521.12 $280,521.12

% OF BUDGET EXPENDED ‐‐‐ 38.03% 30.91% 2.71% 39.06% 0.00% 64.53% 0.01% 30.88% ‐‐‐ 21.45% 4.97% 21.29% 12.38% 5.65% 22.79% 6.94% 30.63% 13.57% 0.00% 135.84% 23.55% 24.55% 0.00% 8.41% 3.97% 6.18% 27.43% 23.19% 12.46% 18.40% 1.29% 0.86% 17.81% 0.01% 0.00% 2.72% 0.45% 7.53% 1.28% 73.47% 73.47%

Page 1 of 7

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHE DISTRICT JOB COST DETAIL FOR THE PERIOD MARCH 1, 2020 ‐ MARCH 31, 2020 2020 ANNUAL BUDGET ‐ 722,700.00 64,000.00 55,800.00 5,000.00 (357,670.00) TOTAL GENERAL ADMINISTRATION: $489,830.00 20000 ‐ Administration Allocation 236,062.00 19000 ‐ District Permit Program ‐ 20099 ‐ District Permit Program 191,540.00 20101 ‐ Permit Tracking & Database Management 14,850.00 19102 ‐ Construction Inspection ‐ 20102 ‐ Construction Inspection 148,650.00 19103 ‐ Permit Closure & Post Construction Inspection/Maintenance ‐ 20103 ‐ Closure & Post Construction Inspection 35,750.00 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ ‐ Permits ‐ 19120 ‐ Evaluate Rules/TAC Meetings ‐ 20120 ‐ Evaluate Rules/Hold TAC Meetings 12,750.00 19130 ‐ Groundwater Protection ‐ Well Sealing ‐ 20130 ‐ Groundwater Protection ‐ Well Sealing 8,280.00 18143 ‐ Stewardship Grants ‐ 19143 ‐ Stewardship Grants ‐ 20143 ‐ Stewardship Grants 432,450.00 19144 ‐ Partner Grants ‐ 20144 ‐ Partner Grants 130,200.00 20145 ‐ Inspiring Communities Program 20,540.00 20146 ‐ SPS Rain Garden Projects 20,150.00 16147 ‐ TWP Blvd. Rain Gardens 183,470.00 19200 ‐ Baseline Monitoring & Data Collection ‐ 20200 ‐ Baseline Monitoring Data Collection 327,070.00 19205 ‐ Lake Monitoring & Data Collection ‐ 20205 ‐ Lake Monitoring & Data Collection 105,190.00 19210 ‐ Villa Park Monitoring & Data Collection ‐ 20210 ‐ Villa Park Monitoring & Data Collection 32,900.00 19215 ‐ Wetland Bio‐Monitoring ‐ 20215 ‐ Wetland Bio‐Monitoring 20,050.00 20220 ‐ WISKI Database Website 57,480.00 20225 ‐ Remote Data Access & Set Up 14,680.00 19230 ‐ BMP Monitoring ‐ 20230 ‐ BMP Monitoring 50,050.00 15231 ‐ AHUG Exfiltration Monitoring 20,360.00 17232 ‐ Midway Office WH Monitoring 30,050.00 19250 ‐ General Outreach & Communications ‐ 19970 ‐ General Administration 20970 ‐ General Administration 20975 ‐ Aldine Operations 20976 ‐ 1736 Thomas Operations 20978 ‐ MAWD 10000 ‐ Administration Allocation

JOB COST #/NAME

CURRENT MONTH EXPENDITURES ‐ 89,268.93 6,269.96 ‐ 110.20 ‐ $95,649.09 ‐ ‐ 12,073.53 ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 463.64 13,304.14 1,794.80 92.92 ‐ 47.39 206.07 ‐ 5,551.22 ‐ 602.38 ‐ 47.39 1,809.73 15,771.75 55,526.22 ‐ 111.66 2,451.00 176.29 ‐ ‐ ‐ 915.89 7,689.75 330.62 ‐ ‐ ‐

YEAR‐TO‐DATE BALANCE OF EXPENDITURES BUDGET REMAINING 17,985.91 (17,985.91) 274,833.64 447,866.36 19,784.61 44,215.39 1,514.72 54,285.28 1,953.23 3,046.77 ‐ (357,670.00) $316,072.11 $173,757.89 31.00 236,031.00 8,744.23 (8,744.23) 33,526.18 158,013.82 ‐ 14,850.00 76.18 (76.18) 337.93 148,312.07 479.66 (479.66) 1,777.75 33,972.25 38,899.83 (38,899.83) 2,305.88 (2,305.88) 13,984.62 (1,234.62) 2,267.25 (2,267.25) 289.74 7,990.26 206.07 (206.07) 12,395.84 (12,395.84) 16,935.28 415,514.72 983.80 (983.80) 3,348.27 126,851.73 ‐ 20,540.00 721.45 19,428.55 4,503.51 178,966.49 29,099.51 (29,099.51) 97,502.45 229,567.55 234.60 (234.60) 934.77 104,255.23 2,465.02 (2,465.02) 235.03 32,664.97 131.35 (131.35) ‐ 20,050.00 ‐ 57,480.00 915.89 13,764.11 7,764.64 (7,764.64) 744.54 49,305.46 ‐ 20,360.00 ‐ 30,050.00 10,607.96 (10,607.96)

% OF BUDGET EXPENDED ‐‐‐ 38.03% 30.91% 2.71% 39.06% 0.00% 64.53% 0.01% ‐‐‐ 17.50% 0.00% ‐‐‐ 0.23% ‐‐‐ 4.97% ‐‐‐ ‐‐‐ 109.68% ‐‐‐ 3.50% ‐‐‐ ‐‐‐ 3.92% ‐‐‐ 2.57% 0.00% 3.58% 2.45% ‐‐‐ 29.81% ‐‐‐ 0.89% ‐‐‐ 0.71% ‐‐‐ 0.00% 0.00% 6.24% ‐‐‐ 1.49% 0.00% 0.00% ‐‐‐

Page 2 of 7

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHE DISTRICT JOB COST DETAIL FOR THE PERIOD MARCH 1, 2020 ‐ MARCH 31, 2020 JOB COST #/NAME 20250 ‐ General Outreach & Communications 20255 ‐ Leaf & Litter Clean Ups 20260 ‐ Municipal Training 19262 ‐ Youth Outreach 20262 ‐ Youth Outreach 20263 ‐ Communications Training 19265 ‐ Sponsorships & Partnerships 20265 ‐ Sponsorships & Partnerships 19268 ‐ Adopt A Drain 20268 ‐ Adopt A Drain 19270 ‐ Website & Social Media 20270 ‐ Website 19271 ‐ Master Water Stewards 20271 ‐ Master Water Stewards 17274 ‐ TWP Communications 19275 ‐ Events 20275 ‐ Events 16277 ‐ TWP ‐ Adopt a Drain 16278 ‐ TWP Leaf & Litter Clean Ups 19279 ‐ Social Media 20279 ‐ Social Media 20280 ‐ 595 Aldine Education & Outreach 19285 ‐ Awards & Recognition Programs 20285 ‐ Awards Program 20300 ‐ Plan Review & Tech Committee 19303 ‐ BMP Database Maintenance/Updates 20303 ‐ BMP Database 20330 ‐ District Research Program 19333 ‐ Public Art Program 20333 ‐ Public Art Program 20334 ‐ 595 Aldine Art 20335 ‐ Diversity & Inclusion 20336 ‐ Climate Change Impacts ‐ Research and Action 19370 ‐ GIS Program Development 20370 ‐ GIS Program Development 19390 ‐ Safety Training 20390 ‐ Safety Training 19395 ‐ Safety Program Updates/Audits 20395 ‐ Safety Program Updates/Audits 20396 ‐ Safety Equipment

2020 ANNUAL BUDGET 259,510.00 10,460.00 14,820.00 ‐ 10,870.00 10,070.00 ‐ 28,420.00 ‐ 18,530.00 ‐ 24,990.00 ‐ 30,840.00 7,140.00 ‐ 15,060.00 4,460.00 6,460.00 ‐ 7,530.00 85,000.00 ‐ 14,100.00 15,050.00 ‐ 50,680.00 50,850.00 ‐ 29,560.00 10,640.00 10,000.00 20,020.00 ‐ 50,390.00 ‐ 13,430.00 10,630.00 ‐ 11,940.00 TOTAL PROGRAMS: $2,913,972.00

CURRENT MONTH EXPENDITURES 12,989.56 34.15 ‐ ‐ 424.48 ‐ ‐ 762.83 ‐ 178.03 ‐ 418.55 ‐ 618.98 ‐ ‐ 1,075.15 31.97 ‐ ‐ 288.23 ‐ 700.00 ‐ ‐ ‐ 996.45 25,332.33 ‐ 926.05 ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 490.76 ‐ 3,792.80 ‐ 1,074.11 369.85 $169,470.67

YEAR‐TO‐DATE BALANCE OF EXPENDITURES BUDGET REMAINING 36,188.18 223,321.82 103.29 10,356.71 ‐ 14,820.00 34.57 (34.57) 1,471.36 9,398.64 ‐ 10,070.00 189.93 (189.93) 2,709.60 25,710.40 2,386.54 (2,386.54) 247.17 18,282.83 223.58 (223.58) 1,675.39 23,314.61 34.57 (34.57) 894.38 29,945.62 ‐ 7,140.00 189.81 (189.81) 1,915.98 13,144.02 31.97 4,428.03 ‐ 6,460.00 99.15 (99.15) 1,258.26 6,271.74 ‐ 85,000.00 7,530.20 (7,530.20) 67.89 14,032.11 ‐ 15,050.00 553.54 (553.54) 3,160.12 47,519.88 25,913.92 24,936.08 172.43 (172.43) 1,436.25 28,123.75 ‐ 10,640.00 67.87 9,932.13 ‐ 20,020.00 158.29 (158.29) 3,338.95 47,051.05 108.47 (108.47) 4,068.95 9,361.05 109.47 10,520.53 4,897.87 (4,897.87) 1,842.46 10,097.54 395,530.64 $2,518,441.36

% OF BUDGET EXPENDED 13.94% 0.99% 0.00% ‐‐‐ 13.54% 0.00% ‐‐‐ 9.53% ‐‐‐ 1.33% ‐‐‐ 6.70% ‐‐‐ 2.90% 0.00% ‐‐‐ 12.72% 0.72% 0.00% ‐‐‐ 16.71% 0.00% ‐‐‐ 0.48% 0.00% ‐‐‐ 6.24% 50.96% ‐‐‐ 4.86% 0.00% 0.68% 0.00% ‐‐‐ 6.63% ‐‐‐ 30.30% 1.03% ‐‐‐ 15.43% 13.57%

Page 3 of 7

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHE DISTRICT JOB COST DETAIL FOR THE PERIOD MARCH 1, 2020 ‐ MARCH 31, 2020 JOB COST #/NAME 30000 ‐ Administration Allocation 20405 ‐ St. Paul Natural Resources Intern Program 19605 ‐ Lower Phalen Creek/Rush Line 19421 ‐ Como BMP Maintenance & Inspection 20421 ‐ Como BMP Maintenance 20424 ‐ Como Lake Aquatic Plant Management 20425 ‐ Como Pond Optic RTC O & M 18427 ‐ Como Lake Management Plan 20427 ‐ Como Lake Shoreline Management 19428 ‐ Como Lake Aquatic Plant Management 19470 ‐ AIS Management 18476 ‐ Upper Villa Maintenance 19476 ‐ Upper Villa Maintenance 19477 ‐ TWP ‐ Lake McCarron's Management Plan 20477 ‐ Parkview O & M 20478 ‐ Williams St. Pond O & M 20510 ‐ Willow Reserve Management 19550 ‐ Inspection & Annual Maintenance 20550 ‐ TBI Inspection and Maintenance 14552 ‐ TBI Easement Verification & Documentation 20560 ‐ TBI Subwatershed Study 20570 ‐ NPDES MS4 Stormwater Program 18575 ‐ Illicit Discharge Detection & Elimination Program 20575 ‐ Illicit Discharge Detection & Elimination 20620 ‐ Green Infrastructure for Innovation Districts 19621 ‐ Snelling Midway Redevelopment O & M 18622 ‐ Ford Site Planning 18623 ‐ Ford Site Area C 19624 ‐ Green Line BMP Maintenance 20624 ‐ Geenn Line BMP Maintenance 20625 ‐ Snelling Midway Site 19630 ‐ Gortner Avenue Feasility Study 19 19631 ‐ Highland Ravine Maintenance 20631 ‐ Highland Ravine BMP Maintenance 18650 ‐ 2020 Watershed Management Plan 19660 ‐ Special Grants ‐ Project Development 20660 ‐ Special Grants ‐ Project Development 19662 ‐ 1919 University Avenue 19665 ‐ Science Museum Feasibility

2020 ANNUAL BUDGET 121,608.00 8,000.00 ‐ ‐ 26,120.00 45,400.00 9,800.00 ‐ 32,220.00 ‐ 14,100.00 29,160.00 ‐ 10,700.00 9,800.00 4,960.00 49,880.00 ‐ 180,000.00 150,250.00 50,050.00 10,060.00 ‐ 20,000.00 75,070.00 49,570.00 150,900.00 31,300.00 ‐ 34,530.00 43,750.00 ‐ ‐ 28,860.00 155,510.00 ‐ 99,050.00 ‐ ‐ TOTAL PROJECTS: $1,440,648.00 TOTAL OPERATING FUND: $4,844,450.00

CURRENT MONTH EXPENDITURES ‐ ‐ 261.26 ‐ 369.26 110.78 ‐ 2,000.00 ‐ 2,777.39 46.05 ‐ ‐ 4,067.70 ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 6,717.56 ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 166.17 ‐ 1,579.40 2,495.50 ‐ 1,400.19 ‐ 234.60 ‐ 340.42 11,769.20 ‐ 3,001.73 ‐ 2,251.28 $39,588.49 $304,708.25

YEAR‐TO‐DATE BALANCE OF EXPENDITURES BUDGET REMAINING ‐ 121,608.00 ‐ 8,000.00 10,867.50 (10,867.50) 416.30 (416.30) 1,515.76 24,604.24 332.34 45,067.66 ‐ 9,800.00 2,866.13 (2,866.13) ‐ 32,220.00 21,608.52 (21,608.52) 46.05 14,053.95 ‐ 29,160.00 18.81 (18.81) 16,807.43 (6,107.43) ‐ 9,800.00 ‐ 4,960.00 ‐ 49,880.00 1,898.49 (1,898.49) 32,192.02 147,807.98 ‐ 150,250.00 148.21 49,901.79 ‐ 10,060.00 209.08 (209.08) 81.96 19,918.04 166.17 74,903.83 ‐ 49,570.00 12,152.69 138,747.31 6,865.87 24,434.13 357.87 (357.87) 4,011.05 30,518.95 ‐ 43,750.00 234.60 (234.60) 168.56 (168.56) 978.26 27,881.74 42,653.11 112,856.89 6,701.33 (6,701.33) 7,997.69 91,052.31 125.02 (125.02) 8,144.71 (8,144.71) 179,565.53 $1,261,082.47 $891,168.28 $3,953,281.72

% OF BUDGET EXPENDED 0.00% 0.00% ‐‐‐ ‐‐‐ 5.80% 0.73% 0.00% ‐‐‐ 0.00% ‐‐‐ 0.33% 0.00% ‐‐‐ 157.08% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% ‐‐‐ 17.88% 0.00% 0.30% 0.00% ‐‐‐ 0.41% 0.22% 0.00% 8.05% 21.94% ‐‐‐ 11.62% 0.00% ‐‐‐ ‐‐‐ 3.39% 27.43% ‐‐‐ 8.07% ‐‐‐ ‐‐‐ 12.46% 18.40%

Page 4 of 7

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHE DISTRICT JOB COST DETAIL FOR THE PERIOD MARCH 1, 2020 ‐ MARCH 31, 2020 JOB COST #/NAME 20702 ‐ Como Lake BMP Engineering 19703 ‐ Como Lake In‐Lake Management 16705 ‐ TWP Como BMP McMurray 19706 ‐ Como Lake Alum Treatment 16720 ‐ Willow Reserve Restoration Project 16752 ‐ TWP ‐ McCarrons BMP ‐ Parkview 19790 ‐ Loeb Lake Shoreline Restoration 16815 ‐ TBI Repairs ‐ St. 0+00 ‐ 28+49 20820 ‐ TBI Repair ‐ Station 28+65 ‐ 50+72 19850 ‐ Land Conservation Funding 16881 ‐ Green Line Redevelopment BMP's 16886 ‐ Lauderdale Subwatershed Stormwater Improvement Project 19890 ‐ Midway Peace Park 20891 ‐ Ford Site 20892 ‐ Science Museum of Minnesota 19910 ‐ Special Grants 20913 ‐ Project Initiatives 16917 ‐ Swede Hollow Construction 16920 ‐ TWP Grant Administration 19925 ‐ Springboard for the Arts Headquarters 17929 ‐ Wilder Square Condo 16950 ‐ New Office Facility TOTAL CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT: 14960 ‐ Debt & Loan Service TOTAL DEBT SERVICES:

2020 ANNUAL BUDGET 149,840.00 357,550.00 940,220.00 ‐ ‐ 755,540.00 13,540.00 ‐ 566,250.00 30,000.00 0.00 500,250.00 20,000.00 749,600.00 74,800.00 402,900.00 1,270,000.00 ‐ 4,800.00 ‐ ‐ 50,000.00 $5,885,290.00 1,057,243.00 $1,057,243.00

CURRENT MONTH EXPENDITURES ‐ 1,731.94 1,556.51 6,000.13 148.20 2,856.50 ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 2,624.73 5,216.72 ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 478.07 ‐ ‐ 263.38 $20,876.18 ‐ ‐

TOTAL ALL FUNDS:

$11,786,983.00

$325,584.43

YEAR‐TO‐DATE BALANCE OF EXPENDITURES BUDGET REMAINING ‐ 149,840.00 3,144.33 354,405.67 4,892.29 935,327.71 10,687.34 (10,687.34) 2,411.86 (2,411.86) 6,464.18 749,075.82 ‐ 13,540.00 59.45 (59.45) ‐ 566,250.00 ‐ 30,000.00 678.54 (678.54) 29,361.69 470,888.31 6,521.45 13,478.55 ‐ 749,600.00 ‐ 74,800.00 6,332.25 396,567.75 ‐ 1,270,000.00 40.57 (40.57) 1,094.32 3,705.68 42.34 (42.34) 84.68 (84.68) 3,764.46 46,235.54 $75,579.75 $5,809,710.25 776,721.88 280,521.12 $776,721.88 $280,521.12 $1,743,469.91

$10,043,513.09

% OF BUDGET EXPENDED 0.00% 0.88% 0.52% ‐‐‐ ‐‐‐ 0.86% 0.00% ‐‐‐ 0.00% 0.00% ‐‐‐ 5.87% 32.61% 0.00% 0.00% 1.57% 0.00% ‐‐‐ 22.80% ‐‐‐ ‐‐‐ 7.53% 1.28% 73.47% 73.47% 14.79%

Page 5 of 7

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT PERMITS FOR THE PERIOD MARCH 1, 2020 ‐ MARCH 31, 2020 PERMIT NUMBER 9017 10009 11008 11014 11017 11029 12003 12017 12023 14018 14025 14026 14029 14034 14041 16012 16019 16021 16024 16025 16028 16032 16033 17002 17003 17008 17014 17015 17018 17022 17023 17024 18001 18004 18007 18008 18009

PERMIT NAME Knapp‐Raymond Como Park HS Total Tool Supply AGAPE School Hmongtown Market Schmidt Brewery Cretin‐Derham Hall Cayuga Ford Site Demo Frogtown Farms E. 7th Mississippi Market Pleasant Ridge St. Agnes School East 7th Senior Apartments Higher Ground St. Paul Police Facility Roselawn Cemetary 2300 Territorial Apartments Hmong Academy Expansion Snelling Midway Adams School SPJCC Addition AET Campus Expansion Highland Park Elementary Como Park Sr. High School SPA Expansion Residence Inn Grand Avenue Wheelock Dale Victoria Exchange Street Apartments Regions Birth Center Weyerhaeuser Apts. St. Catherine Library Lot Sylvan Park Improvements Como Paving 2018 Woodlawn Jefferson Vomela Beacon Bluff Seal Island at Como Zoo

PERMITTING BUDGET ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐

CURRENT MONTH EXPENDITURES

YEAR‐TO‐DATE EXPENDITURES

86.10 ‐ 86.10 73.80 ‐ 239.67 22.00 ‐ 777.83 22.00 21.60 148.50 108.90 22.00 234.58 ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 92.92 21.60 ‐ 72.00 183.60 57.14 186.30 ‐ 135.80 241.70 522.36 510.06 ‐ 57.14 ‐ 27.32 ‐ 510.06

416.10 234.80 847.85 1,030.40 64.80 239.67 22.00 75.60 7,954.04 22.00 248.40 148.50 168.30 22.00 234.58 190.20 52.73 256.82 506.50 406.92 97.20 229.50 147.60 210.92 152.37 415.80 425.90 280.40 888.20 1,091.62 1,067.02 229.50 57.14 229.50 359.47 13.66 1,067.02

BALANCE OF PERMIT BUDGET REMAINING

% OF PERMIT BUDGET EXPENDED

‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐

Page 6 of 7

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT PERMITS FOR THE PERIOD MARCH 1, 2020 ‐ MARCH 31, 2020 PERMIT NUMBER 18011 18013 18014 18016 18017 18018 18020 18022 18023 19004 19006 19009 19010 19011 19012 19013 19014 19015 19017 19020 19023 19024 19026 19028 19029 19030 20001 20002 20003 20004 20005 20007

PERMIT NAME Hendrickson Apartments Beacon Bluff Opus Morning Star O'Gara's Mixed Use Cathedral Hill Payne Building Development Albion Senior Community Rivoli Phase III Roseville Aldi Wheelock 4, Western to Rice McCarrons Hill St. Thomas Iverson Center Raymond Station Summit Avenue Bridge Reconstruction UST 2nd Year Housing St. Paul Gateway Mixed Use 104 MRB Waterford Bay Urban Academy Addition Harambee Elementary School Audit AgroPur 2019 Lexington Parkway Realingment Tumble Fresh Coin Operated Laundry Hidden Falls Flood Clean Up Como Avenue Trail Project Five Star Storage Dickerman Park Site Improvements Tedesco St. Paving Project SPPS Service Facility Addition Griggs‐Scheffer Street Project Washington Tech HS Field Improvement Xcel County Road B

PERMITTING BUDGET ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐

CURRENT MONTH EXPENDITURES 54.64 ‐ 510.06 54.64 68.30 20.49 68.30 861.32 276.90 ‐ 79.04 95.23 54.64 ‐ 152.37 160.60 19.04 81.96 ‐ 40.98 61.47 ‐ 681.20 225.38 ‐ 507.00 ‐ 1,079.80 158.10 1,503.54 1,954.26 73.80

YEAR‐TO‐DATE EXPENDITURES 215.50 241.50 1,067.02 184.41 175.67 60.04 204.89 861.32 831.80 65.91 477.29 321.71 202.99 136.60 303.70 309.82 19.04 307.35 109.28 184.41 163.92 1,232.19 1,734.95 405.57 584.10 1,011.83 857.30 1,720.59 1,272.50 1,503.54 1,954.26 73.80

BALANCE OF PERMIT BUDGET REMAINING ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐

% OF PERMIT BUDGET EXPENDED ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐

20000

Sub‐Total: Permits General Permitting

‐ ‐ 191,540.00

13,304.14 12,073.53 25,377.67

38,899.83 42,270.41 81,170.24

‐ ‐ ‐ $110,369.76

‐ ‐ ‐ 42.38%

TOTAL PERMITS:

Page 7 of 7

April 15, 2020 Board Meeting V. Action Items C) Approve Annual Report (Van Sant)

DATE: TO: FROM: RE:

April 06, 2020 CRWD Board of Managers Mary Van Sant, Communications Associate Approve 2019 Annual Report

Background All metropolitan watershed management organizations are required by Minnesota Statute 103.B to submit an annual Activity Report, Financial Report and Financial Audit to the Minnesota Board of Water and Soil Resources (BWSR). Issues Staff have requested feedback from the Citizen Advisory Committee (CAC) about the general format and contents of the report as well as how best to share this information with residents by April 15, 2020. Staff requests Board feedback as part of the discussion at the April 15 meeting or no later than April 17, 2020. Attached is the Draft 2019 Annual Report. Please contact Belinda Gardner at bgardner@capitolregionwd.org if you would like a hard copy of the Annual Report for the Board meeting. Staff will submit the final 2019 Annual Report on April 29, 2020. CRWDâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s 2019 Financial Statement and Audit and the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Program Annual Report will be sent upon completion later this year. Action Requested Approve the 2019 Annual Report for submission to BWSR. enc:

Draft 2019 Annual Report (digital only)

W:\04 Board of Managers\Annual Report_2019\Board Memo_Approve 2019 Annual Report

Our mission is to protect, manage and improve the water resources of Capitol Region Watershed District.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019

LETTER FROM ADMINISTRATOR From the Administrator: On behalf of the Board of Managers and staff at CRWD I would like to share some highlights of projects and programs in 2019. In 2019, CRWD wrapped up work on our new office facility in the Midway neighborhood of Saint Paul. The grounds include stormwater management practices with several rain gardens, tree trenches, pervious pavement and native plantings. An interactive exhibit illustrates an urban watershed and the Water Wildlife Exploration Game invites visitors of all ages to explore the grounds and learn about aquatic animals that live in the District. Inside our large meeting space was used by over thirty outside groups. Fifty tours of the building were given, introducing many new visitors to the work of CRWD and the sustainable practices throughout our building. The new office has given us the capacity to support more staff who are doing great work. Five new full-time positions were added in 2019 to expand the work of each division. The District was pleased to work with Parkview Center School, Roseville Area Schools, City of Roseville and Ramsey County on the Parkview School Clean Water Project. This underground system will capture and clean stormwater runoff upstream of the site before it reaches the Villa Park wetlands and Lake McCarrons, treating an estimated 12.5 million gallons each year. The District worked closely with Minnesota United FC, the City of Saint Paul and RK Midway to make a bold commitment to sustainability and green infrastructure at Allianz Field. Every drop of rainwater and snow melt from the roof of Allianz Field is being captured and directed to a 675,000+ gallon storage tank below the Great Lawn. A smart hub then filters and disinfects the water, eventually distributing it throughout the site to irrigate trees and grass, conserving an estimated 2 million gallons per year. Development of the District’s 2020 Watershed Management Plan (WMP) began in 2019. Community conversations in the spring of 2019 engaged residents and stakeholders across the District. A Communications and Engagement Plan was completed to help achieve goals and priorities outlined in the 2020 WMP. This adaptive plan will be used to guide strategic communications and engagement priorities for the next decade. In 2019 the District finalized the Como Lake Management Plan with input from residents and community partners. The plan builds on the past two decades of work around the lake with a specific focus on management within the lake. It was designed as a 20 year (2019-2039) adaptive management plan and will be updated every few years as short-term actions are implemented and evaluated. I am proud of the work we accomplished with our many partners in 2019 and would like to express my appreciation to CRWD’s Board of Managers and Citizen Advisory Committee; the Cities of Saint Paul, Falcon Heights, Maplewood, Roseville and Lauderdale; Saint Paul’s District Planning Councils; Ramsey County and residents for your continued support in helping protect and improve water quality in our lakes and the Mississippi River. Respectfully,

Mark Doneux Mark Doneux, Administrator

CONTENTS Letter from Administrator....................... inside cover Our Organization.............................................................2 District Map................................................................... 4 Our People..........................................................................5 Recognition & Awards....................................................7 Our Work Water Resources.......................................................... 9 Projects........................................................................... 12 Communications and Engagement......................18 Grants.............................................................................. 21 Water Quality Monitoring...................................... 25 BMP Maintenance......................................................27 Permitting.....................................................................30 Finance Summary.......................................................32

Curb cut residential rain garden.

Our Plans 2019 Year in Review................................................... 33 2020 Workplan............................................................37 Appendix A: CRWD Permits By Year, 2007-2019 Appendix B: Performance Review & Assistance Program Appendix C: Financial Statement and Audit Appendix D: Stormwater Pollution Prevention Report

CRWD staff with dragonfly at Dragonfly Bonanza, June 2019.

595 Aldine Street Native plants in rain gardens provide pollinator habitat. Photo: Sara Rubenstein Cover photo, CRWD building and pocket park. Photo: Steve Silverman

Saint Paul, Minnesota 55104 651.644.8888 â&#x20AC;˘ capitolregionwd.org

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

OUR ORGANIZATION Mission

To protect, manage and improve the water resources of Capitol Region Watershed District (CRWD).

Vision

CRWD achieves cleaner waters through strategic initiatives and partnerships, using:

• • •

research-based, informed decision making, effective water quality rules and education and outreach to promote changed attitudes toward water quality stewardship.

Background CRWD is a local, special-purpose unit of government that works to protect, manage and improve lakes, streams, rivers and wetlands of the District. The District covers 40 square miles and includes portions of the Cities of Falcon Heights, Lauderdale, Maplewood, Roseville and Saint Paul. All the water in the District eventually drains to the Mississippi River. In 1998, a small group of dedicated citizens, concerned about water quality in Como Lake, petitioned the Minnesota Board of Water and Soil Resources to create CRWD. Some of the founding members are still active in the organization today on the Citizen Advisory Committee and Board of Managers. This is a testament to how much residents care about our local water resources.

CRWD staff, Board and CAC members at Minnesota Association of Watershed Districts 2019 Conference.

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT ANNUAL REPORT 2019

OUR ORGANIZATION Watershed Management Plan

Finances

The District’s Watershed Management Plan (WMP) was

State statutes 103B and 103D provide watershed dis-

adopted on September 1, 2010. The WMP is the blueprint

tricts with the authority to levy property taxes and this

for the work of CRWD and includes goals and objectives,

amount is included on property tax statements.

watershed data, standards, priorities and implementation

A budget is developed annually and approved after

plans. Development of the 2020 WMP began in 2019,

comments are received and a public hearing is held. The

and a new Plan will be adopted in September 2020. The

funds received through the property tax levy can be used

2020 WMP will build on previous CRWD experience,

for projects, grants, programs and administration as

meaningful input from stakeholders and partners, and

recommended in the WMP. More specific information on

the District’s recent Strategic Planning effort.

CRWD’s finances and a copy of the 2019 Financial Statement and Audit can be found in Appendix C.

Native plants in rain gardens support pollinators and help absorb excess runoff. Photo: Sara Rubenstein

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

OUR ORGANIZATION District Map

Capitol Region Watershed District is home to more than 225,000 people and the land area contains 42% impervious surfaces.

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT ANNUAL REPORT 2019

OUR PEOPLE Board of Managers CRWD is led by a five-person Board of Managers that guides the implementation of goals and objectives set forth in CRWDâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s WMP. Board Managers are appointed by the Ramsey County Board of Commissioners and serve a three-year term.

2019 Staff Mark Doneux, Administrator

Chris Kucek, Water Resource Technician

Anna Annim-Wilson, Administrative Assistant

Luke Martinkosky, BMP Inspector

Britta Belden, Water Resource Project Manager

Forrest Kelley, Regulatory Division Manager

Jessica Bromelkamp, Communications & Engagement Division Manager

Andrew Novak, Urban BMP Specialist

Anna Eleria, Planning, Projects & Grants Division Manager

Lindsay Schwantes, Community Outreach Coordinator

Bob Fossum, Monitoring & Research Division Manager

Joe Sellner, Water Resource Technician

Megan Frisvold, Outreach Assistant

Michelle Sylvander, Office Manager

Rachel Funke, Urban BMP Technician

Mary Van Sant, Communications Associate

Belinda Gardner, Administrative Assistant

Sarah Wein, Monitoring Coordinator

Elizabeth Hosch, BMP Inspector

Nate Zwonitzer, Water Resource Project Manager

Mark Houle, Water Resource Technician

Photos this page: Becca Dilley

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

OUR PEOPLE Citizen Advisory Committee The Citizen Advisory Committee (CAC) assists the Board of Managers with organizational development and strengthens connections between CRWD and its residents. Meetings are held the second Wednesday of each month and are open to the public.

2019 members, left to right: Bob Simonet, Pat Cavanaugh, Gwen Willems, Cheryl Braun, Mike MacDonald, Tom Elko, Steve Duerre, David Arbeit, and Mary Lilly. Not pictured: William Barton, Nicole Soderholm, Kathryn Swanson, Michelle Ulrich, Richard Weil and Carol Zierman. Photo: Becca Dilley

2019 Consultants 106 Group, 1295 Bandana Blvd., Ste. 335, St. Paul, MN Alliant Engineering, Inc., 233 Park Ave. S., Ste. 300, Minneapolis, MN

Landscape Architecture Inc., 856 Raymond Ave., Ste. C, St. Paul, MN LHB Corp., 250 Third Ave. N., Ste. 450, Minneapolis, MN

Applied Ecological Services, 21938 Mushtown Rd., Prior Lake, MN

LimnoTech, 7300 Hudson Blvd., Ste. 295, Oakdale, MN

Barr Engineering, 4300 MarketPointe Dr., Minneapolis, MN

Nova Consulting Group, Inc., 1107 Hazeltine Blvd. #400, Chaska, MN

CNA Consulting Engineers, 2800 University Ave. S.E. #102, Minneapolis, MN Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc., 651 Hale Ave. N., Oakdale, MN HDR Engineering, 701 Xenia Ave. S., Ste. 600, Minneapolis, MN

Metro Blooms, 310 E. 38th St., Ste. 203, Minneapolis, MN

PAAP Drones, LLC., 14782 Hallmark Dr., Apple Valley, MN RESPEC, 1935 West County Rd. B2, Ste. 320, Roseville, MN SEH Inc. , 3535 Vadnais Center Dr., St. Paul, MN SGA Group, Inc., 5324 Clementa Ave. S.W., Waverly, MN

Houston Engineering, Inc., 6901 East Fish Lake Rd., Maple Grove, MN

SRF Consulting Group, Inc., One Carlson Pkwy., Ste. 150, Plymouth, MN

HR Green and Associates, 2550 University Ave. W., Ste. 400N, St. Paul, MN

Stanley Consultants, 5775 Wayzata Blvd., Ste. 300, Minneapolis, MN

Hansen Thorp Pellinen Olson, Inc., 7510 Market Place Dr., Eden Prairie, MN

Studio Gro, PLLC., PO Box 16169, Minneapolis, MN

HZ United, LLC., 3025 Harbor Lane, Ste. 121, Plymouth, MN Inter-Fluve, Inc., 301 S. Livingston St., Madison, WI

Sunde Land Surveying, 9001 E. Bloomington Frwy., Ste. 118, Bloomington, MN Tetra Tech, 413 Wacouta St., Ste. 435, St. Paul, MN

ISG, Inc., 6465 Wayzata Blvd., Ste. 970, St. Louis Park, MN

Wenck Associates, 1800 Pioneer Creek Center, Maple Plain, MN

Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc., 767 N. Eustis St., Ste. 100, St. Paul, MN

Young Environmental Consulting Group, LLC., 915 Mainstreet, Ste. 4000, Hopkins, MN

Landbridge Ecological, Inc., 670 Vandalia St., St. Paul, MN

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT ANNUAL REPORT 2019

RECOGNITION & AWARDS 2019 Recognition and Awards Ceremony

CRWD recognized the contributions of residents, community organizations and businesses as well as CAC members and staff at the 2019 Recognition and Awards Ceremony.

Watershed Citizen of the Year Erin Spry for improving Como Lake with volunteer clean-ups that removed nearly 200 lbs. of trash.

Watershed Partner of the Year Ramsey County Soil and Water Conservation Division for ensuring the ongoing success of CRWDâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Stewardship Grant and Monitoring programs through outstanding partnership.

4 5 6

Watershed Project of the Year Minnesota United FC and the City of Saint Paul for their leadership in sustainability and green infrastructure innovation with the landmark rainwater reuse system at Allianz Field.

Watershed Outreach Program of the Year Parkview Center Schoolâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Water Project for connecting students and water through hands-on learning. Young Watershed Steward Award Henry Welliver for organizing volunteers to plant a large rain garden that collects over 2,000 gallons of stormwater each year. Lifetime Steward Award Shirley Reider for 17 years of dedicated service to the watershed through the Board of Managers and CAC.

CAC, Board and Staff Recognition Joe Collins: Board Manager of 15 Years Bob Fossum: Staff Member of 15 Years

Elizabeth Hosch: Staff Member of 5 Years Sarah Wein: Staff Member of 5 Years Elizabeth Hosch: CRWD Outstanding Employee of the Year

Bob Fossum and Manager Seitu Jones.

Elizabeth Hosch and Manager Mary Texer.

Photos this page: Becca Dilley

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

RECOGNITION & AWARDS State and National Project and Program Presentations In 2019, staff presented the work of CRWD at conferences throughout the country: Mark Doneux

Joe Sellner

Upper Villa Stormwater Reuse Project

Automation and Telemetry

•

Center for Watershed Protection’s National Watershed & Stormwater Conference

Anna Eleria

Green Line Inspection and Maintenance

•

The American Society of Civil Engineers Environmental & Water Resources Institute

Allianz Field Rainwater Reuse Project

•

Minnesota Water Resources Conference

Bob Fossum

Curtiss Pond Project

•

Central States Water Environment Federation Association’s Annual Meeting

Lake McCarrons Sediment Coring

•

North American Lake Management Society’s International Symposium

Forrest Kelley

Upper Villa Stormwater Reuse Project

•

The American Society of Civil Engineers

• •

The American Society of Civil Engineers Environmental & Water Resources Institute Minnesota Water Resources Conference

Monitoring Program Optimization

•

National Water Quality Monitoring Conference

Sarah Wein

Green Performance Monitoring

• •

The American Society of Civil Engineers Environmental & Water Resources Institute Minnesota Water Resources Conference

Como Lake Monitoring Plan

•

National Water Quality Monitoring Conference

Mark Houle

William Street Pond

•

The American Society of Civil Engineers Environmental & Water Resources Institute

Lake McCarrons Sediment Coring

•

Minnesota Water Resources Conference

Environmental & Water Resources Institute Nate Zwonitzer

Central High School

•

Freshwater’s Water Summit

CRWD’s 2019 State, Regional and National Recognition

Andrew Novak

Bioretention Vegetation Health

•

The American Society of Civil Engineers Environmental & Water Resources Institute

National Municipal Stormwater and Green Infrastructure Phase II Innovation Award

• Water Environment Federation

Rescape Community Impact Award for CRWD’s Building

• Minnesota Brownfields

Rescape Environmental Impact Award Finalist for CRWD’s Building

• Minnesota Brownfields

Best Watershed Movie Award for Breathing

New Life Into an Old Building

• Minnesota Association of Watershed Districts

CRWD accepts Rescape Community Impact Award.

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT ANNUAL REPORT 2019

Photo: credit?

OUR WORK CRWD Water Resources Como Lake

All of the water in CRWD eventually drains to the Mississippi River through a complex series of underground stormwater pipes. The District includes five lakes: Como Lake, Crosby Lake, Little Crosby Lake and Loeb Lake in

Located in the City of Saint Paul, Como Lake is a relatively shallow (approximately 16 feet deep), 70.5 acre lake located in a highly urbanized watershed. Como

Saint Paul, and Lake McCarrons in Roseville. These lakes

Lake and its associated parkland are a major regional

serve important recreational needs for CRWD residents

recreational amenity within the metro area. The lake

and visitors, including fishing, boating and swimming.

drains 1,856 acres of land in Saint Paul, Roseville and

CRWD conducts water quality monitoring of District lakes in collaboration with Ramsey County Public Works,

Falcon Heights.

Ramsey County Soil & Water Conservation Division Parks

Nonpoint source pollution in stormwater runoff is the

& Recreation Department (RCSWCD) and the Minnesota

most serious threat to the water quality of Como Lake

Department of Natural Resources (DNR).

because it carries sediment and nutrients â&#x20AC;&#x201D; in the form of phosphorus from decomposing organic material and

Groundwater is the water found below ground in the cracks and spaces in soil, sand and rock. In Ramsey County it is used for heating and cooling as well as manufacturing processes. Saint Paul Regional Water Services also augments water from the Mississippi River with treated groundwater to meet drinking water demands. Only a few natural wetlands remain in the District

does not meet water quality standards for nutrients and is therefore listed as an impaired water body by the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency. In 2017, CRWD conducted the Como Lake: Water Quality Drivers Analysis Study to better understand what factors are contributing to the poor water quality

because they were filled or altered during urbanization and development over the past century. Today, the largest wetland tracts include: Woodview Marsh located near

observed in Como Lake. Based on the results of this analysis, and in conjunction with additional monitoring, CRWD developed a new management plan for Como

Larpenteur Avenue in Roseville, Willow Reserve located near Maryland Avenue in Saint Paul and Villa Park wetland located northwest of Lake McCarrons in Roseville.

nutrients from lawn fertilizers â&#x20AC;&#x201D; to the lake. Como Lake

Lake that was adopted in May of 2019 to guide future management decisions. This plan focuses on adaptive

Compass Point at Como Lake. Photo: Sara Rubenstein

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

OUR WORK CRWD Water Resources (cont.) management of both external (projects outside of

In 2009, CRWD completed the Loeb Lake-Willow

the lake that affect what enters the lake) and internal

Reserve Management Plan, which defines critical

(projects inside the lake that focus on plants/animals/

water-related issues for Loeb Lake and recommends

sediment conditions) actions that can be taken to

management goals and activities to address the

achieve desired water quality goals.

issues. The plan also considers goals and activities

Loeb Lake

for Willow Reserve, a wetland and wildlife preserve

Loeb Lake is a 9.7 acre lake with an average depth of

staff began restoration activities at Willow Reserve

nine feet and maximum depth of 28 feet. It is located in

and finalized the Willow Reserve Restoration Plan.

Marydale Park at the intersection of Maryland Avenue

Restoration of the site, including invasive plant/tree

and Dale Street in Saint Paul. Loeb Lake is stocked

removal, continued in 2019.

with fish and is a Minnesota Department of Natural Resources Fishing in the Neighborhood program site. The most common species found in the lake is bluegill. Water quality is generally very good given its location in a highly urbanized subwatershed. While nutrients are relatively low to moderate year-round, nutrients such as phosphorus are still a concern for lake water quality.

located northeast of Loeb Lake. In 2016, CRWD

Crosby Lake and Little Crosby Lake Crosby Lake and Little Crosby Lake are located within the floodplain of the Mississippi River and are part of a complex of wetland and forested areas associated with the Mississippi River Valley. The land surrounding Crosby Lake is collectively known as

Loeb Lake. Photo: Sara Rubenstein

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT ANNUAL REPORT 2019

OUR WORK CRWD Water Resources (cont.) Crosby Farm Regional Park and is managed by the City of Saint Paul’s Department of Parks and Recreation. Crosby Farm is also part of the National Park Service’s Mississippi National River and Recreation Area.

Lake McCarrons Lake McCarrons is a 75-acre lake located in the City of Roseville. With a maximum depth of 57 feet and a 34% lake littoral area, it supports a variety of activities

Crosby Lake is 45 acres in size with a maximum depth

including swimming, boating and fishing. Water quality

of 17 feet. Because the lake receives only a small

in Lake McCarrons has generally been good since an

amount of local drainage, the lake’s water quality has

alum treatment was completed on the lake in 2004. It

generally been good with very good lake clarity. Little

has met all nutrient (total phosphorus, chlorophyll-a,

Crosby Lake is eight acres in size with an average

and Secchi disk depth) water quality standards as

depth of seven feet and a maximum depth of 34 feet.

defined by the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency since

Little Crosby Lake is connected to Crosby Lake through

the alum treatment occurred.

an 825-foot-long marsh and bog area. In recent

In recent years staff began observing an increase in

years, however, the water quality in both Crosby and

hypolimnetic (or bottom) phosphorus levels, which

Little Crosby Lakes has fluctuated due to extended inundations from Mississippi River flooding, which was also the case in 2019.

can increase surface phosphorus measurements and degrade water quality over time. In 2019, staff began the process of developing a new management plan for

In 2012, CRWD completed the Crosby Lake

Lake McCarrons that will continue to focus on nutrient

Management Plan which includes management goals

management and re-examine the effectiveness of

and implementation projects. The plan was reviewed

the alum treatment for long-term lake water quality

by both technical and citizen advisory groups and

improvements. This plan will be finalized in 2020.

approved by CRWD’s Board in 2012.

Lake McCarrons. Photo: Sara Rubenstein

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

OUR WORK CRWD 2019 Projects Projects with the logo received grant funds from the Minnesota Clean Water, Land and Legacy Amendment administered by the Minnesota Board of Water and Soil Resources (BWSR).

Midway Peace Park

and recirculates rainwater. When complete, the park will

In 2019, City of Saint Paul Parks and Recreation Department in partnership with the Trust for Public Land began construction of the Midway Peace Park. Expected to open in the summer of 2020, the park will bring welcomed green space to the Midway neighborhood and will serve as a community gathering space for a diverse array of neighbors including residents of the Skyline Tower, Green Line travelers, and students of the nearby Gordon Parks High School and High School for the Recording Arts. The Midway Peace Park will feature a play area, walking trails, local art, an outdoor amphitheater, a basketball court, and 73 new trees. Additionally, CRWD provided $295,000 in grant funds to construct multiple innovative green infrastructure practices that exceed permit requirements. These features include rain gardens and a unique above-ground stormwater channel that captures

provide storage and allow infiltration of over 370,000 gallons of stormwater.

CRWD Curb-Cut Rain Gardens In 2019, CRWD continued the successful Curb-Cut Rain Garden program which began in the Hamline-Midway neighborhood of Saint Paul in 2014. Curb-cut rain gardens are becoming increasingly popular and the number of residents requesting a project for their property is on the rise throughout the District. CRWD constructed eight rain gardens within the City of Saint Paul right-of-way in 2019. The rain gardens capture polluted water from city streets and will remove an estimated 2 lbs. of total phosphorous, 1,200 lbs. of sediment, and over 500,000 gallons of runoff each year.

Rendering of Midway Peace Park playground with tiered stormwater channel to the right. Image: Landscape Structures

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT ANNUAL REPORT 2019

OUR WORK CRWD 2019 Projects (cont.) Sustainable Stormwater Management on the Ford Site

CRWD’s New Office Space and Pocket Park

The Ford Site in the Highland Park neighborhood of Saint

neighborhood of Saint Paul (595 Aldine Street) is a focal

Paul represents a unique opportunity for redevelopment.

point for sustainable design, development and education

A 21st Century Community will emerge on the over

inside and out.

The District’s new headquarters in the Midway

122 acres of land situated along the Mississippi River.

The renewed building, originally built in 1949, utilizes

It will look to the future with clean technologies and high-quality design for stormwater, energy, buildings and infrastructure. The Ford Site Zoning and Public Realm Master Plan, which includes a comprehensive stormwater management approach, was adopted by the Saint Paul City Council in 2017.

green building principles including stormwater management practices and energy efficiency measures to conserve natural resources, create a healthy workplace and protect the Mississippi River. Gathering spaces are available for community and partner organizations to use. A 3,000 gallon cistern captures water runoff

In December of 2019, Ryan Companies purchased the

from the roof for non-potable uses like flushing toilets

land from Ford, after a year-long process to bring the

and washing sample bottles. The smart hub system is

Ford Site Vision to concept design. Work on-site to

connected to weather forecasting stations and gradually

construct streets, utilities, and stormwater management

draws down the water before incoming storm events.

practices will begin spring of 2020.

CRWD’s new headquarters in Saint Paul. Photo: Steve Silverman

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

OUR WORK CRWD 2019 Projects (cont.) CRWDâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s watershed learning center will offer on-site

CRWD owns and maintains the pond and the filtration

educational opportunities to showcase its work to

bench would have minimal impact on the golf course

protect, manage and improve water resources including

making the project an ideal retrofit opportunity.

Como Lake, Crosby Lake, Little Crosby Lake, Loeb Lake, Lake McCarrons and the Mississippi River. Completed in summer of 2019 the pocket park combines natural and built environments with interactive elements to draw in neighbors and visitors. The interactive display demonstrates an urban watershed and uses captured rainwater from the interior cistern to illustrate the importance of allowing water to soak into the ground instead of flowing directly into storm drains. Several large rain gardens across the site capture water runoff from the grounds and tree trenches filter additional stormwater from the nearby streets. Pervious pavers in the east parking lot provide water quality benefits along with a demonstration for visitors. Native trees and vegetation were planted on the grounds and labeled for identification.

Como Subwatershed BMPs For several years CRWD has been working with the City of Saint Paul to identify and prioritize regional Best Management Practices (BMPs) with a primary focus on opportunities within

The second BMP being designed is an expansion of an existing infiltration basin designed to treat runoff from portions of Como Zoo. Expansion of this basin coupled with a large underground infiltration gallery in the golf course was identified as a cost-effective way to treat a large portion of runoff from Como Zoo as well as surrounding neighborhoods that drain into the same storm sewer. Design of these BMPs continued in 2019 but construction was delayed from fall 2019 through spring 2020 due to concerns with high water conditions and potential wetland impacts at a landlocked pond near Hole 8 of the golf course.

Allianz Field Comprehensive Stormwater Management System The City of Saint Paul and CRWD forged a partnership in early 2016 to investigate the feasibility of building a shared stormwater management system for the entire 35-acre Snelling and University superblock as part of the soccer stadium construction.

Como Park. A successful Targeted

In 2019, MN United FC completed

Watershed Grant application through

construction of Allianz Field including a storm

the Board of Water and Soil Resources

sewer network and installation of a comprehensive

funded through the Clean Water, Land, and Legacy

stormwater management system. A rainwater

Amendment provided the funding needed for CRWD to

harvesting and reuse system beneath the Great Lawn

advance designs for multiple BMPs and fast track their

on the north side of the stadium captures runoff

implementation. A feasibility study identified several

from the roof of Allianz Field in an approximately

opportunities that could be pursued immediately as

675,000-gallon tank. The tanks are oversized to

well as projects whose construction could coincide with

capture rainwater from the roofs of future buildings.

future planned park improvements.

The captured rainwater is processed through a smart

In 2018, CRWD began designing two BMPs within Como Park that were identified in the feasibility study. The BMPs will treat runoff from the park as well as neighborhoods whose runoff goes through the park before flowing to Como Lake. Retrofitting a stormwater pond at the northwest corner of the golf course with an iron-enhanced sand filter bench was shown to be the most cost-effective BMP option.

hub that filters and disinfects the water. This smart hub can read weather forecasts to predict rainfall and adjust water levels accordingly, achieving pollutant reduction goals in the process. The clean water is then distributed throughout the site for irrigating trees and grass. Irrigated boulevard trees are planted in engineered soil trenches to capture and clean polluted runoff from roadways and sidewalks before discharging

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT ANNUAL REPORT 2019

OUR WORK CRWD 2019 Projects (cont.) to the Mississippi River. Connecting new developments with the landmark water system will also provide these businesses with a source of filtered water for uses such as laundry, irrigation, or restroom flushing.

Willow Reserve Restoration Willow Reserve is a 23-acre bird and wildlife reserve located along Maryland Avenue between Arundel and Virginia Streets. The reserve was established

The system was commissioned and operational for

by a neighborhood group and the City of Saint Paul

irrigation in spring 2019. CRWD and the City of Saint

in the 1960s. The wetland is fed by water from the

Paul entered into an agreement for CRWD to assist

Trout Brook storm sewer system and provides flood

with the contracting of operation and maintenance

protection for the surrounding community. The City of

activities of the rainwater filtration system. It is

Saint Paul owns and manages the property. CRWD, the

expected that this will be effective starting 2020, with

City of Saint Paul and the District 6 Planning Council

CRWD contracting with Harris Company.

met with residents on several occasions to discuss the

Seminary Pond Stormwater Improvement Project

project and gather input to develop the Willow Reserve

Several years ago, CRWD completed

invasive trees and plants and create more diverse plant

a project to improve flood control

communities to support local wildlife including birds,

and pollutant removal of Seminary

amphibians and insects.

Pond, a regional stormwater pond built in 1992 in Lauderdale. The pond serves a 128-acre drainage area in the Cities of Lauderdale and Falcon Heights, Ramsey County and the University of Minnesota. Proposed pond improvements include converting Seminary

Restoration Plan. The goals of the plan are to remove

Project construction began in the winter of 2016-2017 with the removal of invasive trees at the reserve. Those trees were either chipped and used for new trails, burned onsite or hauled offsite. Some of the tree material was even used in the construction of CRWDâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s new office!

Pond from a dry pond to a wet pond by deepening

Invasive plants including buckthorn, reed canary grass,

the pond and raising the berm and installation of an

Japanese knotweed, and burdock were managed during

iron-enhanced sand filter along the pond edge to

the 2017-2019 growing season. In late-summer and fall

remove dissolved phosphorus. Besides improvements

of 2018, native trees, shrubs, and emergent vegetation

to the pond, the ravines upstream of the pond will

were planted in key areas of the reserve. Supplemental

be stabilized to prevent sediment from reaching the

seeding and planting with habitat-specific seed mixes

pond in the first place. In 2019, CRWD and the City of

also occurred throughout the site in 2019. Monitoring

Lauderdale worked on the design and engineering of

and maintenance of plantings, seeding, and re-growth

the pond improvements and anticipate wrapping it

of undesirable species will occur throughout 2020.

up by winter 2020. Construction will commence in

Long-term management will be required to ensure

fall 2020.

the plants are successful and the invasive species do not return.

Native plant restoration at Willow Reserve in Saint Paul.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

OUR WORK CRWD 2019 Projects (cont.) Parkview Center School Clean Water Project Parkview Center School was identified as a potential regional stormwater treatment site in subwatershed analyses for Lake McCarrons. A successful Targeted Watershed Grant application through the Board of Water and Soil Resources funded through the Clean Water, Land, and Legacy Amendment allowed CRWD to further evaluate the site for water quality improvement potential. A feasibility study completed in 2017 found that due to high groundwater and poor soils a filtration project was the preferred BMP.

From 2018-2019, CRWD developed designs for the filtration system to be installed at the bottom of the steep slope east of the schoolâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s parking lot. In late 2019 the first phase of construction was completed. This involved installing a series of ten-foot diameter pipes, filtration system, and storm sewer on the schoolâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s property. Eventually the system will treat water diverted from the County Road B storm sewer servicing approximately 46 acres. A total of 53 filter cartridges will remove pollutants including dissolved phosphorus from the stormwater before it returns to the storm sewer and eventually flows to Villa Park and Lake McCarrons. In spring 2020 the connections to the County Road B storm sewer will be installed and the project will be active. The million-dollar project is estimated to remove over 45 pounds of phosphorus per year.

Parkview Center School Clean Water Project construction. Photo: Sara Rubenstein

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT ANNUAL REPORT 2019

OUR WORK CRWD 2019 Projects (cont.) Trout Brook Storm Sewer Interceptor CRWD owns, operates and maintains the Trout Brook Interceptor (TBI), which receives runoff from the Cities of Saint Paul, Roseville, Falcon Heights and Maplewood as well as Ramsey County and the Minnesota Department of Transportation. The system was constructed between the 1880s and 1950s and served as a combined sanitary and storm sewer system. TBI ranges from 5 to 11 feet in diameter and tunnel shapes include circular, rectangular and horseshoe. The systems were separated in 1988. Today, TBI carries rainwater and snowmelt from city streets, parking lots and other hard surfaces to the Mississippi River. In 2019, CRWD retained an engineering consultant to conduct a condition inspection of 31,300 feet of TBI in order to compare the current conditions to past inspections and identify changes in condition over time. CRWD was able to use this information to prioritize how maintenance and repairs should be incorporated into the Districtâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s 11-year Capital Improvements Plan.

TBI inspection. Photo: Barr Engineering

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

OUR WORK 2019 Communications and Engagement General Outreach The goals of the Communications and Engagement Program are to reduce nonpoint source pollution, and to increase clean water knowledge, participation and action among CRWD residents and partners to protect our water resources. The District organized outreach for adults and youth in partnership with numerous community organizations and CRWD’s member cities. Staff, partners and volunteers collaborated with nearly

report the amount of material collected throughout the year. The results are used to determine the program’s collective impact on water quality. In 2019, the program had over 425 new signups and there are now nearly 2,500 storm drains adopted by Saint Paul residents. In 2019, volunteer efforts reported removing over 15,000 pounds of material, which equates to over six pounds of total phosphorus from entering storm drains and flowing into the Mississippi River.

11,000 residents as part of over 70 public events,

In fall 2017, the Adopt-a-Drain program was expanded

trainings, presentations, resource assistance, school

to include the community surrounding Lake McCarrons

visits, field trips and tours within the District.

in the City of Roseville. CRWD continued to support

Adopt-a-Drain CRWD continued to partner with Hamline University’s Center for Global Environmental Education and the

the program in 2019 and there are now 92 storm drains adopted. Volunteer actions resulted in an estimated 400 pounds of debris prevented from reaching Lake McCarrons.

City of Saint Paul to implement the Adopt-a-Drain

CRWD will continue to work with program partners to

program. Participating residents adopt storm drains and

improve and expand the reach of Adopt-a-Drain to new

keep them free and clear of debris. They are asked to

communities of the District.

Urban Roots youth interns lead buckthorn walking stick creation and a “what does the river mean to you” photo booth for 600 community members at Hidden Falls Regional Park for National Public Lands Day.

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT ANNUAL REPORT 2019

OUR WORK 2019 Communications and Engagement (cont.) Master Water Stewards

educate and inspire residents to protect Minnesota lakes and rivers. Cleanwatermn.org features

CRWD completed its fourth year of the Master Water Stewards program in partnership with Freshwater. The program trains, certifies and supports community leaders to install clean water projects that educate community members, reduce pollutants from urban runoff and allow more water to soak into the ground instead of flowing

seasonally-appropriate stories about metro area residents taking action at home and in their lives to keep Minnesota waters clean. Twelve stories were written for partners to use in communications via social media, websites and newsletters in 2019. A system of trackable links allows partners to measure engagement.

into storm drains and the Mississippi River.

The website also features an interactive â&#x20AC;&#x153;Find my

As of 2019, 277 residents have partnered with watershed

Watershedâ&#x20AC;? map tool, calls to action, educational

districts, management organizations and cities

resources and a list of partners.

throughout the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area to

Adopt-a-Drain launched a new website (adopt-a-drain.

participate in this training program. CRWD sponsored five new Stewards and continued to support 11 individuals who have completed the certification and live within the District. Training courses for the 2019 class concluded in April. After finishing the training curriculum, Stewards

6,000 participants. The expansion continues to elevate the programâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s visibility and encourage CRWD residents izable print and electronic resources are available for

residential rain gardens. The graduated stewards

partners to promote the program. Adopt-a-Drain also

reported over 180 hours of volunteer services that

has a growing presence on social media reaching nearly

included tabling and education at various community events or farmers markets and water related training and

Metro Watershed Partners

membership almost tripled in the first year to nearly

to participate. In addition to the website, custom-

began their Capstone Projects. Projects included two

consultations for friends and neighbors.

org) and was expanded metro wide in 2019. Program

60,000 people from August to December 2019. Watershed Partners worked with Hamline University to host the Adopt-a-Drain signup and photo booth and exhibit in the Eco Experience building at the Minnesota

CRWD is a member of Watershed Partners, a

State Fair. The building hosted approximately 267,000

coalition of more than 70 organizations working to

visitors during the fair in 2019. Nearly 8,700 photos were

Residential rain garden designed by a Master Water Steward. Photo: Sara Rubenstein

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

OUR WORK 2019 Communications and Engagement (cont.) taken in the photo booth and over 731 people signed up to Adopt-a-Drain. Fifty percent of the people who took photos shared them on social media.

Winter Roads and Turfgrass Maintenance Workshops CRWD partnered with Fortin Consulting to host Winter Roads Maintenance Workshops to certify 13 Saint Paul Public Works snowplow operators. The District also hosted one-hour refresher sessions for all previously certified Saint Paul Public Works employees as part of their annual training day. The workshops highlight the

New Website In March 2019 CRWD launched a new website to better serve District residents and partners. The new site (capitolregionwd.org) has several new or enhanced features including an events calendar, project pages, interactive embedded maps for projects and active permits, applications for grants and permits linked to an online database, user-friendly design, and blog posts. In 2019, CRWD expanded digital communications by adding social media platforms Twitter, Instagram and LinkedIn and re-establishing a District newsletter.

importance of reducing the amount of salt used to keep our streets safe and application techniques to achieve chloride reductions.

Our Sacred Water, a digital storytelling project by InProgress that raises understandings of environmentalism from an Indigenous perspective.

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT ANNUAL REPORT 2019

OUR WORK CRWD Grant Programs Stewardship Grants

In 2019, 12 grants totaling $175,309 were awarded through the Stewardship Grant program for projects

CRWD values collaboration with individuals and organizations. We view the involvement of all residents as important to improving water resources in the

throughout CRWD. Projects included rain gardens, permeable pavement, boulevard curb-cut gardens and an underground infiltration system. Site evaluations

District. Through the Districtâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s grant programs, we

and Clean Water Plans with proposed BMPs were

hope to encourage a strong ethic of water resource

completed for 132 participants and construction

stewardship among residents.

plans were developed for 24 future projects. BMPs

Goals of the Stewardship Grant program are to:

are activities, practices and structures that reduce

1. Improve water quality,

the impacts of stormwater runoff. Installations

2. Increase groundwater recharge,

included a series of large boulevard rain gardens

3. Protect plant and wildlife communities and

with innovative pre-treatment structures designed

4. Raise stormwater pollution prevention awareness

to capture sediment. These structures will drastically reduce the time needed for maintenance and improve

among residents.

the longevity of the rain gardens. We also issued a

Grants are available to residents of the District as

Stewardship Grant for an innovative underground

well as governmental agencies, businesses, schools

infiltration system that utilizes shredded radial tires.

and nonprofit organizations that are located and/or

The recycled material is used to provide the structure

conduct work in the District. CRWD also offers free

required to hold large trucks under the parking area,

technical assistance for designing rain gardens and

while also providing pour space throughout the

shoreline restoration projects.

material sufficient to capture and hold an enormous amount of stormwater runoff.

Pre-treatment structure to capture sediment for curb-cut rain garden.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

OUR WORK CRWD Grant Programs (cont.) 2019 Water Quality CIP Grants CRWD issued three Water Quality Capital Improvement Project (CIP) Grants in 2019. The historic Guardian Building hosts the non-profit Zero Abuse Project

components such as permeable pavers, cisterns for rainwater use, underground stormwater treatment, and a green roof over a portion of the new building. Construction is anticipated to occur from 2020-2021.

which approached the District about a bio-solar roof

Finally, CRWD was excited to partner with Springboard

project. This green roof with solar arrays will reduce

for the Arts and their new headquarters SpringBOX at

stormwater runoff, provide pollinator habitat and

the former Saxon Ford dealership on University Avenue

decrease the temperature of the roof, allowing the

west of Marion Street in Saint Paul. The non-profit will

solar panels to operate more efficiently. The project

use this space to host markets, provide services and

was near completion at the end of 2019 and will be fully

trainings to the community, assist with job placement,

operational in early 2020.

and provide other resources to local artists in the

The Neighborhood Development Center also received a grant for a redevelopment project at the north west corner of University Avenue and Dale Street in the Frogtown neighborhood of Saint Paul. The

Twin Cities. CRWDâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s grant will support a rain garden, rainwater harvesting, and artistic signage. Construction started in 2019 and is expected to be completed by mid-2020.

redevelopment project will provide commercial and

Two previous CIP Grant projects were completed

office space as well as affordable housing adjacent to

in 2019. Saint Paul Parks and Recreation completed

the light rail system. Multiple sources in addition to

habitat restoration at several key areas around the

CRWD will provide funding for environmentally-friendly

north end of Como Lake. This involved coordinating

Bio-solar roof installation at Zero Abuse Project. Photo: Sustology

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT ANNUAL REPORT 2019

OUR WORK CRWD Grant Programs (cont.) volunteers, removing invasive species and installing seed and live plants to establish native lakeshore, oak

2019 Grants

savanna and oak woodland habitat. Additionally, two redevelopment projects coordinated by the Rondo

Twelve Stewardship Grant awards: $175,309

Community Land Trust and Community Housing

Three Water Quality CIP Grant awards: $314,500

Development Corporation were completed. Both

Eight Well Sealing Grant awards: $5,912

sites were located on Selby Avenue in Saint Paul (near Victoria Street and Milton Street), and both

Thirteen Partner Grant awards: $102,040

are providing affordable senior housing as well as affordable commercial space for small, locally-owned and minority owned businesses. CRWD grant funds supported underground infiltration to treat roof and

groundwater. Groundwater is a source of drinking water

parking lot runoff for these properties in an area with

for thousands of people in the metro area. Abandoned

very little storm sewer infrastructure.

Well Sealing Grants are available to residents within

Well-Sealing Grants

the District who have a well that is no longer in use

Abandoned wells pose a threat to public health since

well contractor. In 2019, eight Well Sealing Grants were

they provide a direct pathway for contaminants to enter

awarded, totaling $5,912.

on their property. Wells must be sealed by a licensed

Habitat restoration at Como Lake.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

OUR WORK CRWD Grant Programs (cont.) Partner Grants CRWD Partner Grants range from $2,000 to $20,000 and are awarded to organizations that share our mission to reduce polluted runoff and provide clean water education to residents of the District. The District gives priority to projects that help meet goals outlined in its Communications and Engagement Plan.

Project Name

Description

Grant Award

District 6 – North End Neigh-

Meet Willow Reserve

$2,975

Como Lake Clean-up

$2,420

Building Community Through Clean Water Education

$3,125

Youth Environmental Stewards Program and Trout Brook

$9,070

borhood Organization District 10 – Como Community Council District 11 – Hamline Midway Coalition Friends of the Mississippi River

Initiative Frogtown Green

Splashdown! Water Stewardship in Frogtown

$8,050

Frogtown Farm

Cultivating Water Ambassadors at Frogtown Farm

$7,000

Great River Greening

Field Learning for Teens in CRWD

$12,000

In Progress

Our Sacred Water

$13,190

Parkview Center School

Parkview Water Project

$5,850

Public Art Saint Paul

eARTh Lab Summer Youth Workshops

$8,000

Saint Paul Parks and Recreation

Parks Ambassadors Program

$5,000

Urban Roots

Youth Conservation Internships

$15,000

We All Need Food and Water

Water Heroes

$10,360

TOTAL

We All Need Food and Water’s Water Heroes at CRWD headquarters.

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT ANNUAL REPORT 2019

$102,040

OUR WORK Water Quality Monitoring Since 2005, CRWD has monitored stormwater quantity

Phalen Creek, Trout Brook, McCarrons and Como). Within

and quality from its 40-square-mile watershed in

the monitored subwatersheds, CRWD collected water

Saint Paul, Roseville, Maplewood, Falcon Heights and

quality and quantity data at 16 monitoring sites in 2019.

Lauderdale, which eventually drains to the Mississippi

At nine of these stations, samples were collected during

River. CRWD is highly urbanized with 225,000 residents

baseflow and stormflow periods. Samples were only

and approximately 42% impervious land cover.

collected during stormflow periods at the remaining six

Finalized at the end of 2018 and used extensively in 2019, the online Water Data Reporting Tool was developed by CRWD Monitoring, Research, and Maintenance staff. This new website provides an online interface to obtain data

stations, as these do not contain any baseflow. Water quality samples from all monitoring stations were analyzed for nutrients, sediment, metals and bacteria, which are used to calculate total pollutant loading.

for all monitoring stations in CRWD, as well as provide

Additionally, CRWD monitored water quality in the five

customizable reporting.

District lakes (Como Lake, Crosby Lake, Little Crosby Lake, Loeb Lake, Lake McCarrons) in partnership with

Find the Water Data Reporting Tool online: capitolregionwd.org/monitoring-research/data

Ramsey County Public Works Department (RCPW), Ramsey County Soil & Water Conservation Division Parks & Recreation Department (RCSWCD) and the Minnesota

Monitoring locations

Department of Natural Resources (DNR). CRWD collected

Of the 16 major subwatersheds in CRWD (see map below),

Lake and Lake McCarrons from roughly April through

seven are currently monitored for water quantity and

November. Lakes were sampled by RCPW bi-monthly April

quality (St. Anthony Park, Hidden Falls, East Kittsondale,

through October for nutrients, water clarity, chlorophyll-a,

continuous level data on Como Lake, Crosby Lake, Loeb

phytoplankton and zooplankton. RCSWCD worked with CRWD to conduct macrophyte and biovolume surveys of

ROSEVILLE

each lake, which included plant species identification and

MCCARRONS LAKE

!! !

! !

LAUDERDALE FALCON HEIGHTS

Victoria

Grand

Snelling

began monitoring only aquatic plants in order to use the

Earl

ST. PAUL

Floristic Quality Assessment (FQA) method of monitoring

ith

Fairview

large depressional wetlands in Minnesota. In 2015, CRWD

War ner Mou nds Chi ld s

! !

Randolph

and assessing District wetlands. The FQA was developed

WEST SEVENTH

by the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency in 2012 and is

Otto

7th

Ford

HIDDEN FALLS

Montreal

currently used as the agencyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s main wetland monitoring

CROSBY

P int Sa

and assessment approach.

l au

Cleveland

URBAN

Saint Clair Jefferson

DOWNTOWN

DAVERN

e Sh

rd pa

for each wetland, which evaluates and indicates general wetland health on a numerical scale based on other

6th

! rt Fo

yette La fa

12th

GOODRICHWESTERN

EAST KITTSONDALE

Minnehaha

Pa y

Dale

ha as

Summit

MISSISSIPPI RIVER BLVD

Edgerton

Acker

ab W

Marshall

was used to determine an Index of Biological Integrity (IBI) PHALEN CREEK

rt be Ro

! !! !

Lexington

University

!! !! ! !! !

hony

Rice Co m

ST. ANTHONY HILL

Mississippi River

WEST KITTSONDALE

Sa in t A nt

! Maryland

Taylor

Prior

Transfer

d Ray mon

280

Previously, the plant and macroinvertebrate data collected

Ivy

Arcade

Energy Park

Horton

TROUT BROOK

Jackson

Hamline

Arlington

CRWD monitored 10 District wetlands in 2019 for plants.

Larpenteur Wheelock

! ! !!! ! ! COMO !! ! ! !

Pierce Butler

estimations of relative plant abundance.

ST. ANTHONY PARK

MAPLEWOOD 35e

! !

Roselawn

Capitol Region Watershed District

Major Highways

2018 Monitoring Stations

Major Waterbodies

0.5

Cities Parks

2 Miles

CRWD Subwatersheds

! ! ! ! ! ! !

Exfiltration Flow Logger Full Water Quality Station Lake Level Logger Rain Gauge Reference Site

Staff download a level logger at Como Lake.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

OUR WORK Water Quality Monitoring (cont.) 2019 Climatological Summary The 2019 calendar year was the wettest year on record in the Twin Cities, with 38.79 inches of precipitation recorded in CRWD. This was 8.18 inches above the 30-year normal. The most intense rainfall period of 2019 occurred from August 13 to August 20. These eight consecutive days contributed over 12% of the yearly total with 4.7 inches, including the highest rainfall amount in one day with 2.87 inches on August 18. Overall, the winter of 2018-2019 (November 1, 2018-March 31, 2019) recorded above-normal snowfall. The snowfall total of 75.4 inches in this time frame occurred mainly during February and March, and there was not a consistent snowpack until early February. January and February generally stayed below freezing, while March generally stayed above freezing, causing the snowpack to melt off by the end of the month. Area lakes exhibited average ice off timeframes, which occurred around April 8.

Lakes Results Summary In 2019, water quality varied in each of CRWDâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s five lakes but was generally similar to measured water quality in 2018. Como Lake failed to meet the state

Staff process macroinvertebrate samples from the Trout Brook Nature Sanctuary stream channel.

eutrophication standards for total phosphorus and chlorophyll-a, and was therefore considered impaired in 2019. Como Lake has never met the eutrophication standard for total phosphorus, rarely met the standard for chlorophyll-a, but generally met the standard for Secchi disk depth for the history of monitoring. Crosby Lake and Little Crosby Lake did not meet the state eutrophication standard for total phosphorus in 2019, and Little Crosby also did not meet the standard for chlorophyll-a. Both lakes have generally not met the total phosphorus standard in recent years, but historically have met the standards for chlorophyll-a and Secchi disk depth. Poorer water quality in 2019 is a result of extensive river flooding in the spring and early summer. Loeb Lake and Lake McCarrons met all eutrophication standards in 2019. Loeb Lake has met the eutrophication standards for its entire monitoring history, and Lake McCarrons has met the standards since alum treatment occurred in the lake in 2004.

Staff measure dissolved oxygen in the Villa Park wetland pond, upstream of Lake McCarrons.

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT ANNUAL REPORT 2019

OUR WORK BMP Maintenance and Monitoring Stormwater Best Management Practices (BMPs) are

BMPs constructed include an underground stormwater

activities, practices and structures that reduce the

storage and infiltration facility, a regional stormwater

impacts of stormwater runoff. CRWD owns and/or

pond, eight rain gardens and eight underground

operates many stormwater BMP structures throughout

infiltration trenches. The underground stormwater

the watershed, including 18 constructed in the Como

facility and infiltration trenches have pretreatment

Lake Subwatershed and 14 along the Green Line on

devices (a hydrodynamic separator, sumped catch

University Avenue in Saint Paul.

basins and manholes) incorporated into their design to provide treatment of stormwater runoff by capturing

Regular inspection and maintenance of all the BMPs

trash, debris, oils and sediment before they flow into

and pretreatment units is coordinated by CRWD.

the BMP. These pretreatment units help maintain the

Maintenance is crucial to ensure the BMPs are

performance of BMPs by removing pollutants and

functioning properly. CRWD receives assistance

infiltrating stormwater runoff.

with maintenance of some of the BMPs from citizen volunteers and other government entities. In 2019,

Since 2007, CRWD has collected water quality and

most of the maintenance was completed by a private

quantity data on several BMPs constructed for the

contractor who is experienced with the construction and

Arlington-Pascal project. BMPs are monitored to

maintenance of stormwater BMPs.

determine their overall effectiveness at reducing

Arlington-Pascal Stormwater Improvement Project

stormwater runoff and pollutant loads. Monitoring

The BMPs constructed in the Como Lake Subwatershed

that simulated the amount of stormwater runoff and

were built as part of the Arlington-Pascal Stormwater

pollutants flowing to and from all 18 of the Arlington-

Improvement Project â&#x20AC;&#x201D; in collaboration with the

Pascal Project BMPs. Modeling efforts are necessary

Cities of Falcon Heights, Roseville and Saint Paul and

because Minnesota winters prohibit monitoring data

Ramsey County â&#x20AC;&#x201D; that aimed to reduce localized

from being collected year-round.

data was used to calibrate a water quality model

flooding and improve the water quality of Como Lake.

Staff monitor and sample gross solids (trash, organic, matter, sand and gravel) in storm sewer inlets.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

OUR WORK BMP Maintenance and Monitoring (cont.) This data, in addition to construction, design, operation

CRWD conducts monthly inspections to ensure

and maintenance costs, was used to determine the

the BMPs are functioning as designed and a private

cost-benefit ratio (the cost per pound of pollutants

contractor performs maintenance of the Arlington-

removed and the cost per unit of volume reduction)

Pascal curb-cut rain gardens. Mulch replacement, gross

of each BMP. This data is presented in CRWDâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s BMP

solids removal, and plant health are the most frequent

Performance and Cost-Benefit Analysis: ArlingtonPascal Project 2007-2010, published in spring 2012.

maintenance needs. Maintenance crews have removed

CRWD undertook additional monitoring efforts to determine the amount of gross solids (trash, organic matter, sand and gravel) that accumulated within the Arlington-Pascal Project BMPs as well as the gross solids captured by BMP pretreatment units. The amount of phosphorous contained in the gross solids was also determined. The results of this study were incorporated into the BMP performance analysis mentioned above. Detailed results can be found in CRWDâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Arlington-Pascal Project: Gross Solids Accumulation Study, published spring 2012.

over 4,000 gallons of gross solids from the rain gardens since they have been built. Maintenance needs have generally decreased over the years as the rain gardens become more established.

Green Line Project CRWD, the City of Saint Paul, the Metropolitan Council (Met Council) and Ramsey County forged a partnership with a commitment to improve stormwater management, enhance the urban tree canopy and transform the aesthetics of the Green Line corridor using highly visible green infrastructure practices. Four types of green infrastructure practices

Staff install mounting hardware at the Phalen Creek storm sewer monitoring station.

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT ANNUAL REPORT 2019

OUR WORK BMP Maintenance and Monitoring (cont.) were constructed from 2010 to 2013 along University Avenue: an integrated tree trench system, rain gardens, stormwater planters and infiltration trenches. These practices incorporate natural landscape features and hydrologic processes to treat stormwater by allowing it to soak into the ground. They also integrate with the character and values of the surrounding community and serve as educational tools that help raise community awareness of stormwater. CRWD has estimated that annually the entire project will reduce post-construction stormwater volume by over 50% or 134 acre-feet, sediment load by nine tons and phosphorus load by 109 pounds to the Mississippi River. This project contributes to the overall pollutant load reductions required by the state for this section of the Mississippi River. In 2014, CRWD developed a long-term monitoring plan of the Green Line BMPs to validate the estimated pollutant reduction projections. The Green Line monitoring plan will be ongoing for up to five years. In 2019, staff collected monitoring data for three rain gardens, four stormwater planters, two tree trenches and three rain gauges within the Green Line Project. Eventually, the data will be compiled and analyzed to determine BMP performance and the cost-benefit of each BMP. CRWD conducts monthly inspections to ensure that the BMPs are functioning as designed. Maintenance of the fourteen rain gardens and stormwater planters is performed bi-monthly by a private contractor. Trash and sediment removal along the Green Line are common maintenance needs. Trash is listed as a concern during over 60% of inspections, and sediment is a concern over 50% of the time. More than 20% of the plants in the rain gardens and stormwater planters have required replacement, likely because the highly urbanized landscape lends to warmer runoff temperatures and higher pollutant loads than many plants can withstand. More details regarding the inspections and maintenance of the Green Line are available in the

2019 Green Line BMPs Inspection and Maintenance Analysis Report.

Highland Ravine Highland Ravine is a 50-acre woodland bluff area that rises from Lexington Avenue up to Edgcumbe Road with residential properties residing at its top and base and City of Saint Paul parkland to the south. While the bluff is a naturally steep slope, it has been incised with gullies over time because of natural groundwater springs and stormwater runoff. In recent years groundwater springs have been a constant source of water flowing nearly year-round. In response to concerns raised by citizens, CRWD completed a slope stabilization and restoration project in 2014. The stabilization practices constructed included rock grade control structures to slow down runoff, brush bundles for stabilizing the side slopes and a stormwater pond in the north ravine to detain runoff and allow sediment to settle out before runoff discharges to the local storm sewer system. Maintenance of the Highland Ravine stabilization project is performed by a private contractor. The maintenance crews focus on stabilizing the ravine through invasive species removal and native vegetation establishment. CRWD inspects the ravine regularly to ensure that restoration goals are being met.

Stewardship Grants Hundreds of BMPs have been installed throughout CRWD as a result of the Stewardship Grant program. Each project owner is responsible for the maintenance of their own respective BMPs. CRWD conducts annual inspections of projects that have been completed in the past five years to ensure maintenance agreements are being upheld and provides feedback and technical assistance to grant recipients. In 2019, CRWD inspected 89 Stewardship Grant BMPs. 93% of these BMPs received an “A” or “B” rating, meaning that no or few improvements were needed to meet BMP design performance. The most common maintenance needs for Stewardship Grant BMPs were weed removal and inlet cleanout.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

OUR WORK 2019 Watershed Rules and Permitting Watershed Rules Water quality and stormwater management rules (Rules) were originally adopted by CRWD in September 2006. The Rules require stormwater management permits for projects disturbing more than one acre of land. Most of CRWD is fully developed, making it necessary to utilize stormwater improvement practices as part of redevelopment projects to reduce pollution flowing into CRWD’s lakes and wetlands and the Mississippi River. To achieve CRWD’s goal of cleaner water resources, the Rules require volume reduction practices that capture 1.1 inches of rainfall over newly constructed impervious surfaces. This is most often achieved by infiltration of runoff into the soil. The most recent Rule revisions were adopted by the Board of Managers in June 2019 to include the following: 1. Revise language under freeboard requirements for increased clarity. 2. Increase the maximum rainfall depth to a BMP allowed for credit from 2.0” to 2.5“.

3. Add language to allow for regional compliance. 4. Revise language to allow for electronic submittals. 5. Increase in the cost cap for linear projects from $30,000/acre to $75,000/acre. 6. Increase in the Stormwater Impact Fund contribution requirements from $40,000/acre to $100,000/acre. 7. Additional minor grammatical corrections and language clarifications. Other Rules also provide for erosion and sediment controls, wetland protection, flood control, and illicit discharge and connection management to CRWD’s Trout Brook Interceptor.

Permitting Program CRWD reviews applications and issues permits to ensure compliance with the standards outlined in the Rules. Regulatory Division staff work with CRWD’s consulting engineer to review applications and make recommendations to the Board of Managers. The Board votes to approve or deny permit applications based on their compliance with the Rules.

Construction at Parkview Center School. Photo: Sara Rubenstein

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT ANNUAL REPORT 2019

OUR WORK 2018 Watershed Rules and Permitting (cont.) During construction, sites are inspected for compliance

capacity by hiring an additional BMP Inspector in 2019,

with erosion and sediment control regulations. When

in addition to a temporary seasonal inspector hired

vegetation and topsoil are removed at construction

during the past three summers. These additions allow

sites, soil is exposed and can be transported to storm

for increased presence/compliance on permitted sites

drains and water bodies during rainstorms, causing

during active construction and more efficient permit

pollution from sediment and nutrients. To ensure

closure once work is complete.

the proper BMPs are installed and maintained, the

CRWDâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Permitting Program processed 29 new

District verifies that construction supervisors comply

permit applications in 2019. Approximately 58% of the

with permit conditions, to minimize sediment-laden

disturbed acres consisted of impervious surfaces such

discharge. Permitted sites are also inspected to ensure

as roads, sidewalks and buildings. Runoff leaving those

that permanent stormwater BMPs are correctly

surfaces is accounted for and treated by stormwater

installed. It is particularly important that infiltration

BMPs that meet the standards specified in CRWDâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s

practices are protected from turbid runoff and soil

Watershed Rules.

compaction during construction, and that vegetation is properly established. CRWD boosted inspection

CRWD Permits By Year* 2015

Applications Received

2016

2017

2018

2019

Acres Disturbed

129

161

Acres Impervious

120

Alternative Compliance Sites

Standard Compliance Sites

Linear Projects

Total Linear Impervious (ac)

29.4

5.6

10.9

22.5

41,874

67,256

4894

26313

40,518

Infiltration Approved (cf)

220755

120,370

21,564

165,733

49,326

Filtration Approved (cf)

118264

217,756

115,844

7,981

93,662

Total Treatment Volume

339,019

338,126

137,408

173,714

142,988

Variances Requested

Variances Approved

Incomplete/Withdrawn Applications

Total Linear Treatment (cf)

*See Appendix A for permit data from 2007-2019.

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

OUR WORK 2019 District Finance Summary This is a summary of CRWDâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s financial activities for the fiscal year ending in December 31, 2019. The complete

2019 Operations Revenue (actual) Total $3,583,538

Other (Interest Income) $43,102 | 1%

Fees/Grants/Misc. $69,188 | 2%

2019 Annual Financial Report and Audit can be found in Appendix C. S&P Global Ratings assigned its `AAâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; Stable long-term bond rating to CRWD. The District has historically

Tax Levy $3,471,248 | 97%

maintained a very strong financial position. The Board established and maintains separate Operations and Capital Improvement Program (CIP) funds. The Operations reserve minimum is set at 50% of the Operations budget. The CIP fund cash balance

2019 Operations Expenditures (actual) Total $3,904,210

(contingency) minimum is at 100% of the estimated CIP budget or $1,000,000, whichever is less. A CIP Reserve

Administration $774,310 20%

Projects $952,120 24%

Fund of $1,000,000 is established as well. The year-end available Operations fund balance of $1,891,113 is 40% of budgeted expenditures. While the District did not meet the 50% of Operations budget fund balance policy, the

Programs $2,177,780 56%

actual Operations Fund Balance was at 48% of Actual Expenditures. The combined CIP fund cash balance and Reserve would equal $2,000,000. The overall CIP Fund Balance in 2019 was $4,763,226.

2019 CIP Revenue (actual)

Operations 2019 actual revenue of $3,583,538 was $1,177,602 less than budgeted revenue of $4,761,140. Expenditures in 2019 were under budget. Budgeted expenditures were

Total $3,838,991

Intergovernmental/ Grants $258,649 | 7%

Other (Interest Income) $113,540 | 3%

$4,761,140 while actual expenditures were $3,904,210, a difference of $856,930. The expenditure budget variance was due to several programs and projects that were

Tax Levy $3,466,802 90%

under budget or projects not starting until 2020.

Capital Improvement Program (CIP) The capital improvement expenditures were under budget by $937,928. $767,979 of this was primarily due to three main projects coming in under budget, including

2019 CIP Expenditures (actual) Total $2,928,442

Como Lake BMP, Trout Brook BMP and Special Projects and Grants. The remainder was primarily due to capital outlay coming in under budget for capital expenditures related to the new District facility.

Financial Highlights 2019 ended with the District spending approximately 79% of its overall budget. The difference is mainly due to planned projects coming in under budget.

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT ANNUAL REPORT 2019

Como Lake BMPs $150,531 | 5%

Mississippi River BMPs $467,992 | 16% Wetland, Stream & Ecosystem Restoration $17,164 | 1%

Capital Outlay $1,027,833 35%

Lake McCarrons BMPs $1,118,748 38%

Loeb Lake BMPs $54,373 | 2% Special Project Grants $91,801 | 3%

OUR PLANS 2019 Year In Review Below is a complete list of 2019 CRWD projects: Fund Name

Project Name

Administration

General Administration 595 Aldine Operations 1736 Thomas Operations MAWD Administrative Allocation

Groundwater

Groundwater Protection — Well Sealing

Rulemaking/Rule Revisions

Evaluate Rules — Hold TAC Meetings

Permitting

District Permit Program Permit Tracking and Database Management Construction Inspection Closure and Post Construction Inspection

Stewardship Grants

Stewardship Grants Partner Grants Inspiring Communities Progam SPS Rain Garden Projects Boulevard Rain Gardens TWP — MN Greencorps Member

Monitoring and Data Collection

Baseline Monitoring and Data Collection Lake Monitoring and Data Collection Villa Park Monitoring and Data Collection Wetland Bio-monitoring WISKI Database and Website Remote Data Access and Set Up BMP Monitoring Upper Villa Exfiltration Monitoring Midway Office Warehouse Monitoring

Education and Outreach

General Outreach and Communications Litter and Leaf Clean-ups Municipal Training Website Master Water Stewards

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

OUR PLANS 2019 Year In Review (cont.) Fund Name

Project Name

Education and Outreach (cont.)

Sponsorships and Partnerships Events Awards Program Youth Outreach Communications Training Adopt-a-Drain TWP Communications TWP — Adopt a Drain TWP — Leaf and Litter Clean-ups Social Media 595 Aldine Education and Outreach

Technical Resources and Information Sharing

Plan Review and Tech Committee BMP Database

Future Trends: Research and Positioning

District Research Program Public Art Program 595 Aldine Art Diversity and Incllusion Climate Change Impacts — Research and Action

Geographic Information System

GIS Program Development

Safety Program

Safety Training Safety Program Updates/Audits Safety Equipment

Shoreline and Streambank Maintenance

Saint Paul Natural Resources Intern Program

Como Lake Subwatershed

Como BMP Maintenance Curtiss Pond Opti RTC O&M TWP — Como Lake Project Development Como Lake Management Plan

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT ANNUAL REPORT 2019

OUR PLANS 2019 Year In Review (cont.) Fund Name

Project Name

Lake McCarrons Subwatershed

AIS Management Lake McCarrons Management Plan Upper Villa Maintenance

Trout Brook Subwatershed

TBI Inspection and Maintenance TBI Easement Verification and Documentation NPDES MS4 Stormwater Program Illicit Discharge Detection and Elimination Program

Crosby Lake Subwatershed

Highland Ravine BMP Maintenance

Mississippi River Subwatershed

Green Infrastructure for Innovation Districts Snelling Midway Redevelopment Ford Site Planning Green Line BMP Maintenance

Watershed Management

2020 Watershed Management Plan

Special Projects and Grants

Special Grants — Project Development

Como Lake BMPs

Como Lake In-Lake Management TWP — Como BMPs

Lake McCarrons BMPs

TWP — McCarrons BMP — Parkview

Loeb Lake BMPs

Loeb Lake Shoreline Restoration Willow Reserve Restoration Project

Trout Brook BMPs

TBI Repair — Station 28+65 - 50+72

Wetland, Stream and Ecosystem Restoration

Land Conservation Funding

Mississippi River Subwatershed BMPs

Snelling Midway Redevelopment Midway Peace Park Lauderdale Stormwater Improvement Project

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

OUR PLANS 2019 Year In Review (cont.) Fund Name

Project Name

Special Projects and Grants

Special Grants TWP â&#x20AC;&#x201D; Grant Administration CRWD Opportunity Fund

Future Trends: Implementation

New Office Facility

Debt Service

Debt and Loan Service

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT ANNUAL REPORT 2019

OUR PLANS 2020 Workplan Fund Name

Project Name

Priority

Project Description

Adminstration

General Administration

Critical

General administration of CRWD operations

595 Aldine Operations

Critical

General operations for 595 Aldine

1736 Thomas Operations

Critical

General operations for 1736 Thomas

MAWD

Beneficial

Provide support to MAWD

Administrative Allocation Ongoing

Annual cost allocation to projects and programs

Groundwater

Groundwater Protection — Well Sealing

Beneficial

Provide grant reimbursements for well sealing

Rulemaking / Rule Revisions

Evaluate Rules, hold TAC meetings

Critical

Conduct TAC process to update Rules

Permitting

District Permit Program

Critical

Continue Implementing District Permit Program

Permit Tracking and Database Management

Critical

Track and manage database for Permit Program

Construction Inspection

Critical

Inspect active permits sites for compliance

Closure and PostConstruction Inspection

Critical

Inspect completed permit projects for compliance and maintenance

Stewardship Grants

Important

Administer, promote and outreach on Stewardship Grants

Partner Grants

Important

Provide grants to partners for Education/Outreach programming

Inspiring Communities Program

Important

Provide design and project funds for City ICP program

SPS — Rain Garden Projects

Important

Assist with boulevard raingardens as part of City’s Street Reconstruction Program

TWP — Blvd Rain Gardens

Critical

Assist with boulevard rain gardens in Como and McCarrons subwatersheds

Baseline Monitoring and Data Collection

Critical

Monitor stormwater baseline sites, water level and rain gauge sites

Lake Monitoring and Data Collection

Critical

Monitor 5 lakes for chemical, biological and qualitative parameters

Stewardship Grants

Monitoring and Data Collection

Villa Park Monitoring and Critical Data Collection

Monitor 2 FWQ sites in Villa Park, 2 level loggers and Lake McCarrons flow-only station

Wetland Bio-monitoring

Important

Monitor wetlands, IBI assessments, water quality and data analysis

WISKI Database and Website

Critical

Long-term monitoring database for effective data management

Remote Data Access and Set Up

Important

Implement Remote Data Access Program

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

OUR PLANS 2020 Workplan (cont.) Fund Name

Project Name

Priority

Project Description

Important

Monitor BMP sites — Como 7, Green Line, Upper Villa

Upper Villa Exfiltration Monitoring

Beneficial

Exfiltration monitoring of an underground infiltration BMP

Midway Office Warehouse Monitoring

Important

Monitor Midway office warehouse

General Outreach and Communications

Critical

Provide general outreach and communications for the District

Leaf and Litter Clean Ups

Critical

Implement a Leaf and Litter Clean Up Program

Monitoring, Data BMP Monitoring Collection (cont.)

Education and Outreach

Technical Resources and Information Sharing

Future Trends: Research and Positioning

Municipal Training

Important

Provide training for municipal staff

Website

Important

Maintain and provide content for CRWD website

Master Water Stewards

Important

Implement Master Water Stewards program

Sponsorships and Partnerships

Beneficial

Sponsor and support partner organizations

Events

Beneficial

Community and CRWD-sponsored events and activities

Awards Program

Important

Support CRWD Recognition Program

Youth Outreach

Important

Develop and implement outreach programming to District youth

Communications Training Important

Provide communications, diversity and media training for staff, board and partners

Adopt-a-Drain

Promote and implement Adopt-a-Drain Program

Beneficial

TWP — Communications Important

Implement communications to support TWP

TWP — Adopt-a-Drain

Critical

Promote and implement Adopt-a-Drain Program in Como and McCarrons subwatersheds

TWP — Leaf and Litter Clean Ups

Critical

Leaf and Litter Clean Ups in Como and McCarrons subwatersheds for TWP

Social Media

Important

Maintain and update District social media accounts

595 Aldine Education and Important Outreach

Provide for education and outreach at 595 Aldine

Plan Review and Tech Committee

Critical

Review plans and serve on committees as appropriate

BMP Database

Critical

Update and maintain BMP database

District Research Program

Important

Develop and implement comprehensive research program

Public Art Program

Important

Work with watershed artist on District public art projects

595 Aldine Art

Beneficial

Create and install art in CRWD’s new office

Diversity and Inclusion

Important

Implement CRWD Diversity and Inclusion Plan

Climate Change Impacts — Research and Action

Important

Research climate change impacts on design standards (Atlas-14)

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT ANNUAL REPORT 2019

OUR PLANS 2020 Workplan (cont.) Fund Name

Project Name

Priority

Project Description

Geographic Information Systems (GIS)

GIS Program Development

Important

Manage GIS needs for CRWD

Safety Program

Safety Training

Critical

Provide safety training for staff

Safety Program Updates

Critical

Update safety program, protocols, procedures and equipment

Safety Equipment

Critical

Purchase, maintain and repair safety equipment

Shoreline and Streambank Maintenance

Saint Paul Natural Resources Intern Program

Important

Sponsor intern with Saint Paul for BMP maintenance or other activities

Como Lake Subwatershed

Como BMP Maintenance

Critical

Inspect and maintain Como subwatershed BMPs

Como Lake Aquatic Plant Beneficial Management

Manage nuisance aquatic plants

Curtiss Pond Opti RTC O&M

Important

Operate, maintain and inspect Opti RTC system

Como Lake Shoreline Management

Important

Plan and implement shoreline improvements

Beneficial

Manage aquatic invasive plants

Important

Develop a Lake McCarrons Management Plan

Upper Villa Maintenance

Critical

Upper Villa Maintenance

Parkview O&M

Critical

Maintain Parkview BMP

Williams Street Pond O&M

Important

Maintain Williams Street Pond BMP

TBI Inspection and Maintenance

Critical

Manage, operate, inspect, maintain and repair TBI

TBI Easement Verification and Documentation

Critical

Complete TBI easement verification, acquisition and documentation work

TBI Subwatershed Study

Important

Conduct a subwatershed study on a priority TBI catchment

NPDES MS4 Stormwater Program

Critical

Implement MS4 SWPP

Illicit Discharge Detection and Elimination

Important

Implement IDDE program

Highland Ravine BMP Maintenance

Critical

Maintain gully stabilization BMPs

Lake McCarrons AIS Management Subwatershed Lake McCarrons Management Plan

Trout Brook Subwatershed

Crosby Lake Subwatershed

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

OUR PLANS 2020 Workplan (cont.) Fund Name

Project Name

Priority

Project Description

Mississippi River Subwatershed

Green Infrastructure for Innovation Districts

Critical

Plan for green infrastructure in innovation districts

Snelling Midway Redevelopment O&M

Critical

Maintain BMPs

Ford Site Planning

Important

Provide design and planning assistance for former Ford site

Snelling Midway site

Important

Plan for stormwater BMPs

Green Line BMP Maintenance

Critical

Inspect and maintain the Green Line BMPs

Ford site — Area C

Important

Plan review and comment on Area C

Watershed Management

2020 Watershed Management Plan

Critical

Prepare and adopt 2020 WMP

Special Projects and Grants

Special Grants — Project Development

Important

Support feasability studies by special grant partners

Como Lake BMPs

Como Lake In-Lake Management

Critical

Plan and implement in-lake projects

Como Lake BMP Engineering

Important

Design for future BMPs

TWP — Como BMPs

Critical

Design and construct stormwater BMPs in Como subwatershed

Lake McCarrons TWP — McCarrons BMP BMPs — Parkview

Critical

Design Parkview Elementary BMP

Loeb Lake BMPs

Loeb Lake Shoreline Restoration

Beneficial

Restore shoreline of Loeb Lake

Willow Reserve Restoration Project

Critical

Conduct restoration work at Willow Reserve

Trout Brook BMPs

TBI Repair — Station 28+65 - 50+72

Critical

Engineering design for next segment of TBI repairs

Wetland, Stream and Ecosystem Restoration

Land Conservation Funding

Important

Provide resources for land protection initiatives

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT ANNUAL REPORT 2019

OUR PLANS 2020 Workplan (cont.) Fund Name

Project Name

Priority

Project Description

Mississippi River Subwatersheds BMPs

Midway Peace Park

Beneficial

Support green infrastructure at Midway Peace Park

Lauderdale Stormwater Improvement Project

Important

Complete design and conduct bidding for Seminary Pond improvements

Ford Site

Critical

Support implementation of central water feature

Science Museum of Minnesota

Beneficial

Support BMP installation

Special Grants

Critical

Implement Special Grant Program

TWP â&#x20AC;&#x201D; Grant Administration

Critical

Administer TWP Grant Program

Project Initiatives

Important

Support CRWD Watershed Management Plan projects

Future Trends: New Office Facility Implementation

Critical

Complete buildout of 595 Aldine office

Debt Service

Critical

Annual payments for bonds and loans (debt service)

Special Projects and Grants

Debt and Loan Service

ANNUAL REPORT 2019 CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

APPENDIX A CRWD Permits By Year 2007 30

2008 33

2009 31

2010 33

2011 30

2012 30

2013 36

Acres Disturbed

110

358

142

331

Acres Impervious

194

Alternative Compliance Sites

Standard Compliance Sites

Linear Projects

Total Linear Impervious (ac)

Total Linear Treatment (cf)

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

210

125

129

161

109

120

156

49.83

75.93

49.78

36.5

29.4

5.6

10.9

22.5

83,568

74,579

174,130

434,773

84,768

413,711

111,797

39,809

41,874

67,256

4894

26313

40,518

Infiltration Approved (cf)

120,349

148,131

163,297

425,289

275,781

91,100

124,856

21,564 165,733

49,326

Filtration Approved (cf)

73,861

65,959

35,649

198,844 179,448 474,887 348,543

Applications Received

Total Treatment Volume

194,210 214,090 198,946

96,889 220755 120,370 176,183

118264 217,756 115,844

624,133 455,229 565,987 473,399 273,072 339,019 338,126 137,408

7,981

93,662

173,714 142,988

Variances Requested

Variances Approved

Incomplete/ Withdrawn Applications

APPENDIX B Minnesota Board of Water and Soil Resources Performance Review & Assistance Program

Communication & Coordination

Execution

Planning

Administration

Performance Area

Capitol Region Watershed District

Performance Standard

H n

Benchmark standard Basic practice or statutory requirement (see instructions for explanation of standards)

Level of Review

Rating

I Annual Compliance II BWSR Staff Review & Assessment (1/10 yrs)

Yes, No, or Value YES

Activity report: annual, on-time

Financial report & audit completed on time

Drainage authority buffer strip report submitted on time

eLink Grant Report(s): submitted on time

Rules: date of last revision or review

6/5/2019

Personnel policy: exists and reviewed/updated within last 5 yrs

Data practices policy: exists and reviewed/updated within last 5 yrs

Manager appointments: current and reported

Consultant RFP: within 2 yrs for professional services

WD/WMO has resolution assuming WCA responsibilities and appropriate delegation resolutions as warranted (N/A if not WCA LGU)

WD/WMO has knowledgable and trained staff that manages WCA program or has secured a qualified delegate (N/A if not WCA LGU)

H H H H H

Administrator on staff

Board training: orientation & cont. ed. plan, record for each board member

Staff training: orientation & cont. ed. plan and record for each staff person

Operational guidelines for fiscal procedures and conflicts of interest exist and current

Public drainage records: meet modernization guidelines

Watershed management plan: up-to-date

City/twp. local water plans not yet approved

Capital Improvement Program: reviewed every 2 yrs

H H

Biennial Budget Request submitted on time

Strategic plan identifies short-term priorities

Engineer Reports: submitted for DNR & BWSR review

WCA decisions & determinations made in conformance w/all WCA requirements (if delegated WCA LGU)

WCA TEP reviews and recommendations appropriately coordinated (if delegated WCA LGU)

Total expenditures per year (past 10 yrs)

see below

H H

Water quality trends tracked for priority water bodies

Watershed hydrologic trends monitored / reported

Website: contains information as required by MR 8410.0150 Subp. 3a, i.e., as board meeting, contact information, water plan, etc.

Functioning advisory committee(s): recommendations on projects, reports, 2-way communication with Board

Communication piece: sent within last 12 months

x residents

Communication target audience

H H H

n/a

Track progress for I & E objectives in Plan

Coordination with County Board, SWCD Board, City/Twp officials

Partnerships: cooperative projects/tasks with neighboring organizations such as counties, soil and water districts, watershed districts and non-governmental organizations

APPENDIX C Financial Statements and Audit

APPENDIX D Stormwater Pollution Prevention Report

April 15, 2020 Board Meeting V.D. Approve 2020 Quality Assurance Program Plan (Houle)

DATE: TO: FROM: RE:

April 9, 2020 CRWD Board of Managers Mark Houle, Water Resource Technician 2020 Quality Assurance Program Plan (QAPP)

Background In 2016, CRWD staff developed and implemented a Quality Assurance and Program Plan (QAPP) to guide the CRWD monitoring program. The QAPP guides the CRWD monitoring program by: a) defining data quality assurance goals and procedures; and b) summarizing the program design, sampling methods, analytical procedures, and data review protocols. The contents of a QAPP ensure that quality assurance objectives and regulatory needs are being met. Monitoring data collected using an approved QAPP have strong credibility with outside parties and allow the District to confidently utilize the data to make regulatory decisions. The first version of the CRWD QAPP was presented at the September 7, 2016 meeting and accepted by the Board of Managers. The QAPP is updated annually to reflect any changes that have been made to the CRWD monitoring program as it relates to staffing, monitoring stations, monitoring procedures, and laboratory protocols. Issues The revised CRWD QAPP (enclosed) was updated to reflect changes that have been made to the monitoring program since the last update of the QAPP in 2019. CRWD staff are requesting acceptance of 2020 QAPP by the Board of Managers to formally endorse its use in the CRWD Monitoring Program. If you would like a printed copy of the 2020 QAPP please contact the CRWD office staff. Requested Action Accept the 2020 Quality Assurance Program Plan. enc:

CRWD Quality Assurance and Program Plan, draft dated 04/8/2020

"W:\07 Programs\Monitoring & Data Acquisition\Monitoring Protocols\Quality Assurance Program Plan (QAPP)\2020 QAPP\Board Meeting\Board Memo_QAPP Update_04-15-20.docx"

Monitoring Quality Assurance Program Plan Capitol Region Watershed District â&#x20AC;&#x201C; St. Paul, Minnesota

Approved: September 2016 Updated: April 8, 2020

By my signature below, I attest that I am familiar with the requirements of this document and agree to fulfill the responsibilities specified herein.

_____________________________________________ Bob Fossum, CRWD Monitoring Program Division Manager

____________________ Date

_____________________________________________ Britta Belden, CRWD Water Resource Project Manager

____________________ Date

Table of Contents 1.0 Introduction ............................................................................................................................................. 5 1.1 Program Background .................................................................................................................. 5 1.2 1.3

Program Description ................................................................................................................... 6 Quality Objectives and Criteria................................................................................................. 10

1.4

Monitoring Variables and Frequency ....................................................................................... 10

2.0 Program Organization and Responsibilities .......................................................................................... 12 2.1 Capitol Region Watershed District Responsibilities ................................................................. 12 2.2

Laboratory Service Responsibilities ......................................................................................... 13

2.3

Stakeholders, Partners, and Agencies Responsibilities ............................................................. 13

2.4

Relationship of QAPP to Other Guidance Documents ............................................................. 14

3.0 Field Measurement Equipment ............................................................................................................. 14 3.1 ISCO 6712 Automated Sampler ............................................................................................... 15 3.2

ISCO 2100 Flow Modules ........................................................................................................ 15

3.3

ISCO Model 750 ....................................................................................................................... 16

3.4

Field Equipment Maintenance and Calibration ........................................................................ 16

4.0 Field Sampling Methods ....................................................................................................................... 17 4.1 Field Activity Preparation and Field Decisions ........................................................................ 17 4.2

Sampling Procedures ................................................................................................................ 18 4.2.1 Flow-Weighted Composite Sampling Procedure ......................................................... 18 4.2.2

4.3

4.4

Grab Sampling Procedures .......................................................................................... 19

Sample Bottle Preparation and Equipment Cleaning ................................................................ 21 4.3.1

ISCO Sampler Bottles and Equipment Cleaning ......................................................... 21

4.3.2

MCES Laboratory Submission Containers and Preservatives ..................................... 22

4.3.3

Private Laboratory Submission Containers and Preservatives..................................... 22

QA/QC Sampling Methods ....................................................................................................... 23 4.4.1 4.4.2

Equipment Blank Sampling Method ............................................................................ 23 Composite Duplicate Sampling Method ...................................................................... 24

4.4.3

Grab Replicate Sampling Method ................................................................................ 25

5.0 Quality Assurance Objectives ............................................................................................................... 25 5.1 Precision.................................................................................................................................... 26 5.2

Accuracy ................................................................................................................................... 27

5.3

Completeness ............................................................................................................................ 27

5.4

Sensitivity ................................................................................................................................. 28

5.5

Comparability ........................................................................................................................... 28

5.6

Representativeness .................................................................................................................... 28

6.0 Field and Sample Custody Documentation ........................................................................................... 30 6.1 Field Forms ............................................................................................................................... 30 6.2

Analytical Data Review ............................................................................................................ 31

6.3

Sample Identification ................................................................................................................ 31

6.4

Chain of Custody ...................................................................................................................... 32

6.5

Sample Handling and Transport ............................................................................................... 32

7.0 Quality Assurance Procedures .............................................................................................................. 33 7.1 Laboratory Quality Assurance Procedures ............................................................................... 33 7.2

CRWD Quality Assurance Procedures ..................................................................................... 33 7.2.1

7.3

Data Management ........................................................................................................ 33

7.2.2 Data Review and Validation ........................................................................................ 34 Corrective Action ...................................................................................................................... 38

8.0 Data Assessment and Reporting ........................................................................................................... 38 8.1 Internal Quality Assessments .................................................................................................... 39 8.2

Electronic Data Reporting......................................................................................................... 39

8.3

Annual Reporting of Monitoring Data ...................................................................................... 39

9.0 References ............................................................................................................................................. 40

List of Tables Table 1

2020 CRWD Monitoring Station Locations

Table 2

Monitoring Parameters, Minimum Frequencies, and Typical Frequencies.

Table 3

2020 CRWD Monitoring Personnel

Table 4

Types of Equipment Blanks Performed by CRWD

Table 5

2020 Duplicate and Replicate Naming Conventions for CRWD Full Water Quality sites

Table 6

QA/QC Methods Employed to Reach QAOs

Table 7

Laboratory Sample Parameters, Analytical Method, and Holding Times

Table 8

WISKI Quality Codes and Standard Remarks

Table 9

Steps for various flow data editing scenarios in WISKI List of Figures

Figure 1

2020 CRWD Monitoring Station Location Map

Figure 2

Flow chart of monitoring seasons, flow event types, and sample collection methods

List of Attachments Appendix A

CRWD Organizational Chart

Appendix B

Field Standard Operating Procedures

Appendix C

Sample Chain of Custody

Appendix D

Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual and Standard Operating Procedures Distribution List

Name

Title/Organization

Mark Doneux

Administrator, CRWD

Bob Fossum Britta Belden

MRM Division Manager, CRWD Water Resource Project Manager, CRWD

Joe Sellner

Water Resource Specialist, CRWD

Sarah Wein

Monitoring Coordinator, CRWD

Mark Houle

Water Resource Technician, CRWD

Chris Kucek

Water Resource Technician, CRWD Planning, Projects, and Grants Program Manager CRWD Regulatory Division Manager, CRWD

Anna Eleria Forrest Kelley

Address 595 Aldine Street, St. Paul, MN 55104 595 Aldine Street, St. Paul, MN 55104 595 Aldine Street, St. Paul, MN 55104 595 Aldine Street, St. Paul, MN 55104 595 Aldine Street, St. Paul, MN 55104 595 Aldine Street, St. Paul, MN 55104 595 Aldine Street, St. Paul, MN 55104 595 Aldine Street, St. Paul, MN 55104 595 Aldine Street, St. Paul, MN 55104

E-mail mdoneux@capitolregionwd.org bfossum@capitolregionwd.org bbelden@capitolregionwd.org jselner@capitolregionwd.org swein@capitolregionwd.org mhoule@capitolregionwd.org ckucek@capitolregionwd.org aeleria@capitolregionwd.org fkelley@capitolregionwd.org

1.0 Introduction This Monitoring Quality Assurance Program Plan (QAPP) guides water quality and quantity monitoring for the Capitol Region Watershed District (CRWD). It outlines sample collection and analysis procedures.

1.1

Program Background

CRWD is a special purpose unit of government in Ramsey County, Minnesota that manages and protects water resources within its watershed boundaries. CRWD is a 41-square mile watershed nested in the Upper Mississippi River basin that contains portions of five cities, including Falcon Heights, Lauderdale, Maplewood, Roseville, and Saint Paul. CRWD is highly urbanized with a population of 245,000 and 42% impervious surface coverage. All runoff from CRWD eventually discharges to the Mississippi River from 42 outfall locations along a 13-mile reach. The water resources within the District (streams, lakes, wetlands, and stormwater) are monitored by CRWD in addition to other partnering entities. CRWD monitors streams, stormwater, and best management practices (BMPs) within the District. Lakes water quality monitoring is completed by Ramsey County Public Works (RCPW).

The Mississippi River is monitored by Metropolitan

Council Environmental Services (MCES), the United States Geological Survey (USGS), the Army Corps of Engineers, and the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA). The City of St. Paul also monitors stormwater water quality and BMP performance at several locations throughout the Dis trict. The primary objectives of the CRWD monitoring program are to identify water quality problems, quantify the subwatershed runoff pollutant loadings to the Mississippi River or other receiving water bodies, evaluate the effectiveness of BMPs, provide data for the calibration of hydrologic, hydraulic, and water quality models, and promote understanding of District water resources and water quality. CRWD also conducts stormwater monitoring to assist the City of St. Paul in meeting the monitoring requirements for the Phase I Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) Permit (MPCA, 2016).

1.2

Program Description

CRWD operates several monitoring stations to collect data that helps meet the goals of the monitoring program. Each monitoring station is strategically located throughout the District to gather meaningful data needed to meet the monitoring program goals. Data collected may also be needed to support a specific CRWD project. The types of data CRWD gathers includes: 1) Continuous flow data in storm sewers, stream channels, and BMPs; 2) Water quality data in storm sewers, streams, BMPs lakes, and wetlands; 3) Continuous level data in lakes, stormwater ponds, and BMPs; and, 4) Precipitation data from rain gauges. Table 1 and Figure 1 show all monitoring station locations operated by CRWD in 2020. Stations categorized as “Full Water Quality” indicate that both flow (continuous) and water quality samples are measured and that the station is located in either a storm sewer, stream channel, or BMP. Stations listed as “Flow Loggers” measure the volume of water continuously flowing through a system. The “Level Logger” stations are measuring continuous water level in a lake, stormwater pond, or BMP. The “Rain Gauges” are measuring precipitation data from either (or both) manual or automated rain gauges during non-winter months. The “Grab Sample” stations are locations where only a water quality grab sample is taken during a targeted hydrologic event. In 2020, the CRWD monitoring program includes 27 full water quality monitoring stations (Table 1; Figure 1). At full water quality stations, flow is conveyed as either event flow (stormwater, snowmelt, or illicit discharge) or baseflow through either a storm sewer, stream channel, or BMP. The majority of the full water quality stations monitored in 2020 are located in storm sewers. Baseflow, or dry weather flow, is present in storm sewers at many full water quality monitoring stations. Baseflow at these stations is constant with continuous flow throughout the entire year and is generally driven by groundwater and surface water connections. At all full water quality monitoring stations, flow data (level, velocity, discharge) is collected for both event flow and baseflow. Stations with baseflow are monitored year-round whereas stations that do not have baseflow are monitored seasonally from April to November when active runoff from precipitation is occurring. Water quality samples are also taken at these stations during both event flow and baseflow periods (if baseflow is present) via automated samplers and/or grab sample methods. Samples are analyzed for a suite of water quality parameters by an analytical laboratory. The sample results are utilized in conjunction with the flow data to calculate loads of various

pollutants, such as total phosphorus (TP) and total suspended solids (TSS). Data are summarized and analyzed in an annual monitoring report and online in the CRWD Water Data Portal. Flow logger stations are installed at 12 locations in 2020 to record water discharging through a storm sewer or from a surface water (Table 1; Figure 1). At these stations, continuous flow data (level, velocity, discharge) is measured and recorded seasonally from April to November. From the measured flow data, a volume of water discharged is calculated. Water quality samples are not taken at these locations. Continuous water level data is collected at 26 level logger stations in 2020 (Table 1; Figure 1). Level loggers measure and record 15-minute data to observe water level fluctuations in lakes, stormwater ponds, and BMPs. Level logger stations are installed seasonally from April to November during open water periods. Water quality samples are not taken at these locations. Precipitation stations measure rainfall amount and intensity using manual and automatic rain gauges at 6 locations in CRWD (Table 1; Figure 1). Precipitation stations are distributed across CRWD in order to capture the spatial variation in rainfall across the District. Rainfall is measured seasonally from April through November. Winter snowfall data is not collected by CRWD precipitation stations and is instead supplemented by external climate observation groups. Water quality grab samples are taken at 15 stations in 2020 generally within 24 hours of a rain event (Table 1; Figure 1). The stations listed in Table 1 for grab samples each have a unique monitoring plan that requires a water quality grab sample to fulfill the requirements of the program or project in question. Grab samples may also be taken at stations that have an automated sampler installed during the monitoring season if the sampler is either not working or is not installed. Baseflow and event flow grab sampling procedures are described in Section 4.2.2. Continuous dissolved oxygen data is measured at 1 station in 2020 (Table 1, Figure 1). At this station, a floating DO sensor will be situated at the deepest point in a wet pond. The DO logger will be installed seasonally from April to November during open water periods. Water quality samples are not taken at this location.

Table 1: 2020 CRWD Monitoring Station Locations. CRWD 2020 Monitoring Stations Flow Loggers Full Water Quality St. Anthony Park a, b AHUG Inlet a Hidden Falls Outlet East Kittsondale Phalen Creek a, b

a, b

Como Outlet

a, b

TBNS-Rose

TBNS - Rose Overflow TBO - SP Tunnel a Upper Villa Bypass

Como 7 a Midway Office Inlet North Como 3 a

McCarrons Outlet TBNS - Magnolia a TBNS - Jenks a

Trout Brook Outlet a, b Trout Brook-East Branch a, b

Villa Park Inlet Como 3 a

Hidden Falls 30" Pipe

Trout Brook-West Branch Villa Park Outlet b

Level Loggers

Precipitation MMCD Office

Grab Sample

Dissolved Oxygen Villa Park Wet Pond

St Paul Firestation

GC Clubhouse Pond GC Parking Lot Pond

Arlington-Jackson Como Lake Level

TBEB Villa Park

MOW - Central Deep MOW - Central Shallow

Crosby Lake GC Clubhouse Pond

Western District Police

MOW - East Deep MOW - East Shallow

AHUG Level Alameda Pond

Firestation 18

GC East Pond GC Parking Lot Pond

MOW - West Deep MOW - West Shallow

Golf Course Pond

Sims-Agate Outlet

VP - Out Overflow Channel McMurray Well VP - In Overflow Channel Midway Office Piezometer

Upper Villa Cistern Upper Villa Pipe Gallery

TBNS - Lift Station

Lake McCarrons Loeb Lake

Upper Villa-West Upper Villa-Center

Sims-Agate Victoria Park Pond

Upper Villa-East William St. Pond

TBNS-Stream a Upper Villa Inlet Parkview System Inlet a

Westminster-Mississippi William Street Pond

Parkview Filter Bay Inlet a Parkview Filter Bay Outlet a

Albert SWP - EAST Aldine SWP Griggs SWP - NORTH

Aldine Outlet a Seminary Pond a Willow Reserve Inlet a Willow Reserve Outlet TBNS Maryland Pond TBNS Maryland IESF Outlet TBNS Magnolia Pond TBNS Magnolia IESF Outlet TBNS Jenks Pond TBNS Jenks IESF Outlet

Marion RG - NORTHWEST Oxford SWP - SOUTH Pillsbury RG - NORTH Syndicate RG Lexington Tree Trench Western Tree Trench

27 a

Station location is in a storm sewer

Station location observes continuous baseflow

Figure 1: CRWD Monitoring Station Location Map* *Stations new in 2020 are excluded from this map due to extraneous circumstances at the time of preparation

1.3 Quality Objectives and Criteria The primary goal of this QAPP is to define the data quality assurance goals and quality assurance procedures that are applicable to the CRWD monitoring program. The CRWD monitoring program strives to produce consistent and reliable data; however, non-routine situations may arise for rapid response monitoring (e.g. illicit discharge detection and elimination (IDDE)) or monitoring a new location. This plan includes best practices that can be applied to both routine and non-routine monitoring circumstances. Water quality sample results collected through this monitoring program may indicate environmental and/or human health concerns that require corrective actions and/or long-term management decisions. Therefore, sampling and analysis must meet specified quality assurance and quality control objectives to accurately characterize the conditions within the district. This QAPP reflects the need for data of acceptable quality, while recognizing financial and technical constraints. The detailed data quality assurance objectives are discussed later in this plan.

1.4 Monitoring Variables and Frequency The types of water quality samples collected by the CRWD monitoring program are determined by the time of year, the flow event type, and the method of sample collection (automated versus grab) (Figure 2). At â&#x20AC;&#x153;full water qualityâ&#x20AC;? stations, automated samplers are installed for the duration of the field season, roughly April to November. Event samples are collected by the automated samplers during and/or after storm events, either as flow-weighted composite samples or as grab samples. At full water quality stations that have continuous baseflow, the automated samplers are programmed to take baseflow samples on a monthly basis during the field season as conditions allow. At these stations, baseflow samples are also taken during winter months (December-March) as grab samples because the automated samplers are not deployed during that time. Snowmelt grab samples are also taken at all full water quality stations if there are two consecutive days above freezing, and flow is entering the storm sewer. The suite of water quality parameters that samples are tested for under the CRWD monitoring program are listed in Table 2. Water quality samples are analyzed for specific parameters generally at a minimum frequency defined in the City of St. Paulâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s MS4 Permit. Parameter analysis is also

dependent on the amount of time that has passed since the sample was collected (holding time), the total sample volume, and the specific water quality concerns or sampling plan for a station. Composite, after event Event flow Grab, during event

Field Season (April- November)

Winter

Baseflow (baseflow sites only)

Composite, monthly

Baseflow (baseflow sites only)

Grab, monthly

Snowmelt

Grab, as available

(December-March)

Figure 2: Flow chart of monitoring seasons, flow event types, and sample collection methods.

Table 2: Monitoring Parameters, Minimum Frequencies, and Typical Frequencies. Parameter

Frequency

Sample Type

Ammonia Nitrogen

Composite

BOD - Carbonaceous 5-day Cadmium Chloride Chromium Copper

Composite Composite Composite Composite Composite

E. coli Flow (from level and velocity)

Grab Measurement

Fluoride Hardness Lead Nickel

Composite Composite Composite Composite

Nitrite Plus Nitrate, Total (as N) Ortho Phosphate pH

(required by

MS4 permit)

Typical Frequency

Quarterly

35 per year

Grab Grab Grab Grab Grab

Quarterly Not Required 15 per year Not required Monthly

Quarterly 35 per year 35 per year 35 per year 35 per year 22 per year Every 15 minutes w/ sampler

Grab Grab Grab Grab

Quarterly Every 15 minutes w/ sampler Not Required Monthly Monthly Not Required

Composite Composite Composite or Grab

15 per year Quarterly Quarterly

35 per year Quarterly Quarterly

Potassium

Composite or Grab

Not Required

4 per year (For illicit discharge)

Sulfate Surfactants Total Dissolved Solids Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen Total Phosphorus Total Suspended Solids

Composite or Grab Composite or Grab Composite Composite Composite Composite

2 per Year Not Required Quarterly 15 per year 15 per year 15 per year

Quarterly 4 per year (For illicit discharge) 35 per year 35 per year 35 per year 35 per year

or or or or or

or or or or

4 per year (For illicit discharge) 35 per year 35 per year 35 per year

Volatile Suspended Solids

Composite

15 per year

35 per year

Zinc

Composite or Grab

Monthly

35 per year

2.0 Program Organization and Responsibilities Personnel associated with the CRWD monitoring program and their contact information are presented in Table 3. Monitoring is overseen by the Program Manager and Monitoring Coordinator. Water Resource Technicians are responsible for the majority of the field work, with occasional help from other CRWD staff. Technicians are also responsible for reviewing data and assessing the QA/QC practices outlined in Section 4.4. The complete CRWD organizational chart can be found in Appendix A.

Table 3: 2020 CRWD Monitoring Personnel. Position

Name*

Organization

Phone Number

Program Manager

Bob Fossum

CRWD

651-644-8888

Water Resource Project Manager

Britta Belden

CRWD

651-644-8888

Quality Assurance Manager

Anna Eleria

CRWD

651-644-8888

Water Resource Specialist

Joe Sellner

CRWD

651-644-8888

Monitoring Coordinator

Sarah Wein

CRWD

651-644-8888

Water Resource Technician

Mark Houle

CRWD

651-644-8888

Water Resource Technician

Chris Kucek

CRWD

651-644-8888

* Staff are subject to change

2.1

Capitol Region Watershed District Responsibilities

CRWD staff are responsible for coordinating and conducting field operations for the monitoring program and meeting the quality assurance objectives outlined by the QAPP. District staff install, operate, and maintain monitoring equipment at each of the monitoring stations, collect water quality samples, download hydrologic data, select new stations for monitoring, and remove stations no longer needed. District staff are also responsible for reviewing analytical laboratory and hydrologic 12

(level, flow, and discharge) data for quality assurance. CRWD staff are responsible for preparing annual work plans and scoping documents, filling out laboratory sample chain of custody (COC) documents, preparing annual reports, and submitting data to the City of St. Paul, and other partners and stakeholders.

2.2

Laboratory Service Responsibilities

Water quality samples are currently submitted to Metropolitan Council Environmental Services (MCES) for analysis. The analytical laboratory is responsible for receiving samples from CRWD, receiving and processing chain of custody documents, analyzing samples based on the method specification, and providing sample results. The analytical laboratory is also responsible for ensuring all QA/QC procedures are in place and followed for all laboratory functions. The analytical laboratoryâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s QA/QC procedures, including organizational structure, laboratory procedures and qualifications, can be referenced in the Laboratory Quality Assurance Management Plan (QAM) in Appendix C. Other qualified analytical laboratories may be contracted to perform the routine analytical work or work beyond the scope of this QAPP. Prior to contracting with other laboratories for analytical services, CRWD staff will review their Quality Assurance Manual and ensure it is consistent with the CRWD QAPP. Laboratory reports containing results of submitted water quality samples are accessed by CRWD from the MCES online database once per month. Records of laboratory results are saved electronically to the CRWD server and are imported into the WISKI database.

2.3

Stakeholder, Partner, and Agency Responsibilities

CRWDâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Board of Managers, Citizen Advisory Committee, other District staff, and the general public provide input on CRWD monitoring activities. Other units of government and consultants can suggest possible areas of collaboration or express areas of environmental concern, which also helps direct the CRWD monitoring program. Citizen groups, neighborhood groups, and city councils have historically been sources of direction for monitoring priorities. The MPCA, research institutions (e.g. the University of Minnesota), and MCES review annual reports and data. The cities of St. Paul, Falcon Heights, Roseville, Lauderdale, and Maplewood review annual reports as well.

2.4 Relationship of QAPP to Other Guidance Documents This QAPP is one of several documents that guide the CRWD monitoring program. Contained in this QAPP are summaries of the program design, sampling methods, analytical procedures, and data review protocols. The CRWD monitoring program Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) provide a more in-depth description of sampling procedures, field analysis laboratory analysis, and data review (Appendix B). This QAPP and the CRWD monitoring program SOPs are available to staff for electronic review on the CRWD server and in printed form. SOPs are compiled annually into a printed handbook and are available to staff in monitoring trucks and the shop area.

3.0 Field Measurement Equipment This section outlines the field measurement equipment used in CRWDâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s monitoring program. At each monitoring station, equipment is either housed in a steel box enclosure above-ground or hung in a manhole by a suspension bracket. Each full water quality monitoring station consists of an automated sampler with intake tubing and sieve, a flow logger with a sensor, and a power source (i.e. deep-cycle battery, 6-volt batteries, or a solar panel). CRWD uses two different sizes of ISCO 6712 automated samplers: compact and full-sized. For measuring and recording level and flow data, ISCO 2150 flow modules or ISCO 750 flow modules are used. At each station, level and velocity are measured by the sensor that is mounted on a plate in the center of the channel or pipe and then recorded by the flow logger in 5 or 15-minute intervals. From the level and velocity measurements, discharge (Q) is calculated by multiplying the water level by the channel shape or pipe diameter using Equation 1: đ?&#x2018;¸=đ?&#x2018;¨ Ă&#x2014;đ?&#x2018;˝

(Equation 1)

Other standard equipment for each monitoring station includes a power source (12-volt marine battery or solar setup) and connection cables for ISCO 6712 units. Periodic inspections of field measurement equipment and their components will be performed to assure their use as specified in their respective manuals and this QAPP.

3.1

ISCO 6712 Automated Sampler

ISCO 6712 automated samplers are used to collect flow-weighted composite samples during the monitoring season. Discrete 200-mL samples are extracted by the automated sampler at a preprogrammed flow-paced rate into a 24 bottle carousel and then combined into one composite sample to be submitted for analysis. Sample volume calibrations are done when the sampler is installed, and as needed (Section 3.4). The procedure for flow-weighted composite sampling is described in Section 4.2.1. Two different sizes of ISCO 6712 automated samplers are used: â&#x20AC;˘

ISCO 6712 Full-Size Portable Sampler: 24 1000-mL ISCO sampler bottles. Collects four 200-ml samples per bottle for a total of 96 discrete samples.

â&#x20AC;˘

ISCO 6712c Compact Portable Sampler: 24 500-mL ISCO sampler bottles. Collects two 200-ml samples per bottle for a total of 48 discrete samples.

Each automated sampler has internal desiccant packets placed inside the electronic control panel to absorb moisture. The ISCO 6712 sampler instruction manual is available in the CRWD office and online and provides directions for operating, maintaining, and calibrating samplers (ISCO, 2015).

3.2

ISCO 2100 Flow Modules

ISCO 2100 area-velocity sensors and 2150 flow modules are programmed to continuously measure water level and velocity at 15-minute intervals. During events with increased flow, measurements are taken at 5-minute intervals. Most stations with the ISCO 2100 setup are equipped with a series of modules, including the ISCO 2150, 2105, and 2191 modules. ISCO 2150 modules log flow data measured by an area-velocity (AV) sensor that is mounted in the center of the channel or pipe. Water levels are measured by the AV sensor using a pressure transducer and velocity is detected by the sensor transmitting a continuous ultrasonic wave, and then measuring the frequency shift of returned echoes reflected by air bubbles or particles in the flow. The ISCO 2105 modules interface between the ISCO 6712 sampler and the 2150 area velocity module, triggering the sampler to collect samples based on a pre-programmed water level, velocity, or flow threshold as measured by the sensor. ISCO 2191 modules house battery units to power the all of the 2100 modules.

Each module has an internal desiccant cartridge to prevent moisture inside. Desiccant indicators located inside the ISCO 2150, 2105, and 2191 modules are inspected regularly and exchanged as needed. The ISCO 2150 module instruction manual is available in the CRWD office and online and provides directions for operation, maintenance, and calibration (ISCO, 2012a & ISCO 2012b).

3.3 ISCO Model 750 ISCO area-velocity sensors and 750 flow modules are programmed to continuously measure water level and velocity at 15-minute intervals. Flow is measured using submerged sensors that are mounted in the flow stream. ISCO 750 modules have no temperature coefficient calibration. Water levels are measured by the AV sensor using a pressure transducer and velocity is detected by the sensor transmitting a continuous ultrasonic wave, and then measure the frequency shift of returned echoes reflected by air bubbles or particles in the flow. The ISCO 750 modules have an internal desiccant cartridge to prevent moisture inside. Desiccant cartridges are inspected at each site visit, and exchanged as needed. The ISCO Model 750 instruction manual is available in the office and online and provides directions for operation, maintenance, and calibration (ISCO, 2013).

3.4 Field Equipment Maintenance and Calibration CRWD staff monitor the performance of equipment and instruments in the field during routine site visits. CRWD staff will work to resolve deficiencies as they are discovered, and replace components as needed. If necessary, equipment can be tested in the CRWD shop using a controlled level testing apparatus and/or a velocity testing flume. Equipment may be sent back to the manufacturer if deficiencies cannot be resolved by CRWD staff. The Monitoring Coordinator will provide the final decision on the usability of damaged equipment. ISCO 6712 samplers require frequent attention to assure their intended use. Intake tubing is replaced annually to prevent sample contamination. Pump tubing is replaced after 1,000,000 turns of the sampler pump or if wear or damage is visible. ISCO 6712 samplers and attached flow modules and AV sensors need to record accurate level measurements and pump precise sample volumes. To ensure accuracy, these mechanisms must be calibrated at the time of installation and as needed throughout the field season. To calibrate sample volumes, the sampler is manually triggered to pump a set volume (typically 200-mL). The pumped 16

volume is measured in a graduated cylinder. The process is repeated until the desired sample volume is attained. ISCO AV sensors are calibrated once per month while installed. To calibrate the level, a reference stage is manually measured in the flow in front of the sensor with a ruler. This is compared against the real-time measurement logged by the 2150 module. If the module measurement and the reference measurement differ by more than 0.1 foot, the difference is noted in the field notes to be later adjusted during the database QA/QC data editing process in the WISKI database. No adjustments should be made to the instrument in the field.

4.0 Field Sampling Methods This section defines procedures to be used for collecting and handling water quality samples. Unforeseen circumstances may require deviations from these procedures. Such deviations will be approved by the Monitoring Coordinator prior to sampling. If prior approval cannot be obtained, deviations from the established procedures will be recorded and the need for resampling will be evaluated at that time.

4.1

Field Activity Preparation and Field Decisions

Upon arrival at each monitoring location, field conditions are noted in the electronic field form. Any unusual condition will be recorded on the electronic field form. Conditions that may interfere with obtaining representative analytical results will be rectified before sampling proceeds and noted in the field form. Minor changes to the field protocol can be made by the field technicians if prior approval cannot be obtained. Changes will be reviewed with the Monitoring Coordinator retroactively to decide whether or not locations need to be re-sampled. For significant changes to this protocol, approval will be obtained in advance from the Monitoring Coordinator. The Monitoring Coordinator will review any changes to the protocol that may adversely affect results before proceeding. Any deviations, minor or significant, are reviewed by the Monitoring Coordinator during the writing of the annual report.

4.2

Sampling Procedures

CRWD collects two different types of samples: flow-weighted composite samples and instantaneous discrete grab samples. Composite samples can only be taken by automated samplers and are generally taken for baseflow, storm, and illicit discharge events during the monitoring season while samplers are installed (April-November). Grab samples are taken when automated samplers are not installed or if they are malfunctioning during the monitoring season. E. coli samples are always taken as grab samples. 4.2.1

Flow-Weighted Composite Sampling Procedure

Composite sampling by an automated sampler is conducted to collect a representative sample of a baseflow, storm, or illicit discharge event. The following equipment is used to collect composite samples: •

ISCO 6712 Full Size Portable Sampler or 6712c Compact Portable Sampler

•

24 sterilized 1000-mL or 500-mL plastic ISCO sampler bottles and caps arranged in a ISCO carousel configuration

•

8-L or 14-Liter churn, clean

•

Clean, labeled, 4-Liter laboratory submission container, or various laboratory submission containers with preservatives for private laboratory (if needed)

•

Cooler

The automated samplers are programmed to collect a discrete sub-sample for a given volume of water that passes through a channel at a flow-paced rate. Discrete 200-mL sub-samples are collected into 500-mL ISCO sampler bottles in compact samplers (48 sub-samples maximum per sampler), and into 1000-mL ISCO sampler bottles in standard samplers (96 sub-samples maximum per sampler). To collect storm composites, samplers are programmed with a trigger and a pacing to collect discrete sub-samples of the event. Trigger and pacing values may vary throughout the season, depending on flow conditions, antecedent moisture conditions, expected rainfall amounts, and other factors. If an illicit discharge is suspected, a sampler can be programmed with an adjusted trigger and pacing in an attempt to collect a representative sample of that event.

Technicians retrieve full or partially full carousels from sites with automated samplers following a sampling event. Staff place ISCO sampler bottle caps on each sample bottle and transport them to the CRWD office to be composited in a churn. A churn is used to composite discrete samples from individual bottles into one homogenous sample. To composite, each ISCO sampler bottle in a carousel is vigorously shaken to agitate any sediment that has settled out. The contents of each bottle are dumped into an 8-L or 14- L churn and then mixed for 30 seconds using the agitator. While being continuously mixed, the now composited sample is poured into a 4-L laboratory sample container. Composited samples are labeled by station name and sample date/time and then placed in a refrigerator at about 4 degrees Celsius. Within 24 hours of compositing, samples are placed in coolers, and transported to the analytical laboratory for analysis with a chain of custody accompanying each sample. If a carousel of samples exceeds the 14-L churn volume, sample bottles are divided into two sample sets. The above process is followed for each sample set; but, only 2,000 mL of each composited sample sets are distributed into the 4,000 mL submission containers. Base composite samples are collected monthly while ISCO samplers are installed during the field season. Sampler programs are paced in order to collect a full carousel (24 bottles) in approximately 24 hours at base flow levels. Samples are collected after the 24-hour cycle and taken back to the CRWD office to be composited using the same procedures for compositing storm samples. 4.2.2

Grab Sampling Procedures

Grab sampling is done in conjunction with composite sampling or as a standalone procedure. The following equipment is used to collect grab samples: •

Clean sampling bucket and rope

•

Clean, labeled, 4-Liter laboratory sample container, or various laboratory sample containers with preservatives for private laboratory (as needed)

•

ISCO 6712 Full Size Portable Sampler or 6712c Compact Portable Sampler pump, or other external pump (Pump Collection method only)

•

Cooler and ice

If no composite sample is taken during an event due to equipment failure, a grab sample can be taken instead. At stations without an ISCO 6712 sampler installed, grab samples are collected. Outside of the monitoring season, base grab samples are taken once per month. Snowmelt grab sampling and illicit discharge grab sampling are also conducted when possible. E. coli grab sampling is conducted once per month during base grabs or as needed during storm or snowmelt events. Grab samplers are taken from the middle of the flow to collect well-mixed, representative samples. The sample is then poured directly into a clean laboratory sample container. The container is capped, stored in a cooler, and sent directly to the lab for analysis. Alternatively, samples can be transported back to CRWD, placed in the refrigerator, and brought to the lab within 24 hours for analysis (depending on the holding time of the parameter being analyzed). Three variations of full water quality grab sampling and one version of E. coli grab sampling methods are discussed below. 4.2.2.1

Bucket and Rope Sampling

Bucket and rope sampling is the most common way to collect full water quality grab samples, since many sites are below ground and most easily accessed from the surface. A sampling bucket with rope is lowered from the surface and triple-rinsed with the water being sampled. Following the triple rinse, a sample can be collected and poured directly into clean laboratory sample containers. Sample containers are labeled by station name and sample date/time. 4.2.2.2

Direct Grab Sampling

Samples are occasionally collected directly from the water source if the water body is at the surface or staff has used confined space entry to access an underground storm sewer. Similar to bucket and rope sampling, the sampling bucket should be triple-rinsed and poured into the clean laboratory sample containers. If taken from a stream, samples should be taken facing upstream, from the center, while ensuring that the stream bottom is not disturbed in the process. If taken from a pond, samples should be taken from a consistent location, slightly below the surface, with floating vegetation moved away, and while ensuring no pond bottom debris is disturbed in the process. If taken from an outlet structure, samples should be taken as they flow over the outlet structure. Occasionally, the laboratory sample container may be filled directly from the outlet structure. In this instance, the sample can be collected directly into the laboratory sample container; no triple -rinse is required. 4.2.2.3

Pump Collection

If the above grab sampling methods are not possible, a grab sample can be collected using the ISCO 6712 pump or another external pump. To use this method, the sampler is set to pump in reverse and the sampling line is purged for 30 seconds. Then, the sampler is set to pump forward for 30 seconds 20

before filling a laboratory sample container. This method is often employed at East Kittsondale and the exfiltration monitoring sites. 4.2.2.4

E. coli Grab Sampling

E. coli grab samples are taken in conjunction with base composites, base grabs, storm composites, storm grabs, snowmelt grabs, and illicit discharge samples. The following equipment is used to collect E. coli grab samples: •

E. coli Sampler and Rope

•

NASCO Whirl-Pak® Sample Bags, or other E. coli laboratory submission containers

•

Small cooler with ice pack

A sealed, sterile, 18-ounce NASCO Whirl-Pak® is opened on-site and placed in a sampler. Care is taken to ensure the Whirl-Pak® is not contaminated by field staff fingers, sewer side walls, or other contaminants. In some circumstances, the Whirl-Pack® can be filled without the sampler. If this is the case, the Whirl-Pak® is directly filled with sample water while being held at the tabs, with care taken to ensure it is not contaminated by field staff fingers or other contaminants. The sample must be taken directly from the water source. The sample is put in a small cooler with ice packs immediately and transported to the laboratory within 6 hours.

4.3 4.3.1

Sample Bottle Preparation and Equipment Cleaning ISCO Sampler Bottles and Equipment Cleaning

Flow-weighted composite samples are collected into either 500-mL or 1000-mL ISCO automated sampler carousel bottles. To decontaminate used bottles, they are washed in a Liqui-Nox and hot water solution, scrubbed with a nylon brush, rinsed with hot water, and loaded into the dishwasher for sterilization. Unused bottles that shared a carousel with bottles containing samples are also loaded into a dishwasher for sterilization, but do not require the Liqui-Nox and hot water pre-wash. Bottle caps are also dunked in a Liqui-Nox and hot water solution. They are then placed in the dishwasher in silverware containers, not to be more than ¾ full. The shop dishwasher is run without soap on the “Pots and Pans” cycle to sterilize the bottles. Once all bottles have been removed from the sampler carousel bases, the bases are rinsed with tap water, scrubbed (if needed), and placed out to air dry. Clean bottles are loaded into carousels and 21

stored on a shelf in the CRWD equipment shop. Clean caps are separated by size and stored in clean containers. Churns may be reused between the compositing of multiple sample carousels. Between each composite, churn components are triple-rinsed in hot tap water after each sample is composited. After all samples have been composited for the day, churns are washed with Liqui-Nox and hot water, rinsed, and loaded into the dishwasher. The dishwasher is run without soap on the “Pots and Pans” setting to sterilize the churns. 4.3.2

MCES Laboratory Submission Containers and Preservatives

Composited samples and grab samples are filled in 4-Liter containers to be submitted to Metropolitan Council Environmental Services (MCES) laboratory. MCES neither requires CRWD to preserve samples nor to transport samples on ice (with the exception of E. coli samples). Prior to delivery, samples may be stored in a refrigerator at approximately 4 degrees Celsius for up to 24 hours. At the laboratory, MCES preserves some samples in order to process certain parameters. The MCES Quality Assurance Manual (QAM) includes specific procedures for the following: laboratory submission container cleaning, testing, labeling and storage, and preparation (Appendix D). 4.3.3

Private Laboratory Submission Containers and Preservatives

CRWD primarily uses the MCES laboratory for sample analysis; however, private laboratories may be used periodically for various sample analyses. Private labs may be used for the following reasons: •

CRWD’s intent to investigate alternative labs

•

Need for specialized sampling parameters for which MCES is not equipped to perform analysis

•

MCES is temporarily unable to process samples due to logistical constraints

The private laboratory QAM shall include specific procedures for the following: sample container cleaning, testing, labeling and storage, preparation, and addition of preservative s. All chemical preservatives added to containers in the laboratory will meet the criteria of the laboratory’s QA/QC program as reflected in the QAM.

4.4

QA/QC Sampling Methods

This section defines specific quality control samples that will be collected in the field. Equipment blanks, field blanks, and field duplicate samples are submitted to the analytical laboratories to provide the means to assess the quality of the data resulting from the field sampling procedures. How these samples are used to meet the quality assurance objectives is discussed further in Section 5.0. 4.4.1

Equipment Blank Sampling Method

Equipment blanks verify the effectiveness of the equipment decontamination procedures. Equipment blanks are conducted after various pieces of equipment used by the CRWD monitoring staff are cleaned. To collect an equipment blank, analyte-free, deionized water is poured into or through the container or equipment in question. Information regarding the types of blanks, associated frequency, and when the blank will be conducted can be found in Table 4. Blank samples must account for 10% of all samples submitted, which equates to the frequencies listed in Table 4 for an average sampling year. Equipment blank samples will be identified according to a table of aliases listed in the “Equipment Blank SOP,” which can be found in Appendix B.

Table 4: Types of Equipment Blanks Performed by CRWD. Blank Type

Frequency

When to Complete

ISCO Sampler Blank

3 sites,3 times/year

Grab Sampler Blank

5 times/year

During level calibrations In the field after a suite of grab samples, after a triple rinse of DI water

Churn Blank

10 times/year

In the shop after triple rinse of tap water

Sampler Bottle Blank

10 times/year

After cleaning process and dishwashing cycle

MCES Bottle Blank

10 times/year

Anytime

Equipment blanks are analyzed for the target parameters in Table 4. Blank laboratory sample containers will be identical to the 4,000 mL sample containers used for general sample analysis for these parameter groups. All containers shall be pre-cleaned within the laboratory’s QA/QC program in the same manner as primary sample bottles for laboratory submission. Equipment blank results greater than the reporting limit for a parameter will be flagged for blank contamination. Field notes and sampling procedures will be reviewed to determine possible sources for contamination.

4.4.2

Composite Duplicate Sampling Method

Composite duplicate samples are samples collected in order to evaluate the sampling procedure and laboratory precision. Duplicate samples should theoretically represent the parameter(s) of interest at a given point in space and time equally. Duplicate samples are collected from the same sampling device and split into two separate laboratory sample containers. Duplicate samples will be submitted to the laboratory as blind or masked samples using a sample alias name (see Table 5 for naming conventions). The true identity of the sample will be recorded in the field form. Field duplicate samples will be collected and submitted at the minimum 10% of total samples per year (approximately one per composite sampling trip).

Table 5: 2020 Duplicate and Replicate Naming Conventions for CRWD Full Water Quality stations. Site

Duplicate Alias

Replicate Alias

St. Anthony Park

CRWD100

CRWD200

Hidden Falls Outlet

CRWD101

CRWD201

East Kittsondale

CRWD102

CRWD202

Phalen Creek

CRWD103

CRWD203

Trout Brook Outlet

CRWD104

CRWD204

Trout Brook-East Branch

CRWD105

CRWD205

Trout Brook-West Branch

CRWD106

CRWD206

Villa Park Outlet

CRWD107

CRWD207

Villa Park Inlet

CRWD108

CRWD208

Upper Villa Inlet

CRWD109

CRWD209

Como 3

CRWD110

CRWD210

Como 7

CRWD111

CRWD211

TBNS-Rose

CRWD113

CRWD213

TBNS-Stream

CRWD114

CRWD214

Midway Office Inlet

CRWD118

CRWD218

North Como 3

CRWD119

CRWD219

Parkview System Inlet

CRWD178

CRWD267

Parkview Filter Bay Inlet Parkview Filter Bay Outlet

CRWD179

CRWD268

CRWD180

CRWD269

Willow Reserve Inlet

CRWD181

CRWD278

Willow Reserve Outlet

CRWD182

CRWD279

CRWD Aldine Outlet

CRWD183

CRWD280

4.4.3 Grab Replicate Sampling Method Grab replicates are defined as independent samples collected as close as possible to the same point in space and time as another scheduled grab sample. Grab sampling equipment is used to extract two separate samples from the same source. Approximately half the water from the grab sampler is poured into both the original sample and replicate sample bottle to ensure the same water is being used in both samples. This process is repeated as necessary until both the original and replicate sample bottles are full. Replicate samples are stored in individual laboratory sample containers and are analyzed independently. Field replicate samples will be collected and submitted at the minimum frequency of 10% of samples throughout the sampling season (approximately one per grab sampling event). Replicate sample labels will be masked with an alias (Table 5) on both laboratory sample container labels and COCs, with the true identity noted in the field forms.

5.0 Quality Assurance Objectives The overall objectives of the CRWD QAPP is to develop and implement procedures for sample collection, laboratory analyses, and data reporting that will provide a high level of data. Six specific Quality Assurance Objectives (QAOs) are defined below. This section provides goals to meet the QAO of precision, accuracy, representatives, completeness, comparability, and analytical sensitivity, along with the means by which they are measured. Table 6 lists all QA/QC methods employed by CRWD and the MCES laboratory to ensure that QAOs are being met.

Table 6: QA/QC Methods Employed to Reach QAOs. Sample Type

Description

Function

Method Blank

Reagent-grade water carried through sample preparation and analytical procedural method

To assess contamination from the laboratory preparation and analytical procedure

Laboratory Control Sample

Reagent-grade water spiked with known concentrations of analytes of interest

To determine the accuracy and consistency of instrument calibration

Quality Control Sample

A second source sample evaluated for analytes of interest

To verify purity and preparation of the calibration standards

Matrix Spike/Spike Duplicate

Separate aliquot of sample spike with known concentrations of the analytes

To determine the ability to recover the known analyte or compound in that sample matrix

Surrogate Spikes

Analytes, similar to those being evaluated, added at known concentration (organic analysis only)

To measure the performance of the analysis and to measure any matrix interferences

Internal Standards

Analyte, similar to those being evaluated, added to a sample at a constant concentration

To measure the relative responses of other method analytes and surrogates in the solution

Equipment Blank

Reagent-grade de-ionized water subject to sample collection, processing, and analysis

To evaluate contamination resulting from successive use of sampling equipment

Composite Duplicate

Duplicate of event sampling procedures

To estimate laboratory and sampling procedure precision

Grab Replicate

Two discrete samples taken concurrently from the same source

To estimate laboratory and sampling procedure precision

5.1

Precision

Precision measures the reproducibility of measurements under a given set of conditions. Laboratory precision is determined by replicate analysis on a single sample, such as laboratory blank samples, laboratory spiked samples, field samples, or spiked field samples. Laboratory precision frequency is dictated by the laboratoryâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s QAM. Total precision, which combines both laboratory precision and field precision, is measured using masked field duplicate samples. Field duplicate samples provide precision information for the entire measurement system, including sample acquisition, handling, shipping, storage, preparation , and analysis. Relative percent differences (%RPD) will be calculated for each pair of duplicate samples (laboratory replicates or field duplicate samples). When both values are reported as detected values, Equation 2 is used to determine precision:

% RPD =

Where:

S-D x 100 (S + D) / 2

(Equation 2)

S = First sample value D = Second sample value

CRWD upholds a target RPD value of 20%. If this threshold is exceeded, data will be flagged for that particular parameter.

5.2

Accuracy

Accuracy measures the bias in a measurement system. Laboratory accuracy is measured using the analytical results of matrix spike/matrix spike duplicates (MS/MSD), laboratory control samples/laboratory control sample duplicates (LCS/LCSD), as well as by instrument and method blank samples. To analyze MS/MSD samples, CRWD water samples are spiked with a known concentration of the analyte and compared against base levels in the original water sampl e. LCS/LCSD utilizes the same process, but instead uses spiked pure water rather than sample water. The percent recovery (%R) will be calculated using Equation 3:

%R =

Where:

A-B x 100 C

(Equation 3)

A = the analyte concentration determined from the spiked sample B = the native sample concentration of the unspiked sample C = the concentration of the spike added

Field accuracy is assessed conducting equipment blank samples. These samples are used to assess possible contamination in the sample collection procedures or sample bottle preparation processes . If samples are found to be contaminated, additional blank samples may be taken to identify the source of contamination.

5.3

Completeness

Completeness is a measure of the amount of valid data obtained from a measurement system compared to the amount expected to be obtained under normal conditions. For laboratory completeness, it is expected that the contracted laboratory will provide useable and acceptable data for at least 95 percent of all samples collected using the specified analytical method. Field completeness is calculated using Equation 4 from the number of samples required by the city of Saint Paulâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s permit and CRWD project goals in a calendar year. đ??śđ?&#x2018;&#x153;đ?&#x2018;&#x161;đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;&#x2122;đ?&#x2018;&#x2019;đ?&#x2018;Ąđ?&#x2018;&#x2019;đ?&#x2018;&#x203A;đ?&#x2018;&#x2019;đ?&#x2018; đ?&#x2018; =

đ?&#x2018;Łđ?&#x2018;&#x17D;đ?&#x2018;&#x2122;đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;đ?&#x2018;&#x2018; đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;đ?&#x2018;Ąđ?&#x2018;&#x17D; đ?&#x2018;&#x153;đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;Ąđ?&#x2018;&#x17D;đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;đ?&#x2018;&#x203A;đ?&#x2018;&#x2019;đ?&#x2018;&#x2018; đ?&#x2018;Ąđ?&#x2018;&#x153;đ?&#x2018;Ąđ?&#x2018;&#x17D;đ?&#x2018;&#x2122; đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;đ?&#x2018;Ąđ?&#x2018;&#x17D; đ?&#x2018;&#x2019;đ?&#x2018;Ľđ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;&#x2019;đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;Ąđ?&#x2018;&#x2019;đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;

(Equation 4)

All full water quality stations should have at least 12 storm samples submitted per year as well. The goal for stations with baseflow is 20 samples per year. Continuously recorded level, velocity, and temperature data should be collected at 15-minute increments for the duration of the monitoring season, approximately 260 days. CRWD upholds a target field completeness goal of 95%.

5.4

Sensitivity

The achievement of reporting limits depends on instrument sensitivity and matrix effects. Instrument sensitivity will be monitored by the laboratory. It is expected that the laboratory will meet the sensitivities as required by the sample matrix and composition. To ensure that the analytical data are useful, the reporting limit for a given analyte should be well below the lowest expected ambient environmental concentrations or below any applicable regulatory action levels. The laboratory target reporting limits and methods of the monitored parameters are presented in Table 7. The actual reporting limits achieved may depend on available sample volume, sample matrix interferences, and target and non-target parameter concentrations.

5.5

Comparability

Data comparability is the confidence with which one set of data from a particular site can be compared with another set from the same site. CRWD aims to use consistent field and laboratory methods for all sites from year to year, except where improvements are required for data quality. Comparability will be evaluated by documenting that the sampling plan is followed or whether any deviations from the plan have been made. It will also be evaluated by comparing analytical results from QA/QC samples, such as matrix spikes, equipment blanks, field blanks, method blanks, field duplicates.

5.6

Representativeness

Representativeness expresses the degree to which a sample or analytical result accurately and precisely represents a characteristic of a population, parameter variations at a sampling point, a process condition, or an environmental condition. Representativeness is a qualitative parameter that is dependent upon the proper design of the sampling program and proper laboratory protocol.

In the case of the CRWD monitoring program, representativeness is assessed with respect to the watershed pollutant concentrations and loads. Pollutant concentrations and loads differ with space, time and flow conditions. Spatial representativeness is assured by monitoring multiple subwatersheds within the District. It is also assured at baseline sites by taking samples as close to the subwatershed outlet as possible, making the sample more representative of the entire subwatershed. To assure samples are representative with respect to time and flow conditions, samples are taken throughout the year across varying flow conditions. Storm composite samples should collect both the rising and recession limbs of the hydrograph. Representativeness will be assessed by the analysis of the field duplicate samples.

Table 7: Laboratory Sample Parameters, Analytical Method, and Holding Times. Parameter Ammonia Nitrogen BOD â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 5 Day Carbonaceous Cadmium

Hold Time 28 Days

Analytical Method EPA 350.1 Rev 2.0

Method Detection Limit 0.005 mg/L

Reporting Limit 0.06 mg/L

0.2 mg/L

48 Hours

SM 5210 B-2001, Hach 10360 Rev. 1.1

6 Months

EPA 200.8, Rev. 5.4

0.0002 mg/L

0.0005 mg/L

28 Days

SM 4500-Cl-E-1997

0.5 mg/L

2 mg/L

Chromium

6 Months

EPA 200.8, Rev. 5.4

0.00008 mg/L

0.00016 mg/L

Copper

6 Months

EPA 200.8, Rev. 5.4

0.0003 mg/L

0.0006 mg/L

N/A

1 MPN/100 mL

Chloride

SM 9223B-1997 (Colilert-18 Quanti

E. coli

6 Hours

Fluoride

28 Days

Hardness

28 Days

EPA 200.7

N/A

0.37 mg/L

Lead

6 Months

EPA 200.8, Rev. 5.4

0.0001 mg/L

0.0005 mg/L

Nickel

6 Months

EPA 200.8, Rev. 5.4

0.0003 mg/L

0.0006 mg/L

Nitrate

48 Hours

SM 4500-NO3- F-2011

N/A

0.05 mg/L

Nitrite

48 Hours

SM 4500-NO3- F-2011

0.007 mg/L

0.03 mg/L

Ortho-Phosphate

48 Hours

SM 4500-P F-199

0.005 mg/L

0.01 mg/L

Potassium

180 Days

EPA 200.8, Rev. 5.4

0.03 mg/L

1 mg/L

28 Days

EPA 300.0 Rev. 2.1

0.2 mg/L

0.5 mg/L

Sulfate Surfactants

Tray)

0.02 mg/L

48 Hours

0.10 mg/L

Total Dissolved Solids

7 Days

SM 2540 C-1997

5 mg/L

10 mg/L

Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen

28 Days

EPA 351.2 Rev 2.0

0.03 mg/L

0.1 mg/L

Total Phosphorus Total Suspended Solids Volatile Suspended Solids Zinc

28 Days

EPA 365.4, 1974

0.02 mg/L

0.05 mg/L

7 Days

SM 2540E-1997

1 mg/L

3 mg/L

7 Days

SM 2540E-1997

1 mg/L

2 mg/L

6 Months

EPA 200.8, Rev. 5.4

0.0008 mg/L

0.0016 mg/L

6.0 Field and Sample Custody Documentation It is vital to record notes on field conditions such as weather, deviations from written standard operating procedures, equipment condition, and other unusual conditions. Understanding the sample’s path from collection to analysis may address issues which may arise, such as sample contamination. Thus, field documentation is essential to assure data quality for the CRWD monitoring program.

6.1

Field Forms

Field forms are the primary means for documenting field activities of staff. Electronic field forms are filled out at each site visit and all sampling events. Field forms are created in Google Forms, and are stored in a cloud server. Field forms are backed up onto the CRWD server on a weekly basis. The field form contains the following information: •

Date and time of site visit

•

List of field personnel present

•

Station name and activity

•

Instantaneous level, velocity, and discharge readings

•

Check boxes: system downloaded, site data checked, and desiccant changed

•

Sampler battery and programming information

•

For each composite sample:

•

Type of composite

Composite sample start date/time and end date/time

Number of samples, volume and bottle numbers filled

For each grab sample: -

Grab sample date/time

Number of grab samples

Type of grab sample(s) 30

•

Maintenance performed on-site

•

Notes

A quality control field form is also used to document information related to a duplicate, replicate, or blank sampling event. It contains fields to designate the type of quality control sample taken, the time and date a sample was taken, the alias given to the sample, and a field to make any notes. The quality control field forms are created in Google Forms and the response data is stored in a cloud server. The quality control field forms are backed up on the CRWD server on a weekly basis.

6.2

Analytical Data Review

Laboratory data is available to CRWD from MCES through the MCES online data portal on a continuous basis. Private laboratories send analytical data in an automated electronic report after analysis. CRWD staff review the data upon receipt. If any analytical data are initially flagged as outliers or otherwise erroneous, they are compared against the field form for that sampling event and historic sampling records. The laboratory reports are reviewed and processed in preparation of the data editing, data review, and compilation of the annual report.

6.3

Sample Identification

Water samples will be identified by the station location. Laboratory sample containers are typically labeled with the station name prior to use. Each laboratory sample container will be labeled with the following information using a waterproof marker on firmly affixed, water-resistant labels: •

Sample location

•

Sample collection date(s)

•

Sample collection time(s)

•

Parameter names/groups to be analyzed (Private Lab only)

•

Preservation method (Private Lab only)

QA/QC samples will be identified with alias names denoted in the “Equipment Blank SOP” and “Duplicate/Replicate SOP” found in Appendix B. The alias names will also be identified in the Quality Control field form. 31

6.4

Chain of Custody

CRWD staff will begin filling out the Chain of Custody (COC) in the field as samples are collected. The COC will be finalized by the Monitoring Coordinator during the compositing process. CRWD will make a copy of the completed COC upon arrival to MCES. An example of the COC is provided in Appendix C. All COC signatures related to sample custody will be made in ink. When sample custody is transferred to MCES lab staff, a signature, date and time will be entered at the time of transfer to document the transfer. A sample will be in custody if it is in any one of the following states: •

In actual physical possession by laboratory staff.

•

In view, after being in physical possession.

•

In physical possession and locked up so that no one can tamper with it.

•

In a secured area, restricted to authorized personnel.

A secured area such as a locked storage shed or locked vehicle may be used for temporary storage. When using such an area, the time, date, and location of the secured area will be recorded on the COC next to the relinquisher’s signature. The time at which an individual regains custody will then be recorded in the “received by” space.

6.5

Sample Handling and Transport

CRWD staff accompany coolers containing samples from either the field of CRWD office to the MCES lab for analysis. CRWD staff will also transport a completed chain of custody form to the MCES lab. The samples will be kept at approximately 4 degrees Celsius during transport to laboratories. Before transporting samples, field personnel will perform the following tasks: 1. Verify that laboratory personnel will be present to receive the samples when they arrive. 2. Check labeling and documentation to ensure sample identity will be clear to laboratory personnel. 3. Hand deliver or ship samples in a manner that ensures samples will remain cool (about 4 degrees Celsius) until received by laboratory personnel. 4. Maintain possession of the samples and chain of custody or note the current possessor. 5. Verify that laboratory personnel have received samples in good order and understand COC. 32

7.0 Quality Assurance Procedures 7.1

Laboratory Quality Assurance Procedures

MCES laboratory has a written comprehensive QA/QC program which provides rules and guidelines to ensure the reliability and validity of work conducted at the laboratory. Compliance with the QA/QC program is coordinated and monitored by the laboratory’s QA department, which is independent of the operating departments. The quality assurance officer shall do routine checks of the analytical procedures to ensure that the laboratory technicians are following the laboratory’s SOPs. The laboratory’s SOPs shall reflect the methods and procedures for measuring, calibrating, and maintaining equipment outlined by the equipment’s manufacturer and analytical methodologie s (EPA, Standard Methods, ASTM, etc.) specified in Table 7. The laboratory shall utilize the following quality control checks: sample spikes, surrogate spikes, reference samples controls, method blanks, instrument blanks, and laboratory duplicates of field samples. The laboratory shall specify the frequency, the compounds to be used for sample spikes and surrogate spikes, and the QA acceptance criteria for these checks. The laboratory will flag any data sent to CRWD that do not meet instrument and analytical QA procedures. Any samples analyzed and determined to be in nonconformance with the QA criteria will be reanalyzed by the laboratory, if sufficient sample volume is available and sample is within holding time.

7.2 CRWD Quality Assurance Procedures All laboratory and continuous monitoring data collected through the CRWD monitoring program are reviewed by CRWD staff for quality before data analysis and inclusion in the annual report. This section provides an overview of the data and protocol review procedures for the monitoring program. Most data management and data review happens within Kisters WISKI (WISKI) database. WISKI is a data management software specifically designed for continuous and discrete water quality data. 7.2.1

Data Management

The CRWD monitoring program manages two types of data: flow data collected by in-situ flow loggers and water quality data from samples submitted to the MCES laboratory. SOPs have been 33

created for the management of both data types to ensure consistent and accurate data management and transfer between devices, programs, and databases. 7.2.1.1 Flow Data Management

Flow data is downloaded from field instruments regularly, either during water quality sample collection, on routine site visits, or through remote access. ISCO FlowLink 5 software is used to download data stored on the ISCO data logger to a CRWD field laptop. Once stored on the laptop, automated backup schedules are run for each site to export the data from FlowLink to the laptop drive. Once on the laptop drive, a file synchronization software is used to export data from the laptop to the WISKI database. Site name labels within FlowLink must match labels within WISKI in order for the WISKI KiDAT software to import the data in the appropriate time series. Once the data is in the WISKI database and appropriate time series, all further changes and edits to the data will be logged within the program. Data is synced from the CRWD field laptops to the WISKI database on weekly basis. Data that is downloaded using remote access is imported daily to the WISKI software. 7.2.1.2 Water Quality Data Management

Water quality data from the MCES lab is exported from the MCES database on a monthly basis. Lab data is retrieved from the MCES online portal and saved to the CRWD server. The downloaded output is reformatted to match the requirements for the WISKI database importer. The WISKI importer scans the data for any potential errors for the user to review prior to importing. Once imported, the data is saved on the WISKI server and all further changes and edits to the data will be logged within the program. 7.2.2

Data Review and Validation

CRWD staff reviews, flags, and approves laboratory and continuous monitoring data for a given calendar year. SOPs dictate the proper protocol for reviewing and editing laboratory and continuously monitored data. The data review process draws upon the review of a number of QA/QC methods described in this QAPP including, but not limited to: â&#x20AC;˘

Laboratory QC data (e.g. instrument and method blanks, spikes and calibration data)

â&#x20AC;˘

CRWD QA/QC samples (e.g. equipment blanks, field blanks, and field duplicate samples)

â&#x20AC;˘

Field notes and metadata to determine problems or deviations from written SOPs

All data review and validation occurs within the WISKI software. Any edits or changes to data will require confirmation and notation by the user. WISKI will prompt the user to assign a quality code

and a standard remark to data that has been edited in order to prevent loss and unintended edits. All edits can be reviewed and reversed within WISKI. 7.2.2.1 Continuous Flow Data Editing

Flow data is edited in WISKI on a weekly basis. CRWD staff makes all edits to the data directly within the WISKI software using a set of quality codes and standard remarks in order to maintain consistent data processing (Table 8). Additionally, all the data editing documentation will be stored in one location for future re-review if necessary. Quality codes are saved within WISKI and can be used to remove a level of data quality from an analysis. Standard remarks are standardized notes that can be assigned to a section of data to describe how it was modified. The goal of reviewing continuous flow data is to identify any measured data points that may not be accurate or representative or potentially missing. The edited flow data is used to calculate pollutant loading by applying pollutant concentrations measured in the laboratory to discharge measurements. The continuous flow data editing process consists of the following steps: •

Compiling data for the entire year in WISKI software

•

Editing and reviewing annual data to account for missing or poor data points (Table 8): o

Assigning quality codes to data (e.g. Excellent, Good, Fair, Poor, Suspect, Unknown, Missing), or flagging bad data periods

Linearly interpolating between points where data is lost

Shifting data points where level has drifted

Recreating storm events using rating curves derived from the historical period of record

•

Separating baseflow from event flow using a script developed by CRWD staff in WISKI software. The script considers the following four discharge variables: o

Rate of change of slope on hydrograph—to identify event start

Rate of change in minutes—to identify the time span that change in the hydrograph has to occur in

Percent of flow—the percent of baseflow that must be reached before the event can stop (based on the time period preceding the storm)

Max storm duration—the maximum amount of time that event can last

Table 8: WISKI Quality Codes and Standard Remarks. Code Excellent Good Fair Suspect Poor Unknown Missing

Number 0 40 80 120 160 200 255

Meaning Highest quality data - generally don't use this code Default for data that has been deemed OK after QA/QC process (unmodified) Any data that has been autocorrected, offset, slightly modified etc. Data recreated from regression relationship Bad data. Needs recreation or deletion Default for all imported data - signifies that no QA/QC has been done Missing Data

WISKI Standard Remark

Previous CRWD Editing Description

Values copied

N/A

Values copied and proportionally fit to both sides

N/A

Range filled with constant

Set to constant

Range filled with linear interpretation

Autocorrected - bad/negative value

Gap filled with constant

Set to constant

Gap filled with linear interpretation

Autocorrected - missing

Gap inserted

Set to zero

Manually edited

Additional edit, add free comment

Manually inserted

Additional edit, add free comment

Range vertically shifted with constant

Fixed offset

Range vertically shifted by linear transformation

Proportional offset for level drift

Spikes removed

Autocorrect noisy data

WISKI Color Code

CRWD scans the data to look for missing periods, negative values, bad levels during storm, level drifts, and abnormal level increase. Issues with lower levels of complexity can be resolved with single data point editing. More complicated issues on a week or month timescale can be edited on a section basis. Table 9 indicates the most common data editing scenarios encountered in the continuous flow data.

Table 9: Steps for various flow data editing scenarios in WISKI. Problem with Data

Edit

Site does not have baseflow but contains standing water in pipe (where Q depends on L, i.e.: CCLRT sites)

Add validator in the Edited Level Time Series for the site and select KiScript script corrector N/A (choose Velocity Cut-off and base the cut-off on the Raw time series and the appropriate level)

N/A

There is data shown that occurs before install/after uninstall

Insert Data Gap

Missing

N/A

Missing data

None - leave the data as missing

Missing

N/A

Negative values during baseflow/non-storm periods

Edit the data using linear interpolation

Fair

Range filled with linear interpolation

Noisy data during baseflow/non-storm periods

Edit the data using the "Edit Values" icon and Fair manually reset data points of selected points or

Manually edited, free comment ("Removed noise")

Bad level data during storm and/or non-storm event

Insert Data Gap

Missing

Free comment (e.g.:"Sensor ripped out")

Abnormal level values between two dates: - Clear start/stop points where level goes bad, i.e. as what happens between poor level cals where the first is off and the second corrects it so that a section of data is all off by the same (or relatively the same) amount. - Unclear start/stop points where level goes

Edit the data using the Shift range vertically option. Use either Parallel shift or Linear transformation depending on what the data looks like.

Fair

Range vertically shifted with constant x.xx OR Range vertically shifted by linear transformation

Edit the data using Drift Correction (1st data point should be previous known valid point. 2nd is the data point where drift was corrected by field calibration (Isco equipment) or the field observed reading (Global water level loggers)

Fair

Manually edited

bad, i.e. the start of a section of data appears good, and then the level drifts down until there is a point where the data appears good again.

Quality Code Standard Remark

7.2.2.2 Water Quality Data Editing

Water quality data is subject to visual review upon retrieval from the MCES online portal . This review serves as a preliminary screening to identify any blatant outliers. The data is then imported into WISKI using a pre-configured importer, which scans the water quality data and prompts the user to review errors found in the program (e.g. missing units). Upon completion of the monitoring season, CRWD staff conduct a second review to identify outliers in the water quality dataset in WISKI. This review evaluates the total phosphorus (TP) and total suspended solids (TSS) parameters and their comparison to other nutrient parameters. CRWD staff identified thresholds of 1.5 mg/L of TP and 2000 mg/L of TSS as boundaries above which data would be of concerning quality. These thresholds were informed by reviewing data in the historical period of reference. Samples exceeding these thresholds will be noted with the date and time. These samples will be plotted with the total Kjeldahl nitrogen (TKN) and orthophosphate (Ortho-P) parameters to provide a context for whether or not a data point could be plausible. If the elevated TP 37

and/or TSS values fit in context in relation to TKN and Ortho-P values, then the value is determined to be valid. If the high TP and/or TSS value is not explained in context of other parameters, the data point for all parameters is flagged as an erroneous data point and assigned a quality code of â&#x20AC;&#x153;Poor.â&#x20AC;? Field form records are also used to determine whether or not sampling procedure, field conditions, or other factors could provide context for the exceeded TP or TSS value.

7.3

Corrective Action

Corrective action for this program is the responsibility of CRWD during both the data management and data review processes. Corrective action will be implemented if it is determined that the data generated does not fulfill the program objectives. When the QC data exceed the acceptance criteria, corrective actions may be implemented. Possible problems requiring corrective action include: 1. Sample contamination 2. Equipment malfunction 3. Non-compliance with quality control system 4. Errors in sampling procedure 5. Laboratory error

8.0 Data Assessment and Reporting Data assessment and reporting are two oversight elements that ensure that the QA Project Plan is implemented as prescribed in this document. Additionally, annual data reporting is the primary method of providing stakeholders in the CRWD monitoring program with monitoring results.

8.1

Internal Quality Assessments

The Program Manager, or designee, shall review the procedures used by the monitoring program periodically, or at least once per year. This review will ensure written procedures remain consistent, clear, and current. During this review, the reviewer shall participate in field activities to ensure that field staff is following established SOPs, that deviations from the SOPs are documented, and that field documentation is complete and accurate. Data flagged by MCES for not meeting QA requirements shall also be revaluated, as described in Section 7.2.2.2. Data will also be analyzed for patterns that may reveal possible problems with monitoring procedures or monitoring gaps.

8.2

Electronic Data Reporting

CRWD submits its water quality data to the MPCA Environmental Quality Information System (EQuIS) database for the majority of tested parameters. EQuIS is a resource that contains waterrelated monitoring data and associated laboratory results from statewide monitoring locations.

8.3

Annual Reporting of Monitoring Data

Historically, CRWD has reported monitoring data annually in the annual Stormwater Monitoring Report. Starting in spring 2018, all stormwater monitoring data (historical and current) will be reported online on CRWDâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Water Data Portal (WDP) website. WDP is an online, interactive, mapbased interface that will allow users to query data and customize data outputs (graphs, tables, figures, raw data) in format of their choosing. This method of reporting will replace printed annual reports.

9.0 References City of Gresham, Department of Environmental Services, Watershed Division. 2012. Stormwater Monitoring and Quality Assurance Plan. Gresham, OR Fisher, Roger. 2007. MWMO Ambient Surface Water Monitoring Quality Assurance Program Plan. Minnesota Pollution Control Agency. Report Prepared for the Mississippi Watershed Management Organization, Minneapolis, MN Minneapolis Park and Recreation Board: Environmental Stewardship, Water Resource Management. 2017. Water Resources Report 2015. Minneapolis, MN Minnehaha Creek Watershed District. 2015. Water Quality Technical Report â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 2014. Minnetonka, MN Minnesota Pollution Control Agency. 2016. National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System. Permit No. MN 0061263. St. Paul, MN Metropolitan Council Environmental Services: Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Section, Water Resources Assessment Section. 2011. Quality Assurance Program Plan: Stream Monitoring. Saint Paul, MN Mitchell, Patricia. 2006. Guidelines for Quality Assurance and Quality Control in Surface Water Quality Programs in Alberta. Patricia Mitchell Environmental Consulting. Report Prepared for Alberta Environment. Edmonton, Alberta US EPA. 2001. EPA Requirements for Quality Assurance Project Plans. EPA QA/R-5. Washington, DC

Appendix A CRWD Organizational Chart

Figure A-1: CRWD Organizational ChartCitizens

Water Resource Project Manager Manager Water Resource Specialist

Appendix B Field Standard Operating Procedures (1) Sample Compositing (2) ISCO Sampler Bottle Cleaning (3) Base Grab Sampling (4) Storm Grab Sampling (5) Base Composite Sampling (6) Storm Composite Sampling (7) Composite Duplicate and Grab Replicates (8) Equipment Blanks (9) ISCO 6712 Volume Calibration (10) ISCO 2150 Level Calibration (11) WISKI Data Editing (12) Importing SW Lab Data to WISKI (13) Outlier Identification

5B. Sample Compositing Purpose: To collect a flow-paced sample from an automated ISCO sampler 24-bottle carousel that is representative of an entire flow event (both duration and volume). The bottles from the 24-bottle carousel are mixed together into one representative, composite sample that is analyzed for a suite of parameters to determine sample concentrations. General: Automated ISCO samplers are programmed to take “flow-paced” samples for base and storm events to capture a representative sample of the entire duration and volume of the sampled event. During an event, individual discrete samples are taken by the ISCO sampler and distributed into a 24-bottle carousel. For base events, samples are programmed to be extracted over a 24-hour period based on the ambient flow rate. For storm events, samples are programmed to be extracted at a flow-paced rate based on the amount of water moving through the pipe so that he entire rise and fall of the hydrograph for a 0.5” storm or greater is captured. For both base and storm events, discrete samples in the 24-bottle carousels are “composited”, or mixed together, to make one homogenous sample that represents the entire event to be submitted to the lab for analysis. Composited samples are analyzed by Metropolitan Council lab for a suite of parameters (nutrients, solids, metals). The samples extracted at the beginning of a storm during the rising limb generally have higher concentrations of pollutants (“first flush” samples); whereas samples extracted at the end of a storm during the falling limb are less concentrated because the primary flush of pollutants has already occur. Thus, taking a sample from each point of the storm and combining (or compositing) those samples into one composite sample makes one representative sample. Frequency: After a base or rain sampling event when a composite sample is collected Number of Staff: 2 Expected Time for Completion: ½ Day Equipment: • • • • • • •

Filled Carousels 4000 mL sample container(s) 8000 mL churn 14000 mL churn Sample Labels Safety Glasses Safety Gloves 47

Volumes: MCES Sample Bottles: • •

Sample Bottle = 4,000 mL (4 L) Minimum volume for all parameters = 2,160 mL

Churns: • •

Small = 8,000 mL (8 L) Large = 14,000 mL (14 L)

Compact Sized Sampler: • •

1 bottle = 400 mL (two 200 mL discrete samples) Full carousel (24 bottles) = 9,600 mL

Full Sized Sampler: • •

1 bottle = 800 mL (four 200 mL discrete samples) Full carousel (24 bottles) = 19,200 mL

Compositing Procedures 1. Look up the event details (# of discrete samples, total sample volume, event start/stop) in the field form. 2. Follow the instructions below based on the applicable scenario: Scenario 1: Storm event volume is <4,000 mL • • •

No churning required Vigorously shake carousel sample bottles to agitate settled out solids Dump each individual bottle directly into the MCES sample bottle

Scenario 2: Compact carousel is filled, or total volume is >4,000 mL • • •

Vigorously shake carousel sample bottles to agitate settled out solids and dump all contents into the large 14 L churn o If total volume is less than 8 L, the small churn can be used instead Churn and mix all samples Using nozzle, fill MCES sample bottle while continuing to churn sample 48

Scenario 3: Full-sized carousel is filled, or total volume is >4,000 mL •

If total volume of carousel bottles is less than 14 L: o Vigorously shake carousel sample bottles to agitate settled out solids and dump contents of each individual bottle into the large 14 L churn o Churn and mix all samples o Using nozzle, fill MCES sample bottle while continuing to churn sample

•

If total volume of carousel bottles is greater than 14 L: o Count the total number of carousel bottles and divide it into two sample sets o For the first sample set: ▪ Vigorously shake carousel sample bottles to agitate settled out solids and dump contents of each individual bottle into the large 14 L churn ▪ Churn and mix all samples ▪ Using nozzle, fill MCES sample bottle HALF WAY (2,000 mL) while continuing to churn sample ▪ Discard remaining water in churn by dumping it in the sink o For second sample set: ▪ Repeat above

3. Label each bottle with start and stop dates/time. Bottle labels must match the times listed on the COC. 4. Add in any notes about the sample to the field form ‘Notes’ section (e.g. water is brown or orange, high level of debris, etc) and take a photo if possible. 5. Repeat the process for all stations.

Churn Cleaning Procedures 1. Rinse the churn three times with tap water between compositing samples from different stations. 2. When all stations have been composited, scrub all churn components with Liquinox soap and rinse thoroughly. Place churn and components on the bottom rack of the dishwasher to be sterilized (the top rack of the dishwasher will need to be removed), and set to “Pots & Pans” setting. Put equipment back on shelves once finished.

8B. ISCO Sampler Bottle Cleaning Purpose: To ensure that the sampler bottles are properly cleaned and ready for use in the field. General: When sampler bottles are returned to the shop for compositing, they need to be washed before use again in the field. Frequency: Each time bottles are returned from the field Number of Staff: 1 or 2 Expected Time for Completion: 1-2 hrs Equipment: • • •

Dirty sample bottles and caps Dishwasher Sink

Procedure: 1. Turn the dishwasher on by pressing the power button (make sure there is not a rack inside the tank so that a wash cycle does not run). Allow the water in both the wash and rinse tanks to heat up to the listed values. 2. After compositing samples, rinse out any debris from all bottles used (make sure there is not sand/grit in bottles, as this will not be captured by the metal mesh in the bottom of the dishwasher tank). If there are any bottles that are extremely dirty, hand wash them with a brush. Do not use any dishwashing detergent or any other soap when washing bottles. 3. Place sample bottles back inside the carousel, reattach center bottle holder and elastic straps, and place the carousel upside down on a rack. Ensure the water temperature shown on the front of the dishwasher is up to the listed values. Open the door and slide the rack into the dishwasher.

4. The dishwasher should automatically run through the cycle. While the cycle is running, get the other rack ready with a rinsed carousel. When the current cycle is complete, 51

open the door, remove the clean rack, lean the carousel against the carousel shelf to continue drying, and place the other rack inside the dishwasher.

5. Always check the water temperature to ensure that water has heated back up in between wash cycles. Do not run a cycle until the temperature is up to what is listed on the front of the dishwasher for both wash and rinse. 6. When all the bottles have been cleaned, place all caps inside one rack, and place the second rack on top of the first (ensure that the two racks are snapped in place). When finished, place caps on top of a clean rag on the countertop to dry before putting back inside cap storage bottles.

7. When all dishwashing has been completed, turn the power on the dishwasher off. Keep the door open for awhile after dishwashing is finished, to allow for the interior to dry out.

2C. Base Grab Sampling (Field Season) Purpose: To collect water for lab analysis under baseflow conditions, when base compositing fails, or for grab-only stations. General: The base grab procedures can be completed at all stations that flow during non-storm conditions. Follow the “Base Grab (Winter) SOP” when samplers are removed for the season. The BMPs and other stations are dry during non-storm events, so no base sampling occurs. At each sampled station, both a Full Water Quality sample and an E. coli sample are obtained, the station data is downloaded and checked, and regular station maintenance is performed. Frequency: During monitoring season, take base composite or grab samples once a month (make sure that it has not rained within two days of collecting base samples). A base grab is also completed if a base composite fails Locations: All stations with baseflow Number of Staff: 2 Expected Time for Completion: One day for baseline stations including lab preparation, bottle washing, and shop cleanup Equipment: •

Clipboard with: o Sharpies o Pens o Base grab lab sheet (Met Council)

•

Backpack with: o Isco Sampler connection cords o Ziplock bag containing charged desiccant o Ziplock bag for spent desiccant o Voltmeter o Extra pump tubes

•

Sampling Equipment: o E. coli grab sampler (bring both) o 4000 mL grab sampler and rope (bring both) 53

o 4000 mL bottles labeled for each station ▪ With 2 extra bottles o Whirlpaks labeled E. coli for each station ▪ 3-4 extra whirlpaks o Large coolers (for 4000 mL samples) o Small coolers with icepacks (for E. coli samples) o T-wrench for vault doors (TBEB, TBWB, TBO) o Manhole hook (for Phalen ) •

Record Maintenance Equipment: o Laptop o iPad o Waterproof camera

•

Miscellaneous items: o Marine batteries (Hidden Falls, Villa Park Outlet) o Tool box o Lock key (in truck glove box) o Hand sanitizer (in truck glove box) o Safety vests if sampling in street o One large and one small carousel of bottles

Procedure: Before Leaving the Shop: 1. If samples are to be submitted to the Met Council, call the Met Council lab in the morning before sampling at (651) 602-8293. E. coli samples only have a 4 hour hold time, so plan appropriately. Leave a message or advise the Met Council staff of: • • •

The number of full water quality samples to be submitted The number of E. coli samples to be submitted The approximate time of arrival to the Met Council (E. coli samples must be dropped off no later than 2pm. Full water quality samples can be dropped off a little later in the day because they can be processed the next day. On Fridays, however, all samples need to be turned in as soon as possible as processing needs to occur that day.)

2. Each of the two staff members will check over the equipment list before leaving the office. Downloading: 1. One staff member will connect using the laptop computer and Isco connection cable to the 2150 Flow logger (where applicable). 2. Once connected, download the data using Flowlink. Downloading takes a few minutes, continue with procedures until downloading is completed. 3. Record the level, velocity, and calculated discharge from Flowlink into the Ipad field form. 4. Using the voltmeter, connect to the marine battery terminals. Record the marine battery charge and current battery ID. If the battery charge is below 70% or 12.3V, replace the battery once you are no longer â&#x20AC;&#x153;connectedâ&#x20AC;? in Flowlink. For those stations that have marine battery power for the 2150, also replace the battery if it reaches 12.3V. 5. Check the desiccant of the Isco 2150 Flow Logger and Isco 2105 interface module. If the desiccant is blue or orange, the desiccant does not need to be replaced. If the desiccant is pink or green, replace the desiccant. 6. Once the data is finished downloading, check over the data. Record any missing data or abnormalities in flow in the field form. Also check the data to ensure flow levels correspond to baseflow conditions, and note any abnormalities in the field form. Disconnect from Flowlink. 7. Disconnect the cord connecting the laptop to the sampler or 2150. Ensure all protective connector covers are secured. 8. Check the bottles inside the sampler to ensure no samples were taken. Replace any dirty bottles and restart the program if needed. Sampling: 1. The second staff member will record the sample date and time on the sample bottles, whirlpak, and field form. Ensure all sample dates and times are the same for all three. 55

2. Gain access to the sampling area. Open the manhole using the manhole hook or open the vault doors using a T-wrench if needed. â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

At Villa Park Inlet, remove the grate over the drain and collect the sample from the water overflowing the drain. At Villa Park Outlet, reach down between the grate and collect the sample, trying not to let the bag touch the bottom of the culvert. At Kittson, use the manual pump function on the 6712. Disconnect the pump tubing at the location where it enters the sampler bottle housing. Using the keypad on the Isco 6712 Sampler, pump water forward until water is flowing from the tube. Allow the water to flow through the tube for at least 30 seconds to rinse the line. Pump water directly into the E. coli whirlpak, then place in cooler. Pump water backwards for approximately one minute to purge the sample line. Reconnect the pump tubing to the bottle housing on the sampler when completed.

3. Lower the large 4000 mL sampler using a rope into the water. Lift the sampler with the water back to the surface, swirl the water inside the sampler, and dump the water outside of the sample area. Repeat this step twice for a total of three rinses of the sampler. 4. Lower the large 4000 mL sampler into the water to retrieve a water sample. Pour the water into each of the large sample bottles needed for the station. Secure the sample bottle lids and place the samples in the large coolers. 5. Attach the appropriate E. coli bag to the E. coli sampler. Ensure your fingers do not touch the inside of the whirlpak bag as this can contaminate the sample. Lower the E. coli bag into the water. Retrieve the sample. The water level inside of the bag should be above the white line on the whirlpak. If the water level is not above the white line, then try again. This can take several attempts. Once enough sample is retrieved, secure the whirlpak, check to make sure the bag is not leaking, and place inside a small cooler. *At locations with high/fast flow, it is often difficult to fill the E. Coli bag to the desired level. At these locations, follow these steps. First, lower bag until it is submerged in top of water. Keeping bag at current position, let out slack from rope and hold on to it at the top in one hand. In one motion, release all the slack on the line at once to allow bag to fully submerge and be carried downstream. Proceed to retrieve sample. 56

6. Secure the manhole, vault door, or grate if needed. Before Leaving the station: 1. Take pictures of any abnormalities in the field. This can include but is not limited to a noticed illicit discharge, abnormally dark water in sample bottles, or equipment damage. 2. Check to ensure the sampler states “Disabled” on the display screen, and the sampler is ready to sample starting at Bottle #1. Restart the program on the 6712 if needed. 3. Check to ensure the sampler is aligned correctly on the bottles, and all tubing is attached appropriately. 4. Ensure all caps are secured on the back of the sampler or flow logger. 5. Check that the sample dates and times are the same on the sample bottles, lab sheets, and in field form. 6. Check the station for any remaining equipment. 7. Secure the lock on the sampler box. Repeat these procedures for each station.

Before Returning to the Shop: 1. E. coli samples only have a 4 hour hold time. Met Council samples must be taken immediately to the lab for analysis. Any full water quality samples to be analyzed by the Met Council can be dropped off at this time. Make a copy of the Lab Form when you arrive at the lab, leave one with the samples, and return the other to the office. Collect clean 4000 mL bottles from the lab if needed. (see “Metropolitan Council Lab Procedures SOP”)

At the Shop: 1. Unload, clean up, and put away all equipment. 2. Place any samples in the shop refrigerator.

3. Wash any dirty bottles (see â&#x20AC;&#x153;Isco Sampler Bottle Cleaning SOPâ&#x20AC;?). 4. Check over the field notes and sample times in the field form. Advise other monitoring staff of any problems that occurred in the field. Note any repairs needed on the white board in the shop.

2E. Storm Grab Sampling (Field Season) Purpose: To collect water for lab analysis under stormflow conditions. General: These storm grab procedures can be completed at any station where a storm sample needs to be collected. At stations with a functioning Isco 6712 Sampler, only an E. coli sample is taken since a storm composite should be taken by the sampler. If the sampler is broken (or staff wants to ensure a sample is collected), then both an E. coli grab and a full water quality grab are taken at the station. Samples are only collected if water is currently flowing in the street gutters. Since time is limited and equipment can be damaged by rainfall exposure, the stations are not downloaded. Samples are collected and submitted to the lab. Frequency: During the monitoring season, take storm grabs are collected whenever possible (preferably at least twice a month) Locations: All BMP and Baseline stations. Additional stations (completed either during the rain event, or after a certain amount of time following a rain event) may include: William Street Pond, Upper Villa Exfiltration, and Midway Office Warehouse Inlet and Exfiltration. See individual SOPs for details. Number of Staff: 2 teams of 2 Expected Time for Completion: Approximately one morning. Equipment: •

Clipboard with: o Sharpies o Pens o Lab Sheet (Met Council)

•

Sampling Equipment: o E. coli grab sampler (bring both) o 4000 mL grab sampler and rope (bring both) o 4000 mL bottles labeled for each required station ▪ With 2 extra bottles o Whirlpaks labeled E. coli for each station ▪ 3-4 extra whirlpaks o Large coolers (for 4000 mL samples) 59

o Small coolers (for E. coli samples) o T-wrench for vault doors (TBEB, TBWB, TBO) o Manhole hook (for Phalen) •

Record Maintenance Equipment: o Laptop o iPad o Waterproof camera

•

Miscellaneous items: o Latex gloves (some stations regularly have high E. coli counts) o Waterproof camera o Rain gear o Rubber boots o Tool box o Lock key (in truck glove box) o Hand sanitizer (in truck glove box) o Safety vests and cones if sampling in street o Umbrella

Procedure: Before Leaving the Shop: 1. Check the weather and radar maps to determine the best time to leave the office. Create a prioritized list of stations to sample. On the list, determine if only an E. coli sample is needed or both E. coli and full water quality samples will be taken. 2. If samples are to be submitted to the Met Council, e-mail the Met Council lab in the morning before sampling. See monitoring coordinator for current list of e-mail addresses. Be sure to note: • • •

The estimated number of full water quality samples to be submitted The estimated number of E. coli samples to be submitted The approximate time of arrival to the Met Council (E. coli samples must be dropped off no later than 2pm. Full water quality samples can be dropped off a little later in the day because they can be processed the next day. On Fridays, however, all samples need to be turned in as soon as possible as processing needs to occur that day.) 60

3. Before leaving the office, each of the two members of the field team will check over the equipment in the truck.

Sampling: 1. Before collecting any sample at a station, make sure water is flowing in the street gutters. Do not take any samples if no water is flowing. If it is raining but no water is flowing in the gutters yet, then you can wait for water to start flowing. ***Stop sampling and return to the truck or office if lightning or severe weather is present!*** 2. Record the sample date and time on the sample bottles, whirlpak, and in the field form. Ensure all sample dates and times are recorded the same in all three. 3. Gain access to the sampling station if needed. Open the manhole using the manhole hook or open the vault doors using a T-wrench if needed. (At Villa Park Outlet, staff member may need to lay on grate over culvert and reach between bars to collect the sample.) **For East Kittson, the road becomes unsafe and hard to drive on during/right after very heavy rains. If sampling during heavy rain, do not try to drive down the road. Park instead at the location for winter sampling (in the small residential parking lot on the west side of Lexington Ave just after the bridge over the railroad tracks) and walk down to the station. 4. If only an E. coli sample is needed at the station, skip to Step 6. If a full water quality sample is needed at the station, lower the large 4000 mL sampler using a rope into the water. Lift the sampler with the water back to the surface, swirl the water inside the sampler, and dump the water outside of the sample station. Repeat this step twice for a total of three rinses of the sampler. **For East Kittson, the water cannot be accessed by lowering the sampler into the manhole. Disconnect the pump tubing at the location where it enters the sampler bottle housing. Using the keypad on the Isco 6712 Sampler, pump water forward until water is flowing from the tube. Allow the water to flow through the tube for at least 30 seconds 61

to rinse the line. Pump water directly into both the large 4000mL sample bottle and E. coli whirlpak. Secure both samples and place them in the appropriate coolers. Pump water backwards for approximately one minute to purge the sample line. Reconnect the pump tubing to the bottle housing on the sampler. Continue with Step 7. 5. Lower the large 4000 mL sampler into the water to retrieve a water sample. Pour the water into the large sample bottle needed for the station. Secure the sample bottle lid and place the samples in the large coolers. 6. Attach the appropriate E. coli bag to the E. coli sampler. Ensure your fingers do not touch the inside of the whirlpak bag as this can contaminate the sample. Lower the E. coli bag into the water. Retrieve the sample. The water level inside of the bag should be above the white line on the whirlpak. If the water level is not above the white line, then try again. This can take several attempts. Once enough sample water is retrieved, secure the whirlpak, check to make sure the bag is not leaking, and place inside a small cooler. **At locations with high/fast flow, it is often difficult to fill the E. Coli bag to the desired level. At these locations, follow these steps. First, lower bag until it is submerged in top of water. Keeping bag at current position, let out slack from rope and hold on to it at the top in one hand. In one motion, release all the slack on the line at once to allow bag to fully submerge and be carried downstream. Proceed to retrieve sample. 7. Secure the manhole, vault door, or grate if needed. Before Leaving the station: 1. Take pictures of any abnormalities in the field. This can include but is not limited to a noticed illicit discharge, abnormally dark water in sample bottles, or equipment damage. 2. Check that the sample dates and times are the same on the sample bottles, lab sheets, and in the field form. 3. Check the station for any remaining equipment. 4. Secure the lock on the sampler box. Repeat these procedures for each station. Before Returning to the Shop:

1. E. coli samples only have a 4 hour hold time. Met Council samples must be taken immediately to the lab for analysis. Any full water quality samples to be analyzed by the Met Council can be dropped off at this time. Make a copy of the Lab Form, leave one with the samples, and return the other to the office. Grab clean 4000mL bottles from the lab if needed. (see “Metropolitan Council Lab Procedures SOP”)

At the Shop: 1. Unload, clean up, and put away all equipment. This includes unwinding the various ropes used such that they dry fully. 2. Place any samples in the shop refrigerator. 3. Wash any dirty bottles (see “Isco Sampler Bottle Cleaning SOP”). 4. Check over the field notes and sample times in the field form. Advise technicians of any problems that occurred in the field. Note any repairs needed on the white board in the shop.

2B. Base Composite Sampling Purpose: To collect a representative series of base samples from Baseline stations for lab analysis. General: The base composite procedures can be completed at all stations that flow during nonstorm conditions during the field season and have an installed Isco 6712 sampler. The BMP stations are dry during non-storm events, so no base sampling occurs. Base composites take a total of two days to complete. On the first day, the stations are programmed for base composites from the office. On the second day, the composite samples are retrieved, an E. Coli grab is collected, the data is downloaded and checked (in the field if needed), and the programming is restored to sample for a storm event. Frequency: During the monitoring season, one base composites or grab is taken monthly (Make sure that it has not rained within two days of collecting composite samples, and there is no chance of rain during the 24 hrs that compositing will occur). Locations: All Baseline stations Number of Staff: 2 Expected Time for Completion: Two days including sample preparation, lab delivery, bottle washing, and shop clean-up Equipment: Day 1: • •

Flowlink (direct connection to stations) Google Forms

Day 2: • •

•

WISKI Clipboard with: o Sharpies o Pens o Base grab lab sheet (Met Council) Backpack with: o Isco Sampler connection cords o Ziplock bag containing charged desiccant 64

•

▪ Blue or Orange desiccant for 2150 stations o Ziplock bag for spent desiccant o Voltmeter o Extra pump tubes Sampling Equipment: o 4000 mL grab sampler and rope o E. coli grab sampler and rope o Whirlpaks for each station o 3-4 extra Whirlpaks o 3-4 extra 4000 mL bottles in large cooler o Small coolers with ice packs o Containers of large and small caps o 4 Compact Carousels (SAP, Hidden Falls, Villa In, Villa Out) o 5 Full Size Carousels (Kittson, Phalen, TBO, TBEB, TBWB) o T-wrench for vault doors (TBO, TBEB, TBWB) o Manhole hook (for Phalen) Record Maintenance Equipment: o Laptop o iPad o Waterproof camera Miscellaneous items: o Marine batteries (for stations without solar power) o Tool box o Lock key (in truck glove box) o Hand Sanitizer

Procedure: Day 1: Changing the Programming: 1. Login to WISKI and open an assigned station. Check each station’s L/V/Q to verify that nothing is out of order with baseflow. 2. Login to Flowlink. Open the IscoDB.sdb file located here: X:\IscoDB.sdb (or the respective location on the individual’s computer). 3. In the “Sites” dropdown menu, double-click on the station you wish to program. Click on the “Connect” button in the bottom corner.

4. Open a Google FWQ field form. 5. Once connected: a. Note the L,V, and Q in the field form. b. Note the current trigger and pacing in the field form. 6. Take note of the current discharge (cfs) and the bottle size at the station (small or large). Using a calculator, determine the new pacing by the following equation (note that the pacing value determined by the formula is divided by 10 at the end, because the 6712 is set up for 10 pulses per sample): đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;? đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?â&#x201E;&#x17D;đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;? (đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;)â&#x2C6;&#x2014;60

đ?&#x2018; đ?&#x2018; đ?&#x2018; đ?&#x2018; đ?&#x2018; đ?&#x2018; đ?&#x2018;&#x161;đ?&#x2018;&#x161;đ?&#x2018;&#x161;đ?&#x2018;&#x161;đ?&#x2018;&#x161;đ?&#x2018;&#x161;

New Pacing =

â&#x2C6;&#x2014;60

đ?&#x2018;&#x161;đ?&#x2018;&#x161;đ?&#x2018;&#x161;đ?&#x2018;&#x161;đ?&#x2018;&#x161;đ?&#x2018;&#x161; 24â&#x201E;&#x17D;đ?&#x2018;&#x153;đ?&#x2018;&#x153;đ?&#x2018;&#x153;đ?&#x2018;&#x153;đ?&#x2018;&#x;đ?&#x2018;&#x;đ?&#x2018; đ?&#x2018; â&#x201E;&#x17D;đ?&#x2018;&#x;đ?&#x2018;&#x;

â&#x2C6;&#x2014;

đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;

48 (đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;? đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018; đ?&#x2018; đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;đ?&#x2018; đ?&#x2018; đ?&#x2018; đ?&#x2018; đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018; đ?&#x2018; đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;)đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;? 96 (đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;? đ?&#x2018; đ?&#x2018; đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;? đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018; đ?&#x2018; đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;)

/10 pulses

7. Program the new calculated pacing value into Flowlink and click apply. Change the sampler enable to â&#x20AC;&#x153;Alwaysâ&#x20AC;?. Apply all settings. 8. Once completed, disconnect from the station in Flowlink. Finish field form. 9. Complete steps 3-8 for all respective stations. Confirm steps with other MRM staff.

Day 2: Checking the Sampling from the office: 1. Open WISKI and click on the assigned station. Click on the dropdown menu for Standard graph groups. Right-click and select â&#x20AC;&#x153;Openâ&#x20AC;? to view the L/V/Sampler graph. 2. Determine if sampling is complete (i.e. bottle 24 has all samples completed). a. If sampling is complete, note the sample start/stop time. b. If the sampling is not complete (as of 7am when WISKI uploads all station data), make a note to download the data in the field. c. If an error occurred in sampling and no composite was completed, notify team members that the station needs a base grab. 3. Write all information on the monitoring whiteboard and notify other staff members. 4. Repeat steps 1-2 for all assigned baseflow stations. In the field: 66

1. Open the monitoring box and stop the program if it is still running. Remove the bottle carousel from the Isco sampler. Cap all of the bottles containing sample water. Write the abbreviated station name on Cap #1. This will identify the carousel with the correct station when compositing. Replace with new carousal containing clean bottles. 2. One staff member will connect to the 2150 using the laptop computer and Isco connection cable. Once connected, download the data using flowlink. The second team member will begin with the sampling (see the Sampling section). 3. Record the level, velocity, and calculated discharge from Flowlink into laptop field form. 4. Where applicable, check the marine battery power at the station. Using the voltmeter, connect to the marine battery terminals. Record the marine battery charge and current battery ID in the field form. If the battery charge is below 70% or 12.3V, replace the battery once you are no longer “connected” in Flowlink. For those stations that have marine battery power for the 2150, also replace the battery if it reaches 12.3V. 5. For stations with 2150 flow loggers, check the desiccant of the Isco 2150 Flow Logger and Isco 2105 interface module. If the desiccant is blue or orange, the desiccant does not need to be replaced. If the desiccant is pink or green, replace the desiccant. 6. Once the data is finished downloading, check the data. Record any missing data or abnormalities in the laptop field form. Also check the data to ensure flow levels correspond to baseflow conditions, note any abnormalities in laptop field form. If there are periods where it is obviously not baseflow (an abnormal level rise is observed), do not include any of those samples in the base composite. 7. With the station data open in Flowlink, record the sample start and end times on the lab sheet and the laptop field form. Record the number of samples taken, the volume that will be sent to the lab (If the volume collected is less than 4000mL, write the actual volume. If the volume collected is greater than 4000, write 4000mL), and the actual bottle numbers included in the sample. 8. Record the current pacing and trigger into the laptop field form (See “Isco Instrument Pacing SOP”). 9. Change the program back to the “Storm” equation for the sampler enable, and revert the pacing to the previous storm condition pacing. Apply all changes. 10. Stop and restart the program on the 6712 to ensure the sampler is ready to sample starting at Bottle #1. Ensure it is reading “Disabled”. 11. Disconnect in Flowlink and disconnect the data cords. 67

Sampling: 1. The second staff member will record the sample date and time on the whirlpak, on the lab sheet, and in the laptop field form. Ensure the sample dates and times are recorded the same in all three. Make the time a multiple of 5 for ease of recording. This also helps denote a grab sample when looking through lab data. 2. Gain access to the sampling area. Open the manhole using the manhole hook or open the vault doors using a T-wrench if needed. Location specific grabs are: • • •

At Villa Park Inlet, remove the grate over the drain and collect the sample from the water overflowing through the grate. At Villa Park Outlet, reach down between the grate and collect the sample, trying not to let the bag touch the bottom of the culvert. At Kittson, use the manual pump function on the 6712. Disconnect the pump tubing at the location where it enters the sampler bottle housing. Using the keypad on the Isco 6712 Sampler, pump water forward until water is flowing from the tube. Allow the water to flow through the tube for at least 30 seconds to rinse the line. Pump water directly into the E. coli whirlpak, then place in cooler. Pump water backwards for approximately one minute to purge the sample line. Reconnect the pump tubing to the bottle housing on the sampler when completed.

3. Attach the appropriate E. coli bag to the E. coli sampler. Ensure your fingers do not touch the inside of the whirlpak bag as this can contaminate the sample. Lower the E. coli bag into the water. Retrieve the sample. The water level inside of the bag should be above the white line on the whirlpak. If the water level is not above the white line, try again. This can take several attempts. Once enough sample water is retrieved, secure the whirlpak, check to make sure the bag is not leaking, and place the sample inside a small cooler. •

At locations with high/fast flow, it is often difficult to fill the E. Coli bag to the desired level. At these locations, follow these steps. First, lower bag until it is submerged in top of water. Keeping bag at current position, let out slack from rope and hold on to it at the top in one hand. In one motion, release all the slack on the line at once to allow bag to fully submerge and be carried downstream. Proceed to retrieve sample.

4. If the station needs a base grab (because a composite sample was not collected), complete it at this time. 5. Secure the manhole or vault door. 68

Before Leaving the station: 1. Take pictures of any abnormalities in the field. This can include but is not limited to a noticed illicit discharge, abnormally dark water in sample bottles, or equipment damage. 2. Check to ensure the sampler is reading “Disabled” and the program has been restarted and is ready to begin sampling at Bottle #1. 3. Check to ensure the sampler is aligned correctly on the bottles, and all tubing is attached appropriately. 4. Ensure the caps are secured on back of the sampler or flow logger. 5. Check that the sample dates and times are the same on the lab sheet and in the laptop field form. 6. Check the station for any remaining equipment. 7. Secure the lock on the sampler box. At the shop: 1. Follow the procedures outlined in the “Sample Compositing” SOP. 2. Clean up and put away all equipment. 3. Charge any used batteries and/or spent desiccant. 4. Check over the field notes and sample times in the field forms and update any that were not completed. Advise technicians of any problems that occurred in the field. Note any repairs needed on the white board in the shop.

2D. Storm Composite Sampling Purpose: To collect a representative series of storm samples from all stations with Isco 6712 Samplers for lab analysis. General: The storm composite procedures can be completed at all stations with Isco 6712 Samplers following a storm event. Following a storm, the station data is downloaded and checked, the sample carousel is collected, and regular station maintenance is performed. Frequency: During the monitoring season, when rain events occur Locations: All stations Number of Staff: 2/4 Expected Time for Completion: • •

One day for both routes if only working with 1 team of 2 people A half day for both baseline and BMP stations if working with 2 teams of 2

Equipment: •

Clipboard with: o Sharpies o Pens

•

Lab sheet (Met Council)

•

Backpack with: o Isco Sampler connection cords o Ziplock bag containing charged desiccant (both in tubes and beads) o Ziplock bag for spent desiccant o Voltmeter o Extra pump tubes

•

Sampling Equipment: o Containers of large and small caps o Compact Carousels o Full Size Carousels o T-wrench for vault doors (TBO, TBEB, TBWB) 70

o Manhole hook (for Phalen) •

Record Maintenance Equipment: o Laptop o iPad o Waterproof camera

•

Miscellaneous items: o Marine batteries (for all stations – sampling can drain batteries) o 6V batteries (for 2150 stations) o Tool box o Lock key (in truck glove box) o Hand sanitizer (in truck glove box)

Procedure: Before Leaving the Office: 1. Each MRM team member should verify whether samples should be collected from their respective stations: a. First check two things: i. Check station data uploaded to WISKI (to determine if the total event sample volume is ≥ 2,000 mL) 1. If the sampler is still sampling, make note that downloading and potential program changes will need to be completed in the field. 2. If sampling has finished, write down dates/times. ii. Check the event size measured from the nearest CoCoRAHS station to the sampling stations (to determine if the event was ≥ 0.5”) b. Based on the answers in Step 1, follow the Sample Collection Criteria Flow Chart (found here: W:\07 Programs\Monitoring & Data Acquisition\Lab\Sampling Criteria\ 2017 Sampling Criteria Flowchart.docx c. Note which stations should have samples submitted, and enter all sampling info into the “Morning WISKI Review” google sheets on the google Drive. 2. If any samples are to be submitted to the Met Council, e-mail the Met Council lab in the morning before sampling. See monitoring coordinator for current list of e-mail addresses. Be sure to note: •

The approximate number of full water quality samples 71

•

The approximate time of arrival to the Met Council

Since no E. coli samples are taken for storm composites, you may deliver full water quality samples to the lab the following day (On Fridays, however, samples need to be turned in to the lab ASAP, as they lab staff cannot wait to process them the next day). Check the hold times for the lab parameters. 3. All field team members will check over the equipment list before leaving the office. In the Field: 1. One staff member will connect to the 2150 using the laptop computer and Isco connection cable (if the station needs to be downloaded). If a 750 module is being used, connect directly to the 6712. 2. The second team member will remove the bottle carousel from the sampler and align a clean carousel in the sampler. Cap the bottles, and write the abbreviated station name on the first bottle lid. This identifies the carousel with the station when compositing. Once finished, assist with the remaining procedures. 4. The staff member using the laptop will download the data using Flowlink. Downloading takes a few minutes, continue with procedures until downloading is completed. 5. Record the level, velocity, and calculated discharge from Flowlink into the laptop field form. 6. Using the voltmeter, connect to the marine battery terminals (where applicable). Record the marine battery charge and current battery ID in the laptop field form. If the battery charge is below 70% or 12.3V, replace the battery once you are no longer “connected” in Flowlink. For those stations that have marine battery power for the 2150, also replace the battery if it reaches 12.3V. For stations with solar power, note the charge of the batteries being read from the meter in the field form. 7. If the 2150 is powered by 6V batteries, check the internal battery charge of the Isco by going to the “Measurement” tab in Flowlink. Record the internal battery voltage in the laptop field form. If the voltage is below 10.2V, replace the 6V batteries inside the Isco 2150 Flow Logger once disconnected in Flowlink.

8. For stations with 2150 flow loggers, check the desiccant of the Isco 2150 Flow Logger and Isco 2105 Interface Module. If the desiccant is blue or orange, the desiccant does not need to be replaced. If the desiccant is pink or green, replace the desiccant. Periodically check desiccant in 2191 battery compartments. The desiccant of the Isco 750 module is housed on the outside of the module. If the desiccant is yellow, then the desiccant does not need to be replaced. If the desiccant is green, then replace the desiccant. 9. Once the data is finished downloading, check the data in Flowlink. Review the graphs in Flowlink for level, velocity, and sample events. Note any abnormalities or missing data in the laptop field form. If applicable, adjust the trigger and pacing so it improves sampling for the next storm event. When examining the hydrograph, check for any potential illicit discharges that may have occurred (e.g. East Kittsondale). If level rises when there is not a known precipitation event, this could be a potential illicit discharge, and the sample should not be considered a normal storm event. Make a note of it in the field form and discuss with other technicians. Disconnect from Flowlink when completed. 10. With the station data open, review the sample times. Record the date and time of the first sample and last sample in the laptop. Also, record the number of samples, the sample total volume and the bottle numbers included in the composite (e.g., 1-24). If no samples were taken or the volume of sample water is not sufficient, dump the bottles, document the number of dumped bottles and the problem, and troubleshoot the sample problem. (see “Troubleshooting SOP”) **If unsure of how to separate storms (if applicable), or what should be composited, leave all samples in carousel and bring back to the shop to discuss with the team. 11. Disconnect Flowlink and cords; continue changing the battery or internal desiccant if needed. 12. Check to ensure the sampler is reading “Disabled” on the Isco sampler display and is ready to sample starting at Bottle #1. Stop and restart the program if needed. Before Leaving the station: 1. Take pictures of any abnormalities in the field. This can include but is not limited to a noticed illicit discharge, abnormally dark water in sample bottles, or equipment damage. 73

2. Check to ensure the sampler is aligned correctly on the bottles, and all tubing is attached appropriately. 3. Ensure all of the caps are secured on back of the sampler or flow logger. 4. Check the station for any remaining equipment. 5. Secure the lock on the sampler box.

Back at the shop: 1. Follow the procedures in the “Sample Composting” SOP to composite storm samples. 2. Clean up and put away all equipment. 3. Charge any used batteries and/or spent desiccant. 4. If a potential illicit discharge occurred, inform the monitoring coordinator and TBI project manager ASAP, and discuss whether to inform the City of St. Paul (see “Illicit Discharge Grab Sampling” SOP for more details). Divide the samples collected according to storm and illicit discharge and fill out the COC for an illicit discharge event. 5. Check over the field notes and sample times in the field form. Advise technicians of any problems that occurred in the field. Note any repairs needed on the white board in the shop.

2N. Composite Duplicates and Grab Replicates Purpose: To evaluate field sampling procedures and analytical laboratory performance by comparing the results of two samples from the same location. General: Field sample duplicates and replicates are QA/QC methods that test precision of field sampling procedures and laboratory performance. Composited field duplicates are collected by splitting composited samples from one site into two separate sample containers to be submitted to the laboratory for the same schedule of analytes. Composite duplicate sampling will occur during base and storm composite sampling events. All full water quality sites equipped with an ISCO sampler will be eligible for duplicate sampling; however, minimum volume requirements must be met for a site to be duplicated, as the resulting composited sample volume must be great enough to fill two 4,000 mL laboratory submission containers. Composite duplicate samples will make up 10% of the composited samples submitted to MCES for analysis. Grab sampling replicates are collected by taking two concurrent grab samples, each grab being poured into its own sample containers. Due to the inherent variability of storm flows, replicate sampling will only be conducted during winter base grab sampling events. All winter baseflow sites will be eligible for grab sampling replicates. Grab sample replicates will make up 10% of the grab samples submitted to MCES for analysis (excluding e-coli samples). Duplicate and replicate samples are identified on the chain of custody and with an alias sample label. The true identity will be recorded in Duplicate/Replicate section of the Quality Control field form. Duplicate and replicate samples will be analyzed for the same parameters and will have the same start and end date/time as the parent sample. The samples will be marked on the duplicate/replicate COC as a storm composite. Theoretically, duplicate and replicate results should be similar. Results may differ due to a non-homogenous sample source, sampling errors, or analytical errors. A relative percent difference (RPD) of duplicate analytical results will be calculated to determine sample precision. CRWD has identified a target threshold of 20% for a RPD.

% RPD = Where:

S-D x 100 (S + D) / 2

S = First sample value D = Second sample value

Frequency: 10% of total samples for entire monitoring program Number of Staff: 1 or 2 75

Expected Time for Completion: minimal--extra for communication, documentation, and analysis Equipment: Two 4,000 mL laboratory sample containers. See “Storm and Base Composite Sampling SOP” and “Base Grab Sampling SOP” for additional equipment needs. Nomenclature: Bottles will be labeled with appropriate the alias found in the table below. The sample name will be noted in the Quality Control field form. Site St. Anthony Park Hidden Falls Outlet East Kittson Phalen Creek Trout Brook Outlet Trout Brook-East Branch Trout Brook-West Branch Villa Park Outlet Villa Park Inlet Upper Villa Inlet Como 3 Como 7 AHUG Inlet TBNS-Rose TBNS-Stream North Como 3 Parkview System Inlet Parkview Filter Bay Inlet Parkview Filter Bay Outlet Willow Reserve Inlet Willow Reserve Outlet CRWD Aldine Outlet

Duplicate Alias CRWD100 CRWD101 CRWD102 CRWD103 CRWD104 CRWD105 CRWD106 CRWD107 CRWD108 CRWD109 CRWD110 CRWD111 CRWD112 CRWD113 CRWD114 CRWD119 CRWD178 CRWD179 CRWD180 CRWD181 CRWD182 CRWD183

Replicate Alias CRWD200 CRWD201 CRWD202 CRWD203 CRWD204 CRWD205 CRWD206 CRWD207 CRWD208 CRWD209 CRWD210 CRWD211 CRWD212 CRWD213 CRWD214 CRWD219 CRWD267 CRWD268 CRWD269 CRWD278 CRWD279 CRWD280

Composite Sampling Duplicates I.

II.

Frequency Determination a. 10% of total composite water quality samples submitted to MCES from all sites for analysis shall be duplicated composite samples. b. In practice, this will equate to approximately one composited duplicate sample analysis per sampling trip. CRWD staff will conduct ongoing monitoring of the Quality Control Field Form to ensure that the goal of 10% of all samples is being met and is distributed evenly across sites. Site Determination 76

a. Sites will only be considered for composite sample duplicating if they meet the minimum volume requirements for sample submission to MCES (remember, there must be enough volume to fill two submission containers). b. Volume Requirements: Total Volume Required (mL)

Parameters

# of 200 mL Samples

# Full Compact Carousel Bottles

# Full Standard Carousel Bottles

Standard parameters, not including CBOD

4,320

Standard parameters, including CBOD and/or Sulfates

6,020

c. Among sites that meet volume requirements, sites will be selected to balance duplicate samples among all CRWD site locations. It is expected that some sites will meet the volume requirements more often than others. d. If no sites meet the minimum volume require for composite duplicates, notify the Monitoring Coordinator, as this will affect the goal of duplicating 10% of all samples. III.

Method a. Determine which site will be duplicated according to the volumes collected, the parameters to be analyzed, and the corresponding volume requirements. b. Composite samples with a churn according the “Sample Compositing SOP.” c. Place a duplicate label on the sample bottle and prepare a QAQC field form to note that a duplicate has been created d. While churning the sample to be duplicated, distribute half of the required volume into one submission container. While still churning, distribute an equal amount into a second sample container. e. Verify that both submission containers contain the minimum requirement for analysis based on the parameters selected. f. Cap samples and place in refrigerator until the samples can be transported to the lab in a cooler. g. Fill out COC and QAQC field form. Use the sample time and date that corresponds to the time and date of the original sample and check mark the “Storm/Base – Composite” box on the QAQC COC.

Grab Sampling Replicates Frequency Determination a. 10% of total winter base grab samples submitted to MCES for analysis shall be replicated grab samples. b. Base grabs are primarily conducted once a month November â&#x20AC;&#x201C; March (five total sampling events) at 9 baseflow sites (45 total winter baseflow grabs) c. To meet the goal of replicating 10% of all base grab samples submitted to MCES, 2 samples should be replicated per winter baseflow sampling event. d. Grab replicate sampling will roughly follow the schedule outlined in the table below: Site St. Anthony Park Hidden Falls Outlet East Kittson Phalen Creek Trout Brook Outlet Trout Brook-East Branch Trout Brook-West Branch Villa Park Outlet Villa Park Inlet

II.

Replicate Schedule Jan Feb

Mar

Nov

Dec 1

1 1 1

1 1

No Replicates April - Oct

1 1

Site Determination a. The Monitoring Coordinator will assign sites to be replicated according to the Replicate Schedule. b. Once on site, a site can only be considered for grab sample replicating if it has enough base flow to fill two grab sampler devices on two sampling attempts. In other words, staff must be confident that they can fill two grab samplers to the brim on two back-to-back deployments of the grab sampler. i. If the designated replicate site does not meet the requirements, contact the Monitoring Coordinator, who will reassign replicate sampling to another site. c. The types of parameters tested during a round of grab sampling should be considered when estimating the targeted volumes for a base grab sampling trip. Consider the following table: Volume Required per Replicate Bottle (mL)

Standard parameters, not including CBOD Standard parameters, including CBOD Twice annual parameters, including Sulfates

2,160 2,910 3,010

d. Sites will be selected in order to ensure an equal distribution of replicate analysis among all CRWD baseflow site locations. It is expected that some sites will be replicated more often than others.

III.

Method a. Determine which site will be replicated in the shop prior to leaving for base grab sampling in the morning. The site selected may not be able to be replicated due to baseflow conditions, and changes in the plan shall be communicated among staff and the Monitoring Coordinator. b. Set up all equipment needed for grab sampling before a grab sampler is deployed to quickly grab two concurrent samples. c. Triple rinse the grab sampler: lower the grab sampler into the sampling stream, lift the sampler back to the surface, swirl the water throughout the entire bottle, and dump the rinse away from the sampling site. Repeat twice. d. Deploy the grab sampler into the thalweg of the sampling stream. Lift the sampler back to the surface and dump half the water into the submission container labeled with the Site Name, and the other half into the Replicate submission container. e. Repeat Step D as necessary until both sample containers are filled. f. Seal the sample containers and place inside a cooler to be transported g. Ensure that the submission containers are properly labeled, the dates and times of the grab samples are noted in the Quality Control Field Form, and that a replicate COC is filled out with the appropriated dates and times.

2O. Equipment Blanks Purpose: To detect possible contamination from equipment sources and to verify that sampling, transportation, and decontamination procedures do not introduce possible contamination to collected samples. General: Analyte-free, deionized water will be used to create blanks. The deionized water will be obtained from the MCES Mili-q DI water source and stored clear carboys in the CRWD shop. 10% of all submitted samples shall be blank samples. CRWD will conduct 5 types of equipment blanks at the following frequencies and times to meet the goals of 10%: Blank Type

Frequency 3 sites,3 times/year 5 times/year 10 times/year 10 times/year 10 times/year

ISCO Sampler Blank Grab Sampler Blank Churn Blank Sampler Bottle Blank MCES Bottle Blank

When to Complete During level calibrations, maintenance, or uninstalls In the field after a suite of grab samples, after a triple rinse of DI water In the shop after a suite of composite churns, before liquinox treatment After dishwashing cycle Anytime

Blank samples will be collected approximately within the months shaded in the table below:

Month January February March April May June July August September October November December Total

ISCO Sampler Blank

Blank Schedule Grab Sampler Churn Blank Blank

Sampler Bottle Blank

MCES Bottle Blank

To create equipment blanks, deionized water will be passed through the equipment or poured in the container to be tested. The deionized water will then be distributed in to a 4,000 mL MCES submission container. Blanks will be submitted to MCES as individual samples and will be labeled according to the table below (CRWD125-142 are reserved for individual ISCO Sampler blank sites). Station Grab Sampler

Lab Code

Name

CRWD121 CRWD122

EB_GrSamp EB_MCESBo

CRWD123 CRWD124 CRWD125 CRWD126

EB_ISCOBO EB_Churn EB_SAP EB_HF

CRWD134 Churn CRWD135 St. Anthony Park CRWD136 Hidden Falls CRWD137

EB_UpVilla EB_Como 3 EB_Como 7 EB_AHUG

CRWD127 CRWD128 CRWD129

EB_Kittson EB_Phalen EB_TBO

EB_Rose EB_Stream EB_NC3

CRWD130

EB_TBEB

CRWD131

EB_TBWB

East Kittsondale CRWD141 Phalen Creek CRWD142 Trout Brook CRWD144 Outlet Trout Brook – East Branch Trout Brook – West Branch

MCES Bottle ISCO Bottle

Lab Code

Name

CRWD132 CRWD133

EB_VPO EB_VPI

Station Villa Park Outlet Villa Park Inlet Upper Villa Inlet Como 3 Como 7 ArlingtonHamline Underground TBNS – Rose TBNS – Stream North Como 3

A “Blanks” chain of custody will be filled out. Blank samples will be submitted as “Equipment – Blank.” The following parameters will be checked for all blank samples: • • • •

CL-AV HARD-MSV MET-MSV NH3N-AV

• • • •

• • •

N_N-AV NUT-AV pH TDS-180

TSSVSS-GF P-AV ORTHO_P

ISCO Sampler Blank Purpose: To determine any contamination stemming from the ISCO sampler intake tubing, strainer, or pump tubing. Frequency: 3 sites, 3 times per year, in the field during level calibration or other CSE events Sites: All FWQ sites will be eligible for ISCO sampler blanks during level calibrations, 81

maintenance, or uninstalls. The locations will be logged in the “Quality Control Field Form.” Number of Staff: 2+ Expected Time for Completion: 25 minutes Equipment: Confined Space Entry • • • • •

•

Manhole hook Tripod Winch Lifeline Gas Meters (at least two (with one being the new Quattro), with extra batteries and screwdriver) Walkie-Talkies (check to ensure they are charged)

• • • • • • • • •

Flashlight Helmets with headlamps Rubber boots, waders Buckets with grab sampler rope Harness Gloves Chain for tripod Safety vests and fencing (if needed) PFD (if needed)

• •

iPad 4,000 mL laboratory sample containers Cooler

Equipment Blank • • • •

Deionized water Bucket & rope ISCO 6712 sampler and components Snips & zips

•

Procedure: 1. Open the lock box and manhole, if needed. Remove the sampler from the manhole, if needed. If the sampler intake is located in a confined space, follow the “Confined Space Entry SOP” to set up equipment and access the space. Attendant: 2. Lower a bucket down to the confined space entrant containing two 4,000 mL containers of deionized water, one pair of snips, and zip ties. 3. The entrant will remove the strainer from the flow. Use the sampler to manually purge the line for 2 minutes (pump reverse). After 2 minutes, communicate to the entrant that the strainer is ready to take the sample. 4. Set the sampler to pump forward. Disconnect the pump tubing from the sampler base and let the sampler pump water for about 30 seconds away from the manhole before filling a submission container. The sample container should be at least 3,000 mL full. Cap the sample and label with the current date and time. 5. Communicate to the entrant that the blank sampling is complete. 6. Fill out a “Quality Control Field Form” indicating that an ISCO sampler blank had been taken, noting the time and the alias used on the bottle. 7. Follow the “Confined Space Entry SOP” to safely retrieve the entrant and return the area to its previous condition. Entrant: 8. Once inside the space, locate the sampling plate and, if necessary, cut any zip ties attaching the intake strainer to the plate. 9. Raise the intake strainer out of the base flow, if possible. The attendant will manually purge the line for 2 minutes. 10. After 2 minutes, place the intake strainer in a container of deionized water while the attendant sets the sampler to pump. 11. After receiving notice that the sample container has been filled, remove the strainer from the deionized water and zip tie the strainer back into place. Collect all items into the bucket to be lifted to the surface. 12. Follow the “Confined Space Entry SOP” to safely exit the space and return the area to its previous condition.

Grab Sampler Blank 83

Purpose: To determine any contamination stemming from the grab sampler device Frequency: One blank, 5 times per year, in the field after winter base grab sampling events Number of Staff: 2 Expected Time for Completion: 5 minutes Equipment: • • • • • •

Deionized water (loaded in truck) 4,000 mL grab sampler and rope Clipboard with MCES lab sheet iPad 4,000 mL sample container, labeled Cooler

Procedure: 1. Follow the “[Base/Snowmelt] Grab Sampling SOP” to prepare for a grab sampling event. 2. At the last site of a grab sampling route, triple rinse a 4,000 mL grab sampler with deionized water. 3. After rinsing, fill the grab sampler with deionized water. 4. Dump the contents of the sampler in to a 4,000 mL laboratory sample container. Fill in the grab sampler blank label with the appropriate date, time, and alias (EB_GrSamp). 5. Fill out a “Quality Control Field Form” denoting that a grab sampler blank was taken, the date and time at which it was taken, and the alias that was given to it. 6. Place the blank in a cooler to be transported to MCES for analysis.

Churn Blank Purpose: To determine any contamination stemming from the churning device Frequency: One blank, 10 times per year, in the shop after base or storm sample compositing Number of Staff: 1 Expected Time for Completion: 10 minutes Equipment: • Deionized water • 8 or 16 L churn 84

• • • •

MCES lab sheet Tablet 4,000 mL bottle, labeled Cooler

Procedure: 1. Follow the “Sample Compositing SOP” to composite samples collected from a base or storm composite events, using an 8 or 16 L churn. 2. After compositing the last sample for the day, triple rinse the churn with tap water. 3. Pour 4,000 mL of deionized water into the churn. Churn the deionized water like you would a composite sample. Let the blank run through the nozzle, into a 4,000 mL laboratory submission container. 4. Cap the bottle, and place a churn blank label on the container. Fill it out with the appropriate date and time as well as the alias used (EB_Churn). 5. Fill out the COC indicating the blank alias and the coordinating date and time. 6. Fill out a “Quality Control Field Form” indicating that a churn blank was made, denoting the date and time as well as the alias used. 7. Dump contents of churn and clean as directed.

ISCO Sampler Bottle Blank Purpose: To determine any contamination stemming from the ISCO sampler bottles or the cleaning/dishwashing procedure Frequency: One blank, 10 times per year, in the shop any time after dishwashing cycle is done Number of Staff: 1 Expected Time for Completion: 10 minutes Equipment: • • •

• • • •

Deionized water ISCO 6712 sampler bottles (10 compact or 5 standard bottles) MCES lab sheet

Dishwasher iPad 4,000 mL bottle, labeled Cooler

Procedure: 1. Follow the “ISCO Sampler Bottle Cleaning SOP” to clean the bottles after use in the field. 2. Before placing clean bottles into carousel for storage, select 10 compact (400 mL) or 5 standard (800 mL) ISCO sampler bottles at random. 3. Fill each bottle with deionized water. 4. Cap the bottles and shake to mix well. Pour the contents of each bottle into a 4,000 mL laboratory submission container. Seal the container. 5. Place an ISCO sampler bottle blank label on the container with the proper date and time. Fill out a “Quality Control Field Form” indicating the date, time, and alias (EB_ISCOBo). Place blank in refrigerator until transferred to MCES for analysis. 6. Allow used bottles to air dry before placing in carousels.

MCES Bottle Blank Purpose: To determine any contamination stemming from MCES laboratory sample containers Frequency: One blank, 10 times per year, in the shop at any time 86

Number of Staff: 1 Expected Time for Completion: 5 minutes Equipment: • • •

• •

Deionized water MCES lab sheet iPad

4,000 mL bottle, labeled Cooler

Labeling: Procedure: 1. Select one 4,000 mL MCES laboratory sample container at random. 2. Fill the bottle with deionized water. 3. Place an MCES bottle blank label on the bottle and label the container with the proper date, and time. Place blank in refrigerator until transferred to MCES for analysis. 4. Fill out a “Quality Control Field Form” indicating the date, time, and alias of the sampler bottle blank. Place blank container in refrigerator until transferred to MCES for analysis.

3G. ISCO 6712 Volume Calibration Purpose: To calibrate the sample volume on Isco 6712 samplers for composite sampling General: Each full water quality station with an installed Isco 6712 sampler has the capability to take composite samples. The volume of the samples must be calibrated at the time of installation and as needed during the field season. To calibrate the sample volume at stations with no base flow, one person must access the location of the sieve and place the end in a bottle of water. Using the keypad on the sampler, the sample volume is calibrated. Frequency: At the time of installation, and as needed throughout the field season Number of Staff: 2 team members (Confined Space Entry certified if needed) Locations: Any station with an Isco 6712 Expected Time for Completion: 5 minutes to 45 minutes, dependent upon CSE requirements Equipment: • • • • • • •

2 – 4000mL bottles of tap water per each station without baseflow Graduated cylinder (located in truck) Ruler (usually level calibration is performed at the same time) Isco 6712 sampler Laptop iPad One extra marine battery

Confined Space Entry Equipment (if needed): • • • • •

• • • •

Manhole hook or T-wrench Tripod Winch (check to ensure it is wound properly) Lifeline Gas Meters (at least 2 (with one being the new Quattro), with extra batteries and screwdriver) Walkie-Talkies (check to ensure they are fully charged) Flashlight, head lamp, and/or stick-light Helmets with headlamps Rubber boots, hip waders, and/or waders 88

• • • • • • •

Buckets with ropes Harness Gloves Chain for tripod Safety vests and fencing (if needed) PFD (if needed) Any equipment needed to perform the duties at the station

Procedure: Before Leaving the Office 1. If confined space entry is needed, ensure at least two team members going to the location are Confined Space Entry certified. Advise team members in the office of the plan for the day, and the stations you will be entering. Review the Confined Space Entry SOP. 2. Check over all of the equipment. Do any batteries need replacing? Are the lights, gas meters, walkie-talkies charged? Is any of the equipment damaged? 3. Check the weather. DO NOT enter any confined space during storm conditions. Even a small amount of rain can produce dangerous conditions below ground. Keep an eye on the weather when out in the field. Even if it is not raining at your current location, it may be raining upstream. Weather can change quickly, so be prepared. 4. Pack the equipment into the truck. All team members should check over the equipment thoroughly. Forgotten equipment can result in dangerous situations or time delays in returning to the office. Upon Reaching the station: 1. If confined space entry will be performed, review and follow the “Confined Space Entry SOP.” 2. If the station does not have baseflow, open the station location using the manhole hook or T-wrench. Remove the sampler or logger if needed. If the station does have baseflow, skip to Step 4.

3. The entrant will access the sieve, clip any zip-ties securing the sieve, and place the end of the sieve inside a 4000mL bottle of water. 4. The attendant will stop the program and prepare for the calibration: a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i) j)

k) l) m) n)

Press the red button Using the arrows on the keypad highlight “Stop Program” Press “Enter” (the yellow button with the arrow pointing left) Using the arrow on the keypad highlight “Other Functions” Press “Enter” Using the arrows on the keypad highlight “Manual Functions” Press “Enter” Using the arrows on the keypad highlight “Calibrate Volume” Press “Enter” Using the arrows on the keypad highlight either “Standard Portable” or “Compact Portable.” Standard Portable is for samplers with large bottles. Compact Portable is for samplers with small bottles. Press “Enter” Using the keypad, enter the desired volume (in mL). Usually this is 200 mL. Press “Enter” Remove the pump tubing from at the location where it attaches to the bottle housing, and place the end of the hose inside the graduated cylinder. The sampler will first pump backwards to purge the sample line. Then forward to dispense the desired sample amount. Then backwards again to purge the sample line.

5. Read the sample volume. If the sample volume is +/-50mL of the desired volume, type “200” with the keypad, press “Enter,” then skip to Step 6. If the sample volume is outside this range, then incrementally adjust the sample volume, and repeat Steps 4 and 5 until the sample is within the desired range. ***Note: The samplers will often over adjust for changes to the sample volume. If you receive a sample of 300mL, type into the sampler around, “220.” If you receive a sample of 140mL, type into the sampler “180.” By incrementally adjusting the sample volume, you reduce the risk of overshooting the desired sample volume. 6. Once the desired sample volume is reached, the entrant can take a level reading and perform a level calibration if needed (see “Level Calibration SOP”). The entrant can exit the confined space. 90

7. Restart the program by: a) b) c) d) e)

Pressing the red button on the keypad to return to the Main Menu Highlight “Run Program” Check that the sample bottle starts at 1. Press “Enter” The display screen should state “Disabled”

8. Secure the pump tubing to the bottle housing. 9. Complete the respective station visit form. Include in the maintenance section that a volume calibration was performed. If you were unable to complete the volume calibration, see the “Troubleshooting SOP.” Before Leaving the station: 1. Take down and secure all equipment in the truck. Check the station for any stray equipment. 2. Check the iPad Confined Space Entry Form is completed, and any notes are completed in the iPad or laptop field form. 3. Make sure the caps are secured on the back of the sampler and hoses are intact. 4. Close the manhole and lock the lockbox At the Shop: 1. Clean up and put away all equipment. 2. Check over the field notes. Advise technicians of any problems that occurred in the field. Note any repairs needed on the white board in the shop.

3F. ISCO Level Calibration Purpose: To calibrate measured level on flow loggers and Area/Velocity sensors. General: Flow loggers and Area/Velocity (AV) sensors measure the velocity and the level of a station. The level of each sensor is calibrated during spring installation, and during the field season if a sensor is replaced. Each month during the field season the level is validated at all stations. The level is also validated when the reviewed data appears to be incorrect. Two staff members are required for a level calibration station visit. One person remains at the surface and completes the programming and notations. The second team member will access the AV sensor and take a manual measurement of the water level in front of the sensor. Frequency: At the time of installation, monthly during the field season, if battery has been dead for an extended period, as needed for troubleshooting, or if a new sensor is installed during the field season. Number of Staff: 2 Locations: All stations during spring installation; only stations with sustained baseflow during monthly level checks (see the 2020 route list at the end of this SOP) Expected Time for Completion: 10 - 45 minutes, depending on if confined space entry is needed to access the station Equipment: • • • • • • • • • • •

Isco 2150 download cable Lock box key (in glove compartment of truck) Ruler Laptop iPad Camera Binoculars (for SAP) Rake and shovel (for McCarrons outlet) Waders (hip and chest) Marine Batteries (where applicable) Tool Bucket

Confined Space Entry (determine equipment as needed to gain access to the probe): • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Manhole hook Tripod Winch (ensure that it is wound properly) Lifeline Gas Meters (both, with extra batteries and screwdriver) Walkie-Talkies Flashlight, head lamp, and/or stick-light Helmet Rubber boots, hip/full waders iPad (for confined space entry form) Buckets with grab sampler ropes Harness Gloves Chain for tripod Safety vests and fencing (if needed)

Procedure for Sensor Installation: 1. Open the lock box and/or manhole. Remove the logger from the manhole if needed. If confined space entry is necessary to access the sensor, one team member will need to enter the station. Follow the “Confined Space Entry SOP.” While the first team member enters the station to access the sensor, the other team member will connect to the 2150 module through Flowlink to download the data and observe the level reading on the computer. 2. Once the sensor is accessed, take 2-3 measurements of the water level. Turn the ruler parallel to the flow, so turbulence from the ruler is minimized when taking the measurement. Read the correct side of the ruler, measuring the water depth in tenths of feet (not in inches). The measurement is of the actual water level in the pipe, so the measurement should be taken from the bottom of the pipe on the cement to the surface of the water (this is in front of and off of the sensor plate). DO NOT TAKE THE MEASUREMENT ON THE PLATE OR ON THE SENSOR—measure on the pipe surface only. Communicate the water level measurement to the team member above ground. a. Measuring the level can be different at different locations based on the pipe surface. Some pipe bottoms are very rough (e.g. Phalen Creek), and the location in front of the sensor where level should be measured is not uniform. In these 93

cases, check with a more senior staff member as to the appropriate location for measurement. b. Use the walkie-talkie to communicate the level to the staff member at the surface, and check the level again if it appears far off from the value the computer is reading. This is just to double-check that the value was initially read correctly. c. Water rushing at a high speed against the ruler produces turbulence and a swell of water upwards on the ruler. Try to lower your body to see where the flow of water is aiming on the ruler to get an accurate measurement. d. During installation, the stations without baseflow need to have the level calibrated within a bucket filled with water prior to installation of the sensor (for ease of calibration). Before installing the sensor in the storm drain, connect the sensor to Flowlink and calibrate level using this SOP while the sensor is in a bucket in which the level can be manually measured. 3. Check the sensor and around the sensor for any abnormalities at this time, such as debris blocking the sensor, and/or for debris upstream or surrounding the sensor that could be causing the level to be reading an inaccurate value. Advise the team member on the surface of any rocks, leaves, or other debris removed from near or in front of the sensor, such that it is included in the field notes. Also, note any damage of the sensor. Document any obstruction/damage to sensor that may have recently influenced flow or water levels or the ability of the sensor to record level or velocity. a. At Kittson, for example, it is common for gunk to become crusted-on to the sensor. This could potentially affect velocity readings over time. During each level cal at this station, use a sink scrubby pad to scrub off all sides of the sensor to prevent this from occurring. 4. The team member above-ground will compare both the manual level reading and the computer level reading. When installing a new sensor (during spring installs or during a re-install throughout the year), the level in Flowlink is always changed to the value observed by the manual reading. Because this calibrates the level of the sensor for the entire year of data, it is important that this value is read as accurately as possible. To change the level for either the 2150 or 750, use the following steps: a. 2150 module: i. Click on the “Jump to measurements” tab and select 2150 ii. Select “Level” from the dropdown menu. iii. Change the level in the space provided and click “Apply” to save all changes. 94

b. 750 module (MOW): i. Stop the program and scroll to “Program” on the main home screen. ii. Scroll through the program menu until reaching the screen “Current level is…” and click the up arrow to highlight the current level (this will blink when selected). iii. The program will automatically highlight the space under “Adjust level to…”. Type in the corrected level value, then push the yellow arrow key to enter and save the new value. iv. Press the Red button in the upper right in order to exit back to the main menu on the 6712. 5. If changes were made to the level during install, make a note of the level cal in the field notes by: a. Selecting “Yes” under “System Programming Changed?”, then entering the current level (what the computer initially read), and adjusted level (what was manually measured and what the level is being changed to) in the respective area of the field form. b. Indicating in the “Maintenance Performed” section of the field notes that a level calibration occurred by writing (e.g.) “level cal from 0.58 to 0.68”. Procedure for Routine Level Validation: 1. Open the lock box and/or manhole. Remove the logger from the manhole if needed. If confined space entry is necessary to access the sensor, one team member will need to enter the station. Follow the “Confined Space Entry SOP.” While the first team member enters the station to access the sensor, the other team member will connect to the 2150 module through Flowlink to download the data and observe the level reading on the computer. 2. Once the sensor is accessed, take 2-3 measurements of the water level. Turn the ruler parallel to the flow, so turbulence from the ruler is minimized when taking the measurement. Read the correct side of the ruler, measuring the water depth in tenths of feet (not in inches). The measurement is of the actual water level in the pipe, so the measurement should be taken from the bottom of the pipe on the cement to the surface of the water (this is in front of and off of the sensor plate). DO NOT TAKE THE MEASUREMENT ON THE PLATE OR ON THE SENSOR—measure on the pipe surface only. Communicate the water level measurement to the team member above ground. 95

a. Measuring the level can be different at different locations based on the pipe bottom surface. Some pipe bottoms are very rough (e.g. Phalen Creek), and the location in front of the sensor where level should be measured is not uniform. In these cases, check with a more senior staff member as to the appropriate location for measurement. b. Use the walkie-talkie to communicate the level to the staff member at the surface, and check the level again if it appears far off from the value the computer is reading. This is just to double-check that the value was initially read correctly. c. Water rushing at a high speed against the ruler produces turbulence and a swell of water upwards on the ruler. Try to lower your body to see where the flow of water is aiming on the ruler to get an accurate measurement. 3. Check the sensor and around the sensor for any abnormalities at this time, such as debris blocking the sensor, and/or for debris upstream or surrounding the sensor that could be causing the level to be reading an inaccurate value. Advise the team member on the surface of any rocks, leaves, or other debris removed from near or in front of the sensor, such that it is included in the field notes. Also, note any damage of the sensor and make note of it if seen. Document any obstruction/damage to sensor that may have recently influenced flow or water levels or the ability of the sensor to record level or velocity. a. At Kittson, for example, it is common for gunk to become crusted-on to the sensor. This could potentially affect velocity readings over time. During each level cal at this station, use a sink scrubby pad to scrub off all sides of the sensor to prevent this from occurring. 4. The team member above-ground will note both the manual level reading and the computer level reading in the “Notes” section of the field notes. If the manual level reading differs from the level being read by the sensor by >0.1 ft or more, make a specific note of this occurring in the “Maintenance Performed” section of the field notes, by writing (e.g.) “Level differs between manual and computer reading by >0.1 ft during level check”. This is to alert the staff member completing the data QA/QC for the station that there potentially needs to be a level adjustment to the data in WISKI during data cleaning. In addition: a. Do NOT manually change the level in Flowlink. As of the 2017 monitoring season, any level cal station visits throughout the year are conducted to note the 96

level, and any changes to the level data will be applied during the QA/QC process in WISKI, not routinely in the field. b. If the level reading from the computer appears way off from the manual level reading, there could be something wrong with the sensor. Note this in the “Notes” section of the field form, and alert the monitoring coordinator, as station maintenance (and sensor replacement) may be needed. 5. Finally, if the manual level of the sensor was within 0.1 ft of the computer reading, make a note that a level calibration station visit occurred by writing “Level cal ok” in the “Maintenance Performed” section of the field notes. This alerts the staff member completing QA/QC for the station that a level check was performed on that date/time, and the two levels were comparable. Before Leaving the station: 1. Take pictures of any abnormalities in the field. This can include but is not limited to a noticed illicit discharge or equipment damage. 2. Check to ensure the logger is secured properly if suspended in a manhole. 3. Check that all protective caps have been put back into place. 4. Ensure the Confined Space Entry form is completed with the exit time. 5. Ensure the field notations are completed in the field forms. 6. Check for any equipment left in the field and that all locks and manholes are secured. At the Shop: 1. Clean up and put away all equipment. 2. Check over the field notes. Advise technicians of any problems that occurred in the field. Note any repairs needed on the white board in the shop, and alert the monitoring coordinator if there are any potential sensor replacements necessary.

*NOTE*: For the list of 2020 level cal stations and supplies, see below (the file “Level calibration route 2020” is located here: W:\07 Programs\Monitoring & Data Acquisition\2020 Monitoring\2020 Routes)

Level Calibration Route 2020 1. MOW Inlet 2. St. Anthony Park→ Binoculars 3. Hidden Falls 4. East Kittsondale 5. Phalen (Bring winch) 6. Trout Brook Outlet 7. TBO SP Tunnel (Bring winch) 8. Trout Brook-East Branch 9. Trout Brook-West Branch 10. McCarrons Outlet → Bring rake & shovel to clean out grate AFTER level cal 11. Villa Park Outlet & VP Overflow Channel→ Download conductivity probe (bring shuttle and appropriate connector) 12. Upper Villa (Inlet & Bypass) 13. AHUG-Inlet→ Download conductivity probe (bring shuttle and appropriate connector) 14. Como 3 → Download conductivity probe (bring shuttle and appropriate connector)

Things to Bring: •

• • • • • • • • •

CSE Equipment o Tripod o Retractable Winch o Material Winch o Harnesses o Lighting o Helmets (check the light) o Gas meters (2) (bump test both) o Walkie Talkies (check the charge) Waders (Hip & Chest) Ruler Computer & iPad Hobo shuttle Rake & shovel 6V Batteries Sm. and Lg. Marine Batteries (as needed) Binoculars Tool Bucket 98

10G. WISKI Data Editing 1) Flow Data Editing: Purpose: To edit the flow data from all stations using the WISKI database software on a weekly basis. Keep all data processing consistent and keep editing documentation concise and accurate. General: In WISKI, staff will be able to make all edits to the data directly within the program, document the edits and quality of the data using WISKI quality codes and standard remarks, and keep all of the data editing documentation in one location. This makes it easier for current and future staff to see how the data was edited. Frequency: • •

Flow data download from field computers will occur every Friday Data processing will be completed on a weekly basis by end of day Wednesday to: o Identify maintenance issues at each station as they arise to improve data quality o Increase efficiency in data editing (i.e. incrementally complete data editing instead of editing the entire year at once) o Improve data accuracy by having each staff person be an “expert” on the flow characteristics at each station by viewing the data weekly

Number of Staff: All MRM staff Equipment: • •

WISKI Access to CRWD W:// drive (to open previous data and metadata files)

Procedure: Note: •

All stations are set up with all of the appropriate time series in WISKI: o The “Raw” time series for both level (L) and velocity (V) is the raw data that is pulled into WISKI from Flowlink. The “Raw” time series is programmed to assign all data the Quality Code of “Unknown” upon import (unless it is considered Missing, in which case it is assigned a Quality Code of “Missing”).

o The “Edited” time series for both L and V is the copied data from the “Raw” time series. All edits listed below should be made in the “Edited” time series. Quality codes are then assigned in this time series if any edits are made. o The discharge (Q) time series is not an editable time series; it is a product of L or Q=A*V Quality Codes: WISKI uses quality codes to assign different levels of quality to the data. These are displayed using colors and text in the control bar at the bottom of the graph, as well as in the table next to the graph. The following quality codes represent the different levels of quality of CRWD data: Code Good Fair Suspect Poor Unknown Missing

Number 40 80 120 160 200 255

Meaning Default for data that has been deemed OK after QA/QC process (unmodified) Any data that has been interpolated, offset, slightly modified etc. Data derived from a regression relationship or rating curve Poor quality data - should not be used for analyses or critical applications Default for all imported data - signifies that no QA/QC has been done Missing Data

WISKI Color Code

Standard Remarks: Standard Remarks are notes that can be designated to a section of data describing how it was modified. These are also displayed in text in the control bar at the bottom of the graph, as well as the table next to the graph that are available in WISKI. The standard remarks that CRWD staff will use for their data editing (of the larger standard remarks list available in WISKI) are listed below. [Note: WISKI will automatically select the appropriate standard remark for all edits]. If staff manually edits the data points, they can insert a free comment to explain what was changed. WISKI Standard Remark

Editing Description

Values copied Values copied and proportionally fit to both sides Range filled with constant Range filled with linear interpolation Gap filled with constant Gap filled with linear interpolation Gap inserted Manually edited Manually inserted Range vertically shifted with constant Range vertically shifted by linear transformation

N/A N/A Set to constant Autocorrected - bad/negative value Set to constant Autocorrected - missing Set to zero Additional edit, add free comment Additional edit, add free comment Fixed offset Proportional offset for level drift

100

Level Data Editing: 1. Open up the google drive field forms record for the type of station you will be editing (i.e. Level vs. Flow vs. Full Water Quality). Consult the most recent records for the station to see if there are reasons recorded for bad/missing data observed (e.g. equipment failure, level calibrations, debris on sensor, etc). 2. In WISKI, open a graph of the raw and edited level time series for the station you are working on, using the date range to specify the time period you would like to edit. 3. Once in the graph, open the control bar by right-clicking near the bottom of the graph. a. Select Graph Settings -> Show Control Bar. 4. If this is the first time this time series has been opened for editing during the year, note the quality code color to determine what code the importer assigned to the data. All data is imported and assigned by WISKI as either “Unknown” or “Missing”. Missing data should NOT be edited or recreated, but left as “Missing” in WISKI. 5. First examine the data on a larger time frame to see what the general trend is for the station data and to notice any large data discrepancies. 6. Go to the time period you would like to edit by using the magnifying glass icon (zoom tool). This will usually be in the 1 week time spans (don’t make the time period longer than 1 month). Make sure that you can see all of the columns of the table by dragging the table window open. The time period to be edited should be selected and assigned a quality code of “Good”. As edits are made to the data, the quality code will be downgraded (as edited points are no longer original data points). Therefore, data points that have a quality code of other than “Unknown” signifies that someone has examined that data. It also becomes a placeholder for where the individual left off in editing the data. a. NOTE: In order to make sure that the data is labeled as “Edited”, an additional step needs to be taken. With the same data selected that was just assigned the “Good” quality code, set the interpolation type to “linear interpolation” and hit “Apply”. This is the Interpolation type that has already been selected, but this needs to be completed in order to give the data the “, ed” label within the Quality Code column, so that the data is designated as edited. 7. Using the data in the table and the zoom tool, go through the data to look for missing periods, negative values, “bad” data, including: a. Bad levels during storms b. Abnormal level increase c. Level drift 8. There are two main types of editing that will be completed: point editing and section editing (described below). Conduct point editing prior to section editing.

101

a. Point Editing: edits made to individual points of data that are bad/missing; low level of complexity. b. Section Editing: edits made to larger sections of data that are bad/missing; higher level of complexity and consideration. May have to occur by looking at the data for a month timespan in order to view longer-term data edits that need to occur. 9. To edit a data point or section of data, select the data to edit in the table, right-click on the selection, select range-related editing, and select the appropriate edit. a. Note: Because the first and last selected points of data in a range are NOT affected by the edits made, select one data point on either side of the range you wish to edit when using the linear transformation data editing option. These points will not be affected, and the data within those bounds will be linear transformed based on these two outside range data points selected. 10. Use the following table to determine the steps for different editing scenarios, along with the quality code and standard remark that is associated with the edit:

102

LEVEL EDITING:

Problem with Data

Edit

Site does not have baseflow but contains standing water in pipe (where Q depends on L, i.e.: CCLRT sites)

Add validator in the Edited Level Time Series for the site and select KiScript script corrector N/A (choose Velocity Cut-off and base the cut-off on the Raw time series and the appropriate level)

N/A

There is data shown that occurs before install/after uninstall

Delete data points

Missing

N/A

Missing data

None - leave the data as missing

Missing

N/A

Negative values during baseflow/non-storm periods

Edit the data using linear interpolation

Fair

Range filled with linear interpolation

Noisy data during baseflow/non-storm periods Edit the data using the "Edit Values" icon.*

Fair

Manually edited, free comment ("Removed noise")

Bad level data during storm and/or non-storm event

Insert Data Gap

Missing

Free comment (e.g.:"Sensor ripped out")

Edit the data using the Shift range vertically option. Use either Parallel shift or Linear Fair transformation depending on what the data looks like.

Range vertically shifted with constant x.xx OR Range vertically shifted by linear transformation

Edit the data using Drift Correction > Simple (1st data point should be previous known valid point. 2nd is the data point where drift was corrected Fair by field calibration (Isco equipment) or the field observed reading (Global water level loggers)

Manually edited

bad, i.e. the start of a section of data appears good, and then the level drifts down until there is a point where the data appears good again.

Quality Code Standard Remark

103

Velocity Data Editing: 1. Keeping the edited level time series open for the station you are working on (as well as the associated station metadata), right-click on the graph and select open time series. Open up the corresponding raw and edited velocity time series for the station. Use the date range to specify the time period you would like to edit (probably the same as the level time range). 2. Once in the graph, control the settings of the following as per your preference: a. Open the control bar by right-clicking near the bottom of the graph. Select Graph Settings -> Show Control Bar (if this is not open already). b. Move the Level graph into a different pane using the Plot Areas icon. c. Adjust the vertical axis if necessary. 3. If this is the first time this time series has been opened for editing during the year, note the quality code color to determine what code the importer assigned to the velocity data. All data is imported and assigned by WISKI as either “Unknown” or “Missing”. Missing data should NOT be edited or recreated, but left as “Missing” in WISKI. 4. First examine the data on a larger time frame to see what the general trend is for the station data and to notice any large data discrepancies. 5. For sites without baseflow: this MUST be completed prior to moving on to step 6! For these sites, there is a WISKI KiScript Script Corrector set up in the Edited Velocity Time Series for each site without baseflow. This validator sets velocity to zero whenever level is below a certain specified cutoff value (Note: below a level of 0.08ft, the sensor cannot accurately read velocity). This level value needs to be tailored to each specific site, and needs to be tailored BEFORE moving on to step 6! To edit this level value: a. Open the edited velocity time series by double-clicking on the time series. b. “Under Data validation and correction” select “Add…” c. Choose KiScript based data validation. d. In the dropdown menu select “Velocity Cutoff.” e. Verify that the edited level time series for the station is selected (the default is raw velocity). f. Edit the level value by entering a value similar to previous year’s metadata. If this level does not apply to the current year’s data, adjust the value until an appropriate level threshold is found. g. Change the agent validity time range to encompass only the monitoring year that is currently being edited. h. Have another MRM team member verify this value before moving on to step 6. Once step 6 is completed and all data is marked as “edited,” you will be unable to go back and change this threshold value.

104

6. Go to the time period you would like to edit by using the magnifying glass icon (zoom tool). This will usually be in the 1 week time spans (don’t make the time period longer than 1 month). Make sure that you can see all of the columns of the table by dragging the table window open. The time period to be edited should be selected and assigned a quality code of “Good”. As edits are made to the data, the quality code will be downgraded (as edited points are no longer original data points). Therefore, data points that have a quality code of other than “Unknown” signifies that someone has examined that data. a. NOTE: In order to make sure that the data is labeled as “Edited”, an additional step needs to be taken. With the same data selected that was just assigned the “Good” quality code, set the interpolation type to “linear interpolation” and hit “Apply”. This is the Interpolation type that has already been selected, but this needs to be completed in order to give the data the “, ed” label within the Quality Code column, so that the data is designated as edited. 7. Using the data in the table and the zoom tool, go through the data to look for negative values and “bad” data, including: b. Dropped (0 value) velocities during storms. c. Periods of “noisy” data. d. Note: if there are periods of bad/missing level data, this often means that the corresponding velocity data will be bad as well. 8. There are two main types of editing that will be completed: point editing and section editing (described below). Conduct point editing prior to section editing. a. Point Editing: edits made to individual points of data that are bad/missing; low level of complexity. b. Section Editing: edits made to larger sections of data that are bad/missing; higher level of complexity and consideration. May have to occur by looking at the data for a month timespan in order to view longer-term data edits that need to occur. 9. To edit a data point or period of data, select the data to edit in the table, right-click on the selection, select Range-related editing (if it is a period with bad data), and select the appropriate edit. a. If there are points of missing velocity as a result of differing data recording intervals between level and velocity, these points can be corrected using Gaprelated editing and selecting the appropriate edit. b. Note: Because the first and last selected points of data in a range are NOT affected by the edits made, select one data point on either side of the range you wish to edit when using the linear transformation data editing option. These

105

points will not be affected, and the data within those bounds will be linear transformed based on these two outside range data points selected. 10. Use the following table to determine the steps for different editing scenarios, along with the quality code and standard remark that is associated with the edit:

Water Temperature Data Editing: 1. Open the 02. Edited T.S. for the WT parameter. 2. Note any data discrepancies and edit accordingly. 3. Ensure that the data is coming into the system in Â°C.

106

VELOCITY EDITING: Problem with Data Level is below a site-specific cut-off value (i.e. for sites that do not have baseflow, velocity may be set to zero for any levels below a cutoff value that is specific to the site characteristics) There is data shown that occurs before install/after uninstall Missing data Negative values during baseflow/non-storm periods

Edit

Quality Code

Standard Remark

Open the Corrector time series for the station and adjust the level threshold value. Verify with N/A an MRM team member before finalizing.

N/A

Delete data points

Missing

N/A

None - leave the data as missing

Missing

N/A

Edit the data using linear interpolation

Fair

Range filled with linear interpolation

Noisy data during baseflow/non-storm periods

Edit the data using the "Edit Values" icon.*

Fair

Manually edited, free comment ("Removed noise")

Bad velocity data during stormflow, but NOT DURING a storm peak

Edit the data using linear interpolation

Fair

Range filled with linear interpolation

Bad velocity data during stormflow, and DURING a storm peak

Copy values from the Rating time series to the Edited V time series**

Suspect

Values copied OR Values copied and fit proportionally (try the Right side first, then to Both sides, depending on the data fit)

Suspect

Range flipped at horizontal line with y =0

Bad velocity data during stormflow, where the data looks like the correct magnitude and shape Flip horizontally (choose a value of 0)*** but is "upside-down" (the sensor is ripped out and facing the wrong way)

*When editing noisy data, select a range to edit and click on the “Edit values” icon. Manually select the points you would like to change. Use the “delete” button on the keyboard to delete the selected values (do not use the “delete values” or “delete records” in the table drop-down menu – this will delete the whole range of values in the working range). Without changing the working range, right-click on the table view and select gap editing > linear interpolation. Change the quality code to fair, check the value distance, and click ok. This will adjust only the missing values that were created when you deleted points, and change only these values to a quality code of fair. ** Each site that has stormflow has a Rating Curve time series associated with it. This time series is based on the L/V relat ionship developed for the site based on historical stormflow in order to recreate missing data occurring during a storm peak. This is only used for values that are missing from the PEAK of a storm, not for the rising or falling limbs of the hydrograph. Note: further linear interpolation edits may need to be used in order to smooth the transition of data copied from the Rating time series to the original data. ***Use this editing technique with caution and compare with the rating curve. A sensor facing backwards will not necessarily give an exactly inverse reading. Because the sensor is off the mounting plate, the level data (and therefore rating) will not be accurate either.

107

Tips for Data Editing: •

•

When editing data points in the table, save after each edited section so that a standard remark and quality code are assigned to each. If you try to perform a string of edits in the table and save it, it will ONLY apply the standard remark and quality code you select to the FINAL edit made. If using gap-related editing, you can select a range of data that contains “good” data and gaps, then apply gap-related editing which will only change the data for the gaps. However, it will apply a standard remark to the entire range of data that you select, even though it only changed the data in the gaps. To fix a mistake that has already been saved in the Edited time series, open the Raw time series, and copy the data for the required time period from the Raw time series to the Edited time series. o Note: This will change the quality code and edited tag on the data. Follow initial data editing steps to make sure that the quality code and edited tag are added prior to making edits (where applicable). o Remarks from previous edits will remain. You may need to delete these old remarks to avoid confusion over what edits were performed. If unable to open a certain station time series, it could be checked out by another user. Go to the Tools dropdown menu, select Time Series, and Time Series Checked Out in order to access the time series. Check with the user to ensure that they are done using that set of data. To scroll more easily through the table when trying to select and highlight a large set of data, click on the row you would like to start with, then select Shift and Page Down to scroll and highlight section-by-section.

108

2) Level Logger Data Editing: Purpose: To edit the level data from all level logger stations using the WISKI database software on an annual basis. Keep all data processing consistent and keep editing documentation concise and accurate. General: In WISKI, staff will be able to make all edits to the data directly within the program, document the edits and quality of the data using WISKI quality codes and standard remarks, and keep all of the data editing documentation in one location. This makes it easier for current and future staff to see how the data was edited. Frequency: • • • •

Level logger data download from field will occur every month; data will be imported into WISKI on a weekly basis Raw data checks will be completed on a weekly basis. Annual average level offset (based on manual staff gauge readings) and gauge zero calculations will be completed at end of year after equipment is removed. Final data editing will be completed after all offsets and gauge zero values have been applied in the Correction time series in WISKI.

Number of Staff: All MRM staff Equipment: • •

WISKI Access to CRWD W:// drive (to open previous data files, site metadata, level logger offset spreadsheets, and staff gauge surveys)

Procedure: 1. Throughout the course of the year perform level checks of the raw data for each station. This helps staff to determine if there are equipment problems or station maintenance needed. 2. Once level station has been removed for the year and final staff gauge surveys have been completed, determine the annual average level offset and gauge zero (if applicable) for the site. a. Open the level logger offset spreadsheet for the respective year. b. Open the staff gauge survey spreadsheet for the respective year.

109

10E. Importing SW Lab Data into WISKI Purpose: To update the lab data in WISKI through uploading the most recent lab data spreadsheet sent from MCES. General: Updating lab data in WISKI will occur every time we see updated lab data within the MCES database. This entails exporting the data from the MCES online database to a .csv file, modifying the .csv file, and uploading it to WISKI using the Import Samplings agent. Frequency: Every time new lab data gets updated to the MCES online database Number of Staff: 1 Expected Time for Completion: 15 minutes Equipment: • • •

WISKI MCES database open online (https://bi.metc.state.mn.us) Lab COCs

Procedure: Exporting data from MCES database: 1) Open the MCES database at https://bi.metc.state.mn.us with the following information: a. Username: Client_130 b. Password: W:\07 Programs\Monitoring & Data Acquisition\Monitoring Protocols\CURRENT Monitoring Protocols\7_Records Maintenence\7F_MRM Important Usernames, Contacts, and Passwords.docx

c. Authentication Portal: Enterprise 2) Double-click on “Client Report Capitol Region Watershed District”. When prompted, enter the start and end dates for the range of data you would like (you can change the range at any time once the report is open). 3) Select “Cross Tab Report” (either in the navigation map on the left-hand side, or in the tab on the bottom of the main window). 4) Using the export icon in the upper left ( ), select “Reports,” check “Cross Tab Report.” Select file type as “CSV Archive.” Keep the current selections for export and click ok.

110

5) When the zipped file appears in the download bar, double-click to open. Double-click on the Cross Tab Report.csv file in the .zip folder. 6) Save as “MCES Lab Data Export_mmddyyyy” in “W:\07 Programs\Monitoring & Data Acquisition\2017 Monitoring\2017 Lab\Exported from MCES Database” using the format of files already in the folder. 7) Save the file again as a new spreadsheet in the folder “W:\07 Programs\Monitoring & Data Acquisition\2017 Monitoring\2017 Lab\FINAL imported into WISKI” using the format of files already in the folder and close the file after finalizing (this is just so no changes are made to the original export, and changes are made and saved to the file that will be used to import data to WISKI). 8) Delete the top three rows (sometimes this is only two rows, depending on whether or not staff changed the output format – delete the top rows that are blank) 9) Data is divided into multiple project numbers. Each has slightly different parameters. a. Exfiltration sites have many complex parameters not found in other project codes. Cut the Midway Office Warehouse (5533-17-05) and Upper Villa (553317-04) and paste into a new spreadsheet and save to the “FINAL imported into WISKI”. Amend the title with “_Exfiltration Sites.” Follow the SOP separately for this file. b. The remainder of project codes will be divided by blank and header rows. Ensure that the parameters are listed in the same order and move unique parameters to the end of the list (use Freeze Panes to keep the main header row visible). Once ordered, delete the blank and header rows separating the data. 10) Scroll to the column with the header “P-AV”. Move this box to the box below (“Total Phosphorus (mg/L)”), or all of these values will overwrite the other Total Phosphorus (NUT-AV) values from the preceding column. 11) Verify that all of the info columns (measuring program, date, etc) do not have any blanks or issues. 12) The following are station-specific/column-specific issues we encounter: a. Willow Reserve samples are sometimes entered on the COCs as Base or Storm grabs. These should be changed to Wetland in all instances (unless specifically noted by the monitoring coordinator). b. TBNS upper, middle, and lower wetland grabs are sometimes labeled as storm – These should be changed to Wetland in all instances (unless specifically noted by the monitoring coordinator). c. We do not import all of the data from the Chlorophyll suite. The only two parameters we are interested in are Chlorophyll-a, Pheo-corrected, and Chlorophyll-a, trichromatic. Delete all other columns of parameters for the Chlorophyll suite (b-Chlorophyll, c-Chlorophyll, % Chlorophyll, and Pheophytin-a). 111

d. WISKI has been returning the error “Days could not be extracted”. This is because the date column is formatted as “m/d/yyyy hh:ss”. To address this error, format the date columns as “m/dd/yyyy hh:ss”. e. Illicit Discharge samples should read “ILLICIT” in the Measuring Program column. i. Samples also must have information in Column F. Refer to COC for info. f. Exxon Mobile wetland sample should be switched from CRWD68 to 1038 g. Measuring Program and Sample Type has been entered as lowercase letters. Switch all to uppercase 13) Filter to see only the Duplicate (“DUP”) samples. Give ALL of these duplicates a “1” in the 7th column with the header “Sample Name”. This alerts WISKI that the data in this sample is a duplicate (called “Replicate 1” in WISKI). 14) Filter to see only the Replicate (“REP”) samples. Give ALL of these replicates a “2” in the 7th column with the header “Sample Name” This alerts WISKI that the data in this sample is a replicate (called “Replicate 2” in WISKI). a. The 2/6/16 replicate sample was entered incorrectly on the COC as REP 205. It should be labeled as REP 206. This needs to be fixed before importing into WISKI. Consult the original COC in the 2016 lab file folder. b. Most Replicate samples are to be taken as winter base grabs. 15) Filter to see only the Equipment Blanks (“EB”) samples. All of these should be assigned to the Measuring Program “EQUIP” and Sample Type “BLANK”. 16) Check through the Sample Status column, represented by the letters below. If there are outstanding values, just know that these will be updated in the future. a. A = value is authorized and approved as final b. V = certain values in sample are not finished/outstanding c. C = all data values are complete and waiting to be authorized d. X = the whole sample was cancelled (the lab should have notified us) 17) Save file before closing (.csv file needs to be closed during WISKI import). Importing data into WISKI database: 1) Select Import Samplings from the dropdown menu. 2) Select ImportNewLabData. Verify that the mapping selected is ParamMapLabNew, column info is in line 2, and there are 3 header lines. 3) Under the “Default quality” dropdown menu, make sure that the quality “Good” is selected. If it is not selected, select “Good” from the dropdown menu before proceeding.

112

4) In the “Import” tab, using the “…” icon on the far right, open the most recent lab data .csv file that you just edited in the file “W:\07 Programs\Monitoring & Data Acquisition\2016 Monitoring\2016 Lab\FINAL imported into WISKI”. 5) Click “Read File”. Once the file has been read, the window will fill with the status of each line of the file. Click on the “Status” rectangle at the top of the window to sort the status lines. There are various statuses that can be observed: a. “OK (New)” means there are no problems with the line of data. b. “OK (New) Value without unit” means that a unit isn’t specified within the .csv being uploaded. That’s also fine. c. “OK (Update) Value without unit” means that the sample date is already in the system, and is being updated (usually with a parameter value that is being updated that was not previously there). That’s also fine. d. Errors come with a description of the error (i.e.: “Could not find sampling parameter by header” means that there is a column of lab data with a header that is not defined by the Parameter Mapping in the Configuration Tab. “Days could not be extracted” means there is a difference in the format of the time series between what is expected by WISKI and how it is listed in Excel, such as MM:dd:yyyy and mm:dd:yy). 6) If any errors are found, address them at this time (i.e. go back into.csv file, fix errors, and reimport/read the file). Ask a member of the MRM team to verify any errors or concerns. 7) Click on “Check Sample Results”. This tab looks through the current data in WISKI and compares the data you are trying to import. If there are any values that differ (i.e.: the lab updated or changed any previously entered data), this tab will show you the New Value and the Old Value. This allows you to QA/QC the lab data to see any discrepancies in the data between the previous and most recent versions of the data. a. Note the color legend at the bottom of the window that denotes if the value is new, updated, etc. You can click on the top of the color column to sort by color. b. If the update or change is valid and reasonable (e.g.: the old value was <0.002 and the new value is 0.0016, which is clearly an update), select “Accept” from the dropdown menu. c. If the update or change does not seem right where the value is clearly something different, select “Reject” from the dropdown menu. d. Note the rejected values and go find them in the previous and most recent spreadsheet. Note the date/time and sample values and contact the lab as to why the discrepancy is occurring. e. NOTE: it was discovered in March 2017 that if quality codes are manually changed in the WISKI database, and then the same data was reimported, the 113

quality code was changed in the database to whatever was signaled in import. Therefore, any changes to quality codes should be made at the end of the year AFTER any additional lab imports would be completed. If a quality code needs to be changed during the year, make sure to note it in this document, such that: i. staff can go back into the database after the lab data import and change the quality code to the correct code, OR ii. remove the lab data from the import that would be overwriting the quality in the WISKI database 8) Once all errors and any updated sample results have been addressed, select “Import Data” at this time. 9) To view the recently imported lab data, change the perspective to WQM under the File dropdown menu. Then under Station List in the WISKI Explorer window, select the site you wish to view, then select the Measuring Program for which you would like to view lab data. *Listed below are station specific issues that came up in 2017. Similar problems could occur during 2017. Make note in the specific section (and also make a note on the COCs) so that these issues are corrected in the lab spreadsheet prior to import into WISKI! • •

Willow Reserve samples in 2017 were sometimes entered on the COCs as Base or Storm grabs. These should be changed to Wetland in all instances. Some samples returned the error (Date Could not be Read). Simply highlight the date cells in the excel file, and change the format to m/dd/yyyy hh:mm:ss

•

The 11/16 Kittson #2 base grab sample was recorded by MCES as CRWD5. Make sure to change to CRWD2.

•

Samples from 11/16 and 11/21 were created under DST. As those dates were after DST, the sample times should be changed to one hour ahead before importing into WISKI. TBNS upper, middle, and lower wetland grabs were labeled as storm – need to be relabeled as Wetland. We do not import all of the data from the Chlorophyll suite. The only two parameters we are interested in are Chlorophyll-a, Pheo-corrected, and Chlorophyll-a, trichromatic. Delete all other columns of parameters for the Chlorophyll suite (b-Chlorophyll, cChlorophyll, % Chlorophyll, and Pheophytin-a). Check SAP 10/5 storm composite start time. This was written in by the lab as 00:21. It should be 02:17. This needs to be changed in the .csv prior to import.

• •

•

114

•

For 2016 data: multiple dates/times were initially entered incorrectly on the COC submitted to the lab. Some Lab codes were also entered incorrectly. These all need to be fixed before importing into WISKI. Consult the original COCs in the 2016 lab file folder. Notes are made to all places where changes should occur. The times for 11/16 replicate samples were entered incorrectly on COC. These need to be fixed before importing into WISKI. Consult the original COCs in the 2016 lab file folder. Notes are made to all places where changes should occur. The 11/14 EB samples at Villa In and Villa Out were entered incorrectly as Base Grabs; these should be changed.

115

10F. TP/TSS Outlier Identification in WISKI Purpose: To identify and flag lab data outliers of TP and TSS in WISKI. General: Identifying outliers is completed in WISKI by first automatically identifying values outside of thresholds for both TP and TSS during the import process. These identified outliers are then compared to TKN and Ortho-P values to ultimately determine their validity. Frequency: Whenever data is imported into WISKI and once at the end of the year Number of Staff: One Expected Time for Completion: 5-10 minutes Equipment: • • •

WISKI MS Excel Google Drive field forms records

Procedure: Initial Setup 1. The cutoff for TP outliers is 1.5 mg/L and the cutoff for TSS outliers is 2000 mg/L. These upper limits have been set in WISKI within each respective parameter. They can be checked by going to: KiWQM configuration → Parameter type (all), and then clicking on both TP and TSS and viewing these cutoffs within the “Edit parameter type” window. If staff decide to modify these outlier cutoffs, this is the location in which this should be done. 2. Under Tools, go to Settings → System Settings. Then go to KiWQM → Import and select: a. CSV import: exceedance of technical limit i. Under the “Value for all users” dropdown menu, select “Quality control data (Poor)”. b. Exceedance of lower/upper parameter type limits i. Under the “Value for all users” dropdown menu, select “Yes.”

116

Import of Lab Data 1. Make sure the file you wish to import has been configured according to “W:\07 Programs\Monitoring & Data Acquisition\Monitoring Protocols\CURRENT Monitoring Protocols\10_WISKI\10E_Importing SW Lab Data into WISKI from MCES DB.docx”. 2. Open the import samplings window and make sure the options to import new lab data are selected (see above SOP) (note that the default quality for the data during import should be set to “Good”). On the right portion of the import window, the tab “Options” will automatically be selected. Within this tab, select “Allow exceedance of technical limits”. 3. In the “Import” tab of the main window, select the file you would like to import and select “Read file”. Go through the same process as the above SOP to remove any errors that may be found at this time. 4. Once any errors are taken care of, import the data. 5. In order to view if any data has been given the quality code of “Suspect”, follow one of two steps: a. Go to the WQM perspective. Go to the station you wish to review. Click on the Sample table for the time frame you are interested. Click on the “Parameter oriented” option. Scroll to the right until you see the “Parameter type” and “Quality columns. Scroll down and note the various times that either TP and TSS have been listed as “Poor”. b. Go to the WQM perspective. Click on the “Sampling parameter” folder dropdown and select the dropdown for Stormwater. Make sure your global time range is set to the range you would like to view. Right click on TP and select Graph. Note the values that are of “Poor” quality. Right click on TSS and select Graph. Note the values that are of “Poor quality. 6. This process allows all data to be imported on a regular basis while outliers of TP and TSS are assigned a “Poor” quality code. Therefore, all the preliminary loading calculations during the the year will be based off of values that are NOT above our outlier cutoffs. At the end of the year, a full outlier analysis will be done for all TP and TSS values that were given this “Poor” code in WISKI. At this time, any TP/TSS values that are over the outlier cutoff but are deemed plausible can be manually changed to “Good”. Until this time, all values above the cutoffs will be considered outliers and NOT included in the loading calculations. *NOTE* IF there are any values that have been imported, and then had the quality manually changed in the “Edit Parameter” window, these newly assigned qualities will be OVERWRITTEN upon a re-import of the same data. Therefore, if any values are *required* 117

to be changed during the course of the year, these need to be noted such that the same data is not reimported again in new lab data imports and the newly assigned quality is changed because of the import. End of year outlier analysis 1) Open the EventSamples time series for TP for the site and time range you are interested in. On the same graph, open the EventSamples time series for TSS for the same site. 2) In the icon bar across the top of the graph, click on the regression icon and select Regression (simple). Click ok. In the next box, select the Power Law regression line and click ok. In the graph, apply timestamp labels to the graph (right click and select graph settings â&#x2020;&#x2019; plot settings, then activate label. Remove Record number for displayed fields, and instead select timestamp). 3) Using the bounds of 1.5 mg/L for TP and 2000 mg/L for TSS (thresholds determined by MRM staff during historical lab data outlier analysis through discussion), write down all dates/times for all values of TP at or above 1.5 mg/L and all dates/times for all values of TSS at or above 2000 mg/L. 4) Typically, TP and TSS are positively correlated. Plotting the values against one another provides a way to visually identify anomalies. If one parameter value is above the cutoff threshold and the other is within the normal range of values, the high value parameter is likely invalid and can be left as an outlier. 5) If the initial screening did not verify all outliers, open the EventSamples time series for TKN and Ortho-P, and determine the values for these parameters. Compare the TP/TSS values against these other nutrient parameters to determine if the identified outlier is valid or invalid. For example, the following scenarios could occur: a. The value is very high, but other nutrient values are very low, and the event sample is a composite with a full 4000ml submitted. This is likely a result of a lab error, and is an erroneous data point. b. The value is very high, other nutrient values are low, but the event sample was a grab, or something during collection occurred that reduced or concentrated the sample volume. This is likely a result of a collection error, and the data point from the lab is valid, but the value is not representative of the sampled event. c. The value is high, other nutrient parameter values are high and thus the value is determined to be valid. 6) It is also helpful to consult: a. Field notes to see if there is something noted about the sample or sample event that could explain the value observed. Staff can also check the value against other lab parameters from the sample, including E. Coli.

118

b. Lab Analyte information (see table at the end of this document), to see which parameters are analyzed within the same testing suite and could therefore both be in error. 7) Use the following table to determine the quality code to give the identified outlier: Code Number Meaning Excellent 0 Good 40 Default for data that has been imported Fair 80 Sample evaluated, determined valid after comparison to other nutrient parameters Suspect 120 Poor 160 Sample evaluated, determined to be valid, but not represented due to collection error Sample evaluated, determine to be erroneous, potential lab error Unknown 200 Missing 255

Remark

Determined to be valid Not representative - collection error Erroneous - lab error

8) To change the quality code for any sample value, first change the perspective to WQM. Find and double-click on the sample in the dropdown menu for the site. Click on the Sample results tab and scroll down until you find the respective value. 9) Double-click on the value and a pop-up box will open for the specific data point. From the Quality dropdown menu, select the appropriate quality. Choose the appropriate standard remark. In changing the quality, WISKI will ask you to write a remark. Click ok. 10) Verify with team members the actions taken. Add any outliers noted for TP/TSS to the following spreadsheet (for the respective year): W:\07 Programs\Monitoring & Data Acquisition\2017 Monitoring\2017 Lab\2017 Outlier Identification\ 2017 Outlier ID.xlsx

119

Appendix C Sample Chain of Custody

120

121

Capitol Region Watershed District

SAMPLE TYPE:

1410 Energy Park Drive, Suite 4, St. Paul, MN 55108 Phone: (651) 644-8888

Fax: (651) 644-8894

MCES PROJECT NAME:

MCES Lab: 651-602-8293

Baseline Monitoring Sites

MCES Fax: 651-602-8255

MCES PROJECT #:

Date Submitted: Submitted By:

5533-05-01 Measuring Program &

Location Id: Trout Brook Outlet Samp Pt: CRWD3 Start Date / Time: End Date / Time: Location Id: Trout Brook - East Branch Samp Pt: CRWD8 Start Date / Time: End Date / Time: Location Id: Trout Brook - West Branch Samp Pt: CRWD4 Start Date / Time: End Date / Time: Location Id: Como 3 Samp Pt: CRWD21 Start Date / Time: End Date / Time:

] ] ] ] ]

pH [ ] P-AV TDS-180 [ ] ORTHO_AV [ ] SO4-ICV TSSVSS-GF BOD5C_IS ECOLI-MPNT

[ [ [ [ [

] ] ] ] ]

pH [ ] P-AV TDS-180 [ ] ORTHO_AV TSSVSS-GF [ ] SO4-ICV BOD5C_IS ECOLI-MPNT

[ [ [ [ [

] ] ] ] ]

pH [ ] P-AV TDS-180 [ ] ORTHO_AV TSSVSS-GF [ ] SO4-ICV BOD5C_IS ECOLI-MPNT

[ [ [ [ [

] ] ] ] ]

pH [ ] P-AV TDS-180 [ ] ORTHO_AV [ ] SO4-ICV TSSVSS-GF BOD5C_IS ECOLI-MPNT

[ [ [ [ [

] ] ] ] ]

pH [ ] P-AV TDS-180 [ ] ORTHO_AV TSSVSS-GF [ ] SO4-ICV BOD5C_IS ECOLI-MPNT

SAMPLE TYPE:

[ [ [ [ [

MEAS. PROGRM:

pH [ ] P-AV TDS-180 [ ] ORTHO_AV TSSVSS-GF [ ] SO4-ICV BOD5C_IS ECOLI-MPNT

SAMPLE TYPE:

] ] ] ] ]

MEAS. PROGRM:

[ [ [ [ [

SAMPLE TYPE:

pH [ ] P-AV TDS-180 [ ] ORTHO_AV [ ] SO4-ICV TSSVSS-GF BOD5C_IS ECOLI-MPNT

MEAS. PROGRM:

] ] ] ] ]

SAMPLE TYPE:

End Date / Time:

[ [ [ [ [

MEAS. PROGRM:

Location Id: Phalen Creek Samp Pt: CRWD5 Start Date / Time:

pH [ ] P-AV TDS-180 [ ] ORTHO_AV TSSVSS-GF [ ] SO4-ICV BOD5C_IS ECOLI-MPNT

SAMPLE TYPE:

End Date / Time:

] ] ] ] ]

MEAS. PROGRM:

Location Id: East Kittson Samp Pt: CRWD2 Start Date / Time:

[ [ [ [ [

SAMPLE TYPE:

End Date / Time:

CL-AV HARD-MSV MET-MSV NH3N-AV N_N-AV2 NUT-AV CL-AV HARD-MSV MET-MSV NH3N-AV N_N-AV2 NUT-AV CL-AV HARD-MSV MET-MSV NH3N-AV N_N-AV2 NUT-AV CL-AV HARD-MSV MET-MSV NH3N-AV N_N-AV2 NUT-AV CL-AV HARD-MSV MET-MSV NH3N-AV N_N-AV2 NUT-AV CL-AV HARD-MSV MET-MSV NH3N-AV N_N-AV2 NUT-AV CL-AV HARD-MSV MET-MSV NH3N-AV N_N-AV2 NUT-AV CL-AV HARD-MSV MET-MSV NH3N-AV N_N-AV2

MEAS. PROGRM:

Location Id: Hidden Falls Outlet Samp Pt: CRWD45 Start Date / Time:

] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ]

SAMPLE TYPE:

End Date / Time:

[ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [

[ ] Base [ ] Storm [ ] Snowmelt [ ] Grab [ ] Composite [ [ [ [ [

] ] ] ] ]

Base Storm Snowmelt Grab Composite

[ [ [ [ [

] ] ] ] ]

Base Storm Snowmelt Grab Composite

[ [ [ [ [

] ] ] ] ]

Base Storm Snowmelt Grab Composite

[ [ [ [ [

] ] ] ] ]

Base Storm Snowmelt Grab Composite

[ [ [ [ [

] ] ] ] ]

Base Storm Snowmelt Grab Composite

[ [ [ [ [

] ] ] ] ]

Base Storm Snowmelt Grab Composite

[ [ [ [ [

] ] ] ] ]

Base Storm Snowmelt Grab Composite

SAMP MEAS. LE PROGRM: TYP E:

Location Id: St. Anthony Park Samp Pt: CRWD1 Start Date / Time:

MEAS. PROGRM:

Sample Type

[ ] NUT-AV

Appendix D Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual and Standard Operating Procedures

124

125

Metropolitan Council Working for the Region, Planning for the Future

Quality Assurance Manual Environmental Services Division Environmental Quality Assurance Department Laboratory Services 2400 Childs Road Saint Paul, MN

March 12, 2012

QA_MANUAL_2 Page 1 of 42

QA_MANUAL_2 Page 2 of 42

Metropolitan Council Working for the Region, Planning for the Future

QA MANUAL: TABLE OF CONTENTS Title Page. .................................................................................................................................... 1 Signatures of Approval ................................................................................................................ 2 Table of Contentsâ&#x20AC;Ś ................................................................................................................... 3 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 5 List of Appendices ........................................................................................................................5 1. Introduction 1.1. MCES Laboratory Function 1.2. MCES Laboratory Vision and Mission 1.3. Laboratory Facility 1.4. Laboratory Certified Parameters 2. Laboratory Organization and Responsibility (4740.2099 A & B) 2.1. Laboratory Organization 2.2. Job Classification Specifications 2.3. Laboratory Manager of MCES Analytical Lab Services 2.4. Section Managers/Technical Managers 2.4.1.Section Manager Responsibilities 2.4.2.Inorganic Chemistry Section Manager 2.4.3.Biology/Residue Section Manager 2.4.4. Organic Analyses/Quality Assurance Section Manager 2.4.4.1. Organic Analyses Section Manager 2.4.4.2. Quality Assurance Officer 2.4.5. Analytical Support and Customer Service Section Manager 2.5. Analytical Section Staffing 2.5.1.Employment Requirements 2.5.2.Principal Environmental Scientist 2.5.3.Senior Environmental Scientist 2.5.4.Environmental Scientist 2.5.5.Technical Specialist 2.5.6.Technician III 2.5.7.Technician II 2.5.8.Technician I 2.5.9.Laboratory Assistant 3. Laboratory Personnel Training (4740.2099 D) 3.1. Demonstration of Capability 3.2. Certification of Analysts (2099 C) 3.3. Continual Analyst Certification (2099 E3a) 3.3.1.Failure of Continued Analyst Certification 3.3.2.Continual Analyst Certification Procedure 3.4. Identity Certification (2099 F) 4. Standard Operating Procedures (4740.2065) 4.1. Requirements (2065, Subpart 1 and 2) 4.2. Format of Analytical Procedures (2065, Subpart 3) 5. Laboratory Quality Assurance Practices and Objectives (4740.2080, 4740.2100 and 4740.2110) 5.1. Scope and Objectives(2080/2100 and 2110, Subpart 1) 5.2. Quality Control Criteria for Chemistry (4740.2100) 5.2.1.Method Blank (2100, Subpart 2) 5.2.2.Laboratory Control Sample (2100, Subpart 3) QA_MANUAL_2 Page 3 of 42

10.

11.

5.2.3.Quality Control Sample (2093, Subpart 3, C) 5.2.4.Matrix Spike/Matrix Spike Duplicate (2100, Subpart 4) 5.2.5.Surrogate Spikes (2100, Subpart 5) 5.2.6. Internal Standards (2100, Subpart 6) 5.2.7. Detection Limits (2100, Subpart 7) 5.2.8. Reporting Limits (2100, Subpart 8) 5.2.9. Selectivity (2100, Subpart 9) 5.2.10. Manual Integrations (2100, Subpart 10) 5.2.11. Uncertainty Measurements 5.3. Quality Control Criteria for Bacteriology (4740.2110) 5.3.1.Sterility Checks and Blanks (2110, Subpart 2) 5.3.2.Positive Controls (2110, Subpart 3) 5.3.3.Negative Controls (2110, Subpart 4) 5.3.4. Test Variability (2110, Subpart 5) 5.3.5. Method Evaluation (2110, Subpart 6) 5.3.6. Test Performance (2110, Subpart 7) 5.3.7. Quality of Standards, Reagents and Media (2110,Subpart 8) 5.3.8. Selectivity (2110, Subpart 9) 5.3.9. Temperature Measuring Devices (2110, Subpart 10) 5.3.10. Autoclaves (2110, Subpart 11) 5.3.11. Incubators, Water Baths and Ovens (2110, Subpart 13) 5.3.12. Labware, Glassware and Plasticware (Subpart 14) Proficiency Testing (4740.2070 and TNI Standard V1M1) 6.1. Proficiency Testing Scope 6.2. Laboratory Testing of PT Samples and Reporting Laboratory Sample Handling, Receipt and Acceptance (4740.2087) 7.1. Sample Handling, Sample Receipt Protocols and Preservation (2087, Subpart 1) 7.1.1. LIMS 7.1.2. NPDES Samples 7.1.3.Non-NPDES Samples 7.2. Sample Acceptance Policy (2087, Subpart 3) Standards, Reagents and Bacteriological Media (4740.2089) 8.1. Logbook Documentation for Chemicals and Reagents (2089, B) 8.1.1.Logbook Front Cover 8.1.2.Chemical Entries 8.1.3.Reagent Entries 8.2. Chemical and Reagent Bottle Labels (2089, C) 8.2.1.Chemical Bottle Labels 8.2.2.Reagent Bottle Labels Support Equipment Calibrations (4740.2091) 9.1. Scope of Support Equipment Calibration (4091,Subpart 1) 9.2. Support Equipment and Software Logbooks(4091, Subpart 2C) 9.2.1.Logbook Purpose 9.2.2.Logbook Front Cover Content 9.2.3.Logbook Content 9.2.3.1. Logbook Entries 9.2.3.2. Static Information 9.2.3.3. Active Information 9.3. Frequency of Calibration (2091, Subpart 3) 9.4. Support Equipment Maintenance Plans (2091, Subpart 3) 9.5. Documentation and Archiving of Logbooks (2091, Subpart 4D) Instrument Operational Validation (4740.2093) 10.1. Scope of Instrument Calibration Requirements (2091, Subpart 1) 10.2. Analytical Instrumentation and Software Logbooks (2093, Subpart 2) Analytical Response Calibration (4740.2093) 11.1. Analytical Response Calibration (2093, Subpart 3) QA_MANUAL_2 Page 4 of 42

11.2. Calibration Verification (2093, Subpart 4) 12. Laboratory Sample Reporting (4740.2095) 12.1. Data Reporting 12.2. Reporting Convention 12.3. Comments in the LIMS 12.4. Corrective Action Form (CAF) 12.5. Data Review and Authorization (TNI Standard V1M2: 4.2.8.4p) 12.5.1. Data Review Process 12.5.2. Multi-Level Product (MLP) 12.5.3. Logically Inconsistent Data (LID) 12.5.4. Peer Review and Authorization (TNI Standard V1M2: 4.2.8.4p) 13. Laboratory Records Retention and Retrieval (4740.2097) 13.1. Record Keeping and Retention Time (2097, Subpart A and B) 13.2. LIMS and Electronic Files (2097, Subpart D-J) 13.3. Paper Records (2097, Subpart D â&#x20AC;&#x201C; J) 14. Data Integrity Procedures (TNI Standard V1M2: 4.2.8.1) 15. Complaint Procedures (TNI Standard V1M2: 4.2.8.3n) 16. Management Reviews 17. Definitions (4740.2010)

LIST OF APPENDICES A. B. C. D. E. F. G.

Demonstration of Capability (DOC) for Chemistry Demonstration of Capability (DOC) for Microbiology List of Certified Standard Operating Procedures MCES Organizational Chart Test Codes by Analytical Section Analyst Certification Database Sample Acceptance Policy

QA_MANUAL_2 Page 5 of 42

1. Introduction to Metropolitan Council Environmental Services (MCES) 1.1. MCES Laboratory Function 1.1.1. The purpose of the Laboratory Services Business Unit is to provide clients with quality, timely, and cost-effective analytical services. The primary source of work for the MCES Laboratory comes from Council entities. The MCES Laboratory is a public agency and therefore does not have trade secret data. From time to time, the MCES Laboratory will provide analytical services to other entities, primarily, other government or non-profit environmental organizations. It is the policy of the MCES Laboratory to provide such external services without written or implied contracts. Such services are only provided in an identical manner to those services provided to internal clients. The services provided to these clients include, but are not limited to the following: 1.1.1.1. project development, 1.1.1.2. sample analysis, 1.1.1.3. sample collection and container preparation, 1.1.1.4. instrument quality assurance, 1.1.1.5. test method development, and 1.1.1.6. information management 1.2. MCES Laboratory Vision and Mission (4740.2085) 1.2.1. The Metropolitan Council and their employees are committed to quality and to protecting and improving our natural resources. As a part of our mission and commitments, MCES Laboratory has developed this quality assurance manual. 1.2.2. This quality assurance plan has been developed to completely comply with the Minnesota State Rules 4740.2010 through 4740.2040 and TNI Standard to provide the framework by which the laboratory will operate. The goal of the MCES Laboratory is to perform the level of quality control needed to assure a quality product. The level of the quality control is determined based on the needs of the client, the use of the data, and the cost of the associated quality control. Procedures are in place to prevent deviations to and maintain the laboratory’s quality system by performing SOP reviews, internal audits and external audits. 1.2.3. The Metropolitan Council’s Laboratory Services management ensures the ongoing capability and quality of our staff by assuring compliance with the current Quality Assurance (QA) manual. The manual is available via the LIMS and Intranet website and is updated periodically. The QA manual is reviewed annually and updated as often as needed when changes become apparent. Laboratory staff are made aware of any changes through a labwide meeting or email notification. Staff are asked to review the QA manual and comment where necessary. 1.2.4. Any quality control practices identified in this document that are not in the Minnesota State Rules, certification requirements, or the approved reference method are considered to be good laboratory practices and can be modified based on Data Quality Objectives (DQO’s) and/or the Quality Assurance Officer’s approval. 1.3. Laboratory Facility (2085, Section C. 2) 1.3.1. The Metropolitan Council Laboratory is located at 2400 Childs Road, Saint Paul Minnesota. The Environmental Planning and Evaluation (EPE) building was constructed during 1999-2000. The EPE laboratory is 30,000 square feet and has been in operation since April 2000. 1.4. Laboratory Certified Parameters 1.4.1. The Minnesota Department of Health (MDH) laboratory certification program issues a Scope of Certification annually which contains a listing of certified fields of testing for Metropolitan Council Analytical Services (Lab ID # 027-123-172). The current Scope of Certification is available on the laboratory’s intranet website. A list of all Certified parameters and their corresponding MCES SOPs can be found in Appendix C. 2. Laboratory Organization and Responsibility (2099 Section A and B.) 2.1. The Metropolitan Council’s Analytical Services is organized into an administrative group and four analytical sections. The administrative section is responsible for the management of the laboratory through standardized policies and practices and office support. The analytical sections consist of the QA_MANUAL_2 Page 6 of 42

Biology/Residue, Inorganic Chemistry, Organic/Quality Control and Analytical Support/Customer Service. The four analytical sections are responsible for sample handling, sample preparation, sample analysis, data review, data entry, and data validation. The laboratory organizational chart is shown in Appendix D. 2.2. Within analytical laboratory services there are a variety of technical and scientific positions. Metropolitan Council maintains current job classification specifications for all personnel who manage, perform, or verify work affecting the quality of the environmental tests. Job classification specifications outlining the basic job duties and requirements for each position can be found in the MCES Human Resources Department’s files, located at the Agency’s central offices in St. Paul, Minnesota. 2.3. Laboratory Manager of MCES Analytical Laboratory Services 2.3.1. The manager is in charge of the MCES environmental analytical service laboratory and reports to the Assistant General Manager of the Environmental Quality Assurance Department. The Laboratory Manager is responsible for assuring the provision of environmental services of a known quality and ensuring the safety of the laboratory staff. The Management Association (MANA) Union represents the Laboratory Services manager position. 2.4. Section Managers/Technical Managers 2.4.1. Laboratory section managers are responsible for the training of staff, coordination of analyses, review, and validation of standard operating procedures, data review, data authorization, and method development within their section. They are also responsible for the direct supervision of the staff in their section. They serve as the Technical Manager of their respective section. They must meet the qualifications of TNI Standard V1M2: 5.2.6.1. In the event of an extended absence of a Technical Manager, QA will name an interim Technical Manager and document the duration served in the role. Section managers report to the laboratory manager. The Management Association (MANA) Union represents the laboratory section manager positions. 2.4.2. Inorganic Chemistry Section Manager 2.4.2.1. The inorganic chemistry section manager is responsible for anion cation, mercury, and metals analyses. The list of analytical parameters for this section is in Appendix E. 2.4.3. Biology/Residue Section Manager 2.4.3.1. The Biology/Residue section manager is responsible for the biological and gravimetric analyses and also coordinates, trains, and schedules weekend staff. The list of analytical parameters for this section is in Appendix E. 2.4.4. Organic Analyses/Quality Assurance Section Manager 2.4.4.1. Due staffing limitations, the Quality Manager (“Quality Assurance Officer”) has also been assigned responsibilities of Technical Director of the Laboratory’s Organic Analysis Section. Sufficient independent oversight systems exist to assure that any potential conflict of interest arising from this organizational structure are effectively mitigated. 2.4.4.2. Organic Analyses Section Manager 2.4.4.2.1. The organic analyses/quality assurance section manager is responsible for priority pollutant analyses. The list of analytical parameters for this section is in Appendix E. 2.4.4.3. Quality Assurance Officer 2.4.4.3.1. The quality assurance manager is the designated Quality Assurance Officer for the Laboratory and is responsible for providing quality assurance and quality control procedures and policies. Quality Assurance Officer and his/her designees are responsible for monitoring and maintaining ongoing compliance with QAQC procedures and policies. These procedures and policies include: 2.4.4.3.1.1. Standard Operating Procedures content, format, and maintenance, 2.4.4.3.1.2. Laboratory certification activities including Proficiency Testing (PT) sample distribution and result reporting, communication with MDH, and coordination/supervision of auditing activities including pre-audit preparation and internal audits, 2.4.4.3.1.3. Discharge Monitoring Report (DMR-QA) certification program activities and communications, QA_MANUAL_2 Page 7 of 42

2.4.4.3.1.4. Method development and implementation protocols, 2.4.4.3.1.5. Analyst certification and training requirements, 2.4.4.3.1.6. Quality Control/Batch protocols, 2.4.4.3.1.7. Corrective Action activities and monitoring and reacting to out of specification trends, 2.4.4.3.1.8. Standardizing data reporting protocols 2.4.4.3.1.9. Standardized procedures for various activities such as record retention, container labeling, and overall QA protocols. 2.4.4.4. Analytical Support and Customer Service Section Manager 2.4.4.4.1. The analytical support and customer section manager is responsible for the training of technical staff working with LIMS, LIMS operation, development and maintenance. The section manager also initiates projects with laboratory clients to ensure the laboratory has the capability of processing all analysis requirements requested by the client and provides all reported data to the clients. It is also the responsibility of the Analytical Support and Customer Service manager to maintain and develop laboratory safety programs, oversee building maintenance, sample cooler temperature tracking, glassware cleaning and container preparation. The list of analytical parameters for this section is in Appendix E. 2.5. Analytical Section Staffing 2.5.1. The laboratory sections are composed of laboratory technicians, scientists and laboratory assistants. American Federation of State, County and Municipal Employees (AFSCME) Union represents these positions. The following is a list of the positions within Laboratory Services and the minimum qualifications necessary for each position. Each employee of Metropolitan Council Environmental Laboratory Services must possess a valid drivers license and successfully complete a pre-employment physical, drug screen, and background check. Staffing positions are assigned according to the analytical complexity, needed for independent judgment, and leadership requirements in each positionâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s job assignments. 2.5.2. Principal Environmental Scientist (AFSCME 32) 2.5.2.1. The Principal Environmental Scientist must have an undergraduate degree in chemistry or biology, as appropriate. 2.5.3. Senior Environmental Scientist (AFSCME 31) 2.5.3.1. The Senior Environmental Scientist must have an undergraduate degree in chemistry or biology, as appropriate. 2.5.4. Environmental Scientist (AFSCME 30) 2.5.4.1. The Environmental Scientist must have an undergraduate degree in chemistry or biology, as appropriate. 2.5.5. Technical Specialist (AFSCME 30) 2.5.5.1. The Laboratory Technical Specialist must have completed an approved technical/vocational laboratory technician training program or one year (2 semesters or 3 trimesters) of college chemistry. 2.5.6. Technician III (AFSCME 29) 2.5.6.1. The Laboratory Technician III must have completed an approved technical/vocational laboratory technician training program or one year (2 semesters or 3 trimesters) of college chemistry. 2.5.7. Technician II (AFSCME 27) 2.5.7.1. The Laboratory Technician II must have completed a technical/vocational Laboratory Technician training program or one year (2 semesters or 3 trimesters) of college chemistry. 2.5.8. Technician I (AFSCME 26) 2.5.8.1. The Laboratory Technician I must have completed a technical/vocational Laboratory Technician training program or one year (2 semesters or 3 trimesters) of college chemistry. 2.5.9. Laboratory Assistant (AFSCME 24) QA_MANUAL_2 Page 8 of 42

2.5.9.1. The Laboratory Assistant must have a high school diploma or equivalent, and be able to lift/carry fifty pounds. 3. Laboratory Personnel Training (2099, Section C and D and E2) 3.1. All results reported by the laboratory are done by certified analysts. Data produced by analysts while in the process of obtaining required training are acceptable only when reviewed and verified by a certified analyst. Certification consists of laboratory personnel receiving on the job training from certified analysts and completing a Demonstration of Capability (DOC) for each analytical procedure they are assigned. Initial and continued demonstration of laboratory capability is performed, verified, and documented to ensure analysts are capable of meeting performance criteria. The attendance at training courses or workshops for specific equipment, analytical techniques or laboratory procedures is documented in personnel files. 3.2. Certification of Analysts 3.2.1. The training in analytical methods and the laboratory certification procedure is structured into three phases. The duration of time for each phase is dependent on the prior experience of the trainee and the complexity of the analysis or instrumentation. 3.2.2. PHASE I- Observation 3.2.2.1. Trainee: Read the Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) and any applicable background material. Observe the procedure as it is performed. Ask questions as necessary to gain a basic understanding of the analysis. 3.2.2.2. Trainer: Perform the analysis in the presence of the trainee. Describe every step in the procedure and answer questions that arise. Inform the trainee of good laboratory practices, safety precautions, critical steps, customer service needs, and quality control requirements. 3.2.3. PHASE II- Performing Analysis 3.2.3.1. Trainee: Perform the SOP to successfully complete the analysis. Ask questions as necessary to gain an in depth understanding of the analysis. 3.2.3.2. Trainer: Observe the new analyst performing the analysis, answer any questions and provide direction as necessary. It is important for the trainer to ensure all procedures are performed safely and according to the SOP and verify results. 3.2.4. PHASE III: Demonstration and Documentation of Analyst Certification 3.2.4.1. Trainee: 3.2.4.1.1. Upon completion of training, the newly trained employee must demonstrate their capability prior to generating reportable results. The demonstration of capability requires the trainee to analyze standard(s) as described in the SOP. If the standards are not described in the SOP, an analyst must analyze four (4) mid-level standards spiked at the concentration of the calibration check standard. The standards must meet the acceptance criteria listed in the respective SOP. 3.2.4.2. Trainer: 3.2.4.2.1. Must ensure that Metropolitan Council employees in training, document their result(s) on the “Demonstration of Capability for Analyst Certification” document found in Appendix A (for chemistry) or Appendix B (for Microbiology). Failure to demonstrate and document the capability of an analyst may result in suspension of certification for that field of testing. 3.2.4.3. The trainee is required to document their performance evaluation results. The “Demonstration of Capability for Analyst Certification” document must be validated by a certified analyst. The analyst is considered certified, for the named analyte/method, as of the date signed by the quality assurance officer. Once the document has the required signatures, a copy of the document shall be returned to the respective section manager and the “Analyst Certification Database” is updated (Appendix F). 3.2.4.4. Record of analyst certification will be kept as hardcopies in the quality assurance office. The quality assurance officer and/or his/her designee maintain the electronic Analyst Certification Database. The files are updated as analysts are certified or re-certified. 3.3. Continuing Analyst Certification (2099 E3a) QA_MANUAL_2 Page 9 of 42

3.3.1. The laboratory staff maintains certification by analysis of blind QC samples. The analytes are purchased through an EPA approved provider and the concentrations are unknown or blind to the analyst at the time of testing. 3.3.1.1. Continual Analyst Certification Procedure 3.3.1.1.1. Each primary analyst receives a PET-QC sample used to assess continued certification for each analyst. The PET-QC samples will be placed in the sample once per year to provide for the analysis of laboratory parameters. Please refer to section 3.3 “Analyst Capability QA Program” for an explanation of each type of quality assurance testing and requirements for primary and secondary analysts. 3.3.1.2. Failure of Continued Analyst Certification 3.3.1.2.1. In the event a primary or secondary analyst fails certification a Corrective Action Form (CAF) needs to be filed with the quality assurance team. The quality assurance officer or his/her designee decides the course of action. First there will be an investigation into the methodologies, the analyst, and analytical instrumentation. If determined necessary the primary or secondary analyst will then perform a new PETQC sample or repeat Phase III: Demonstration and Documentation of Analyst Certification. In the event the analyst has two failures in a row, a CAF is filed and the quality assurance team will investigate and document the incident. The analyst is then required to re-demonstrate capability by repeating a PT or Phase III demonstration. The Analyst Certification Database files are updated. Analyst Capability Quality Assurance Program 3.3.1.3. Annual PET-QC Testing (single blind) 3.3.1.3.1. Once per year PET-QC testing samples are analyzed to provide a quantitative assessment of instrumentation, analysts, and methodologies at a specific point-intime. The PET-QC quality assurance program is not part of the laboratory certification program (4740.2010 to 4740.2040) and parameters analyzed are based on the discretion of the quality assurance team. The primary analyst is to analyze one PET-QC samples a year. If more than one primary analyst exists for an analysis, multiple PET-QA (with various lot numbers when available) samples will be purchased and distributed. The secondary analyst shall analyze one sample to maintain certification. The PET-QC samples are purchased from EPA approved providers and arrive with results and acceptable ranges know to the quality assurance team. The results and acceptable ranges are under no circumstances divulged to analysts until results are reported and authorized in LIMS. 3.3.1.4. Annual EPA-DMR-Quality Assurance Proficiency Testing (PT) 3.3.1.4.1. Annual EPA-DMR-QA samples are analyzed as a requirement for NPDES permittees and for the MDH certification. The EPA-DMR-QA samples are purchased from an EPA approved provider. The EPA sends out notices to designated NPDES permittees, which lists the mandatory chemical and Whole Effluent Tests (WET) sample sets. All samples are prepared by the Quality Assurance Officer or their designee and inserted into the sample stream. Residual chlorine and pH samples are prepared and hand delivered to regional facilities. All results are tabulated within LIMS and reported to the approved provider for evaluation before the study closing date. Refer to section 6.0 “Proficiency Testing” for more information and requirements. 3.4. Identity Certification (2099 Section F) 3.4.1. Quality assurance maintains initials and signatures of employees on file. All paper records are initialed by the responsible analyst. Most laboratory records are maintained within a computerized Laboratory Information Management System (LIMS). Only authorized personnel may access the LIMS and make changes in the information. Control over LIMS access is maintained by access passwords and password policies. All entries in the LIMS are linked to the QA_MANUAL_2 Page 10 of 42

logged-in identity and a date/time stamp. In addition, all changes to analytical results are tracked by an independent audit trail system. 3.4.2. The integrity of laboratory data, result modifications, and data authorization is based on the use and protection of passwords. Absolute certainty is necessary to ensure the identity of the analyst within the LIMS system. As a result, it is absolutely forbidden to share passwords and computer user space with other analysts, managers, and/or information technologists. 4. Standard Operating Procedures (4740.2065) 4.1. Requirements 4.1.1. The following section identifies the laboratoryâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s policies for establishing and maintaining all standard operating procedures for all active certified and non-certified analyses. A table of all active analyses is located in Appendix E. 4.1.2. Certified tests are referenced from the list of approved references located in 40 CFR Part 136.3 Table 1B. These reference methods are rewritten as in-house procedures, or Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs), to reflect practice in the laboratory. SOPs are available to each analyst for training and reference purposes. Alternate Test Procedures (ATP) may be applied for through the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) when there are allowed deviations from the reference method or when a reference is not available in the CFR. 4.1.3. Analysts are required to review SOPs yearly. Any proposed changes must be provided to the section manager and approved by the QC Officer prior to implementation. 4.2. Format of Analytical Procedures (4740.2065 Subpart 3 and 8) 4.2.1. SOP Page Layout: 4.2.1.1. All margins will be set at 0.5â&#x20AC;?. 4.2.1.2. All SOPs will be in a one column format unless otherwise agreed upon by Quality Assurance. 4.2.1.3. The first page of all SOPs is the cover page consisting of Metropolitan Councilâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s name and logo, header, and figure of merit table (if applicable). 4.2.2. Header: 4.2.2.1. SOP Version: 4.2.2.1.1. All SOPs are given a unique naming convention for identification. This convention identifies the SOP as well as the revision number of the SOP (i.e. SOP_NAME_1). 4.2.2.2. Implementation Date: 4.2.2.2.1. The implementation date is the date by which a test will be logged-in under a new SOP version. 4.2.2.2.2. The implementation date is an agreed upon date established by the section manager and Quality Assurance after all modifications to a SOP have been accepted as final. 4.2.2.2.3. Section managers are responsible for notifying staff of modifications made to a new/updated SOP. 4.2.2.2.4. All staff are responsible for following a SOP in its entirety beginning on the date of implementation. 4.2.2.2.4.1. Quality Assurance will work with section managers to determine what actions need to be taken to identify samples logged-in under the previous revision and analyzed under a new revision. 4.2.2.3. LIMS Analysis IDs: 4.2.2.3.1. All LIMS IDs associated with a SOP will be listed in the header. 4.2.2.4. Figures of Merit Table: 4.2.2.4.1. The following figures of merit, if applicable, will be listed in a table on the first page in all SOPs: 4.2.2.4.1.1. Applicable Range 4.2.2.4.1.2. Method Detection Limit and Date Performed 4.2.2.4.1.3. Reporting Limit 4.2.2.4.1.4. Preservation 4.2.2.4.1.5. Holding Time QA_MANUAL_2 Page 11 of 42

4.2.2.5. Page Numbers 4.2.2.5.1. The SOP naming convention along with total page numbers must be listed at the bottom of the document. This assures that all pages are present when following a SOP. 4.2.3. SOP Sections 4.2.3.1. Section 1 –Reference 4.2.3.1.1. When applicable, the current issue of 40 CFR Part 136 should be listed. 4.2.3.1.2. Reference Method 4.2.3.2. Section 2 – Application 4.2.3.2.1. Sample matrices 4.2.3.2.2. Applicable range, reporting limit 4.2.3.3. Section 3 – Summary of Method 4.2.3.3.1. Short description of analysis and deviations to a reference method 4.2.3.4. Section 4 – Interferences 4.2.3.4.1. List interferences and how to eliminate them if possible. 4.2.3.5. Section 5 – Apparatus 4.2.3.5.1. Instrument/Equipment 4.2.3.5.2. Labware 4.2.3.6. Section 6 – Chemicals and Reagents 4.2.3.6.1. List of all chemicals used for analysis, including manufacturer/vendor, concentration, purity, and Synergen number (when available). 4.2.3.6.2. Chemical tracking criteria (See Section 8.0 Standards, Reagents and Bacteriological Media) 4.2.3.6.3. Procedure for preparing all reagents 4.2.3.6.3.1. Reagent tracking criteria (See Section 8.0 Standards, Reagents and Bacteriological Media) 4.2.3.7. Section 7 – Safety 4.2.3.7.1. Identify where safety precautions should be observed. 4.2.3.8. Section 8 – Procedure 4.2.3.8.1. Identify all steps that need to be carried out in order to generate a result and report data to the LIMS. 4.2.3.9. Section 9 – Short Hand Procedure 4.2.3.9.1. Short Hand Procedure is no longer used and must be listed as “None” 4.2.3.10. Section 10 – Calculations 4.2.3.10.1. Equations for all calculations required in the reference method 4.2.3.11. Section 11 – Quality Control 4.2.3.11.1. List of quality control parameters required criteria for each method including but not limited to: blanks, reporting limit verification, laboratory control sample (LCS), quality control sample (QCS), matrix spike, matrix spike duplicate, relative percent difference, etc. along with frequency of analysis and corrective action for any failed QC. 4.2.3.11.2. For all certified tests, quality control parameter requirements must be followed in accordance with the reference method and any additional quality control parameters required by TNI regulations. 4.2.3.11.3. Additional quality control paramenters, for internal use only, may be added at the discretion of the section manager but must be approved by Quality Assurance prior to implementation. 4.2.3.12. Section 12 – Other References 4.2.3.12.1. Any other reference than those listed in Section 1 4.2.3.13. Section 13 – Appendix 4.2.3.13.1. Additional material needed to analyze/review data 4.2.4. SOP Development: QA_MANUAL_2 Page 12 of 42

4.2.4.1. Existing SOPs may require modifications for the following reasons: editorial changes, changes due to yearly review, new instrumentation, or the inability to perform a SOP as written. 4.2.4.1.1. Modification to a SOP can be requested by the section manager and/or by Quality Assurance. 4.2.4.1.2. The decision to modify any SOP will be made at the discretion of Quality Assurance and/or the Laboratory Manager. 4.2.4.1.3. If Quality Assurance deems it necessary to modify a SOP, creating a new revision number will be determined on a case by case basis. At minimum a new implementation date must be used to document appropriate changes. 4.2.4.1.4. The following requirements, if applicable, must be completed and approved by Quality Assurance prior to implementation: 4.2.4.1.4.1. The requirements include but are not limited to MDLs, SOP update, QC elements that are required by a reference, analytical/support equipment/chemical logbooks, DOC, and ample time for analysts to review all updates and order appropriate standards. 4.2.4.1.4.2. Quality Assurance will be responsible for summarizing changes to a SOP. This summary will be located in the â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Descriptionâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; field in the Analysis Definition Entry Screen in the LIMS. 4.2.4.1.5. A copy of a standard operating procedure, for certified analyses, must be sent to the Minnesota Department of Health within 30 days after the effective date of the revision. 4.2.4.2. A new SOP may be generated due to the needs of a client, regulatory purposes, new instrument technology or laboratory needs. 4.2.4.3. Quality Assurance must be notified at the time of the request and will work with the associated parties to develop a work plan to complete all necessary requirements. 5. Laboratory Quality Assurance Practices and Objectives (4740.2080, 4740.2100, and 4740.2110) 5.1. Scope and Objectives (2080/2100 and 2110, Subpart 1) 5.1.1. All of the following criteria are incorporated into each SOP based on requirements set forth by the approved method. 5.1.2. All quality control requirements listed in the Quality Control section of the SOP must be followed. 5.2. Quality Control Criteria for Chemistry (2100) 5.2.1. Method Blanks (Subpart 2) 5.2.1.1. A blank is used to assess contamination from the laboratory. 5.2.1.2. Blanks must be processed with and under the same conditions as the associated samples to include all steps in the analytical procedure. 5.2.1.3. Criteria for blank frequency, acceptability, and corrective action for failed blanks are listed in the Quality Control section of each SOP. 5.2.2. Laboratory Control Sample (Subpart 3) 5.2.2.1. Criteria for laboratory control sample frequency, acceptability, and corrective action for failed laboratory control samples are listed in the Quality Control section of each SOP. 5.2.3. Quality Control Sample (4740.2093 Subpart 3 C) 5.2.3.1. A quality control sample is a second source sample used to verify purity and preparation of the calibration standards. 5.2.3.2. Criteria for quality control sample frequency, acceptability, and corrective action for failed quality control samples are listed in the Quality Control section of each SOP. 5.2.4. Matrix Spike and Matrix Spike Duplicate (Subpart 4) 5.2.4.1. A matrix spike/matrix spike duplicate pair is analyzed to determine the ability to recover the known analyte or compound in that sample matrix. 5.2.4.2. Matrix spikes and matrix spike duplicates are not required for analyses where there is no spiking solution available. QA_MANUAL_2 Page 13 of 42

5.2.4.3. Analytical procedures requiring a matrix spike and matrix spike duplicate have criteria for frequency, acceptability and corrective action for failed spikes listed in the Quality Control section of each SOP. 5.2.5. Surrogate Spikes (Subpart 5) 5.2.5.1. Surrogate spiking applies only to the analysis of organic compounds. 5.2.5.2. Surrogates are comparable to the analytes of interest in chemical composition and assume to behave similarly in the analytical process. 5.2.5.3. Surrogate compounds must be added to all samples, standards and blanks prior to sample preparation or extraction. 5.2.5.4. Criteria for surrogate recovery, acceptability and tabulation are listed in the Quality Control section of each SOP. 5.2.6. Internal Standards (Subpart 6) 5.2.6.1. Internal standards (ISTD) are pure analytes similar in analytical behavior to the compounds of interest. ISTDs are added to a sample in known amounts and used to measure the relative responses of other method analytes and surrogates in solution. 5.2.6.2. Internal standards are selected so that the measurement of the internal standard assumes minimal affect by method and matrix interferences. 5.2.6.3. Analytical procedures requiring the use of internal standards are added to all samples, standards and blanks prior to analysis. 5.2.6.4. For organic compounds, surrogate recoveries and reporting limit verifications are used as determinates of acceptable internal standard area counts. 5.2.6.5. For metal analysis, acceptable internal standard responses are based on response deviation from the original response of the calibration blank. 5.2.7. Detection Limits (Subpart 7) 5.2.7.1. Method Detection Limit (MDL): 5.2.7.1.1. The method detection limit (MDL) is the minimum concentration of a substance that can be measured and reported with 99% confidence that the analyte concentration is greater than zero and is determined from analysis of a sample in a given matrix containing the analyte. 5.2.7.1.2. MDLs are not applicable to analyses where there is no spiking solution available. 5.2.7.1.3. The laboratory uses the EPA Procedure for determining MDLs is located in 40 CFR Appendix B to Part 136. 5.2.7.1.4. All MDLs are performed by spiking reagent water with the analyte of interest. 5.2.7.1.5. MDLs will be determined at the frequency specified in the approved reference method or when changes occur to the analytical system that will impact the MDL. 5.2.7.2. Detection Limit (DL): 5.2.7.2.1. All analytical methods employed by the MCES Laboratory will have a numerical Detection Limit (DL) assigned, except where such a limit would be technically or otherwise inappropriate, as determined by the Quality Assurance Officer. This DL will be used to censor all analytical results for the associated analytical method: all analytical results below the assigned limit will be reported as less than that numerical value (i.e., <{value}). 5.2.7.2.2. These DL values will be assigned by the QAO, taking into account pertinent factors such as routinely achievable EPA MDL’s, client needs and typical matrices, and method or regulatory based requirements. Generally, the values assigned are intended to be routinely achievable, that is, they will be no larger than necessary to assure that ongoing, determined EPA MDL’s will be below the DL’s with a high degree of confidence. As circumstances dictate (new operators, new equipment, passage of time, or other potentially significant changes occur), EPA MDL’s will be determined to verify that the DL’s are still valid. The results of EPA MDL’s will be recorded and catalogued in the Laboratory’s LIMS. QA_MANUAL_2 Page 14 of 42

5.2.8. Reporting Limits (Subpart 8) 5.2.8.1. All analytical methods employed by the MCES Laboratory will have a numerical Reporting Limit (RL) assigned, except where such a limit would be technically or otherwise inappropriate, as determined by the QAO. This RL will be used to censor all analytical results for the associated analytical method: all analytical results below the RL assigned limit but above the DL, will be reported with a tilde qualifier (i.e., ~{value}). RLâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s are based on method specific accuracy/recovery requirements. When these requirements are not specified, the RL must be validated, with a standard at or below the reporting limit, each time the instrument is calibrated. The RL standard must fall within plus or minus 40% of the true value. 5.2.8.2. Criteria for reporting limit verification frequency, acceptability, and corrective action for failed reporting limit verifications are listed in the Quality Control section of each SOP. 5.2.9. Selectivity (Subpart 9) 5.2.9.1. Selectivity only applies to volatile organic compounds and other organic compounds. 5.2.9.2. Selectivity utilizes absolute retention time and relative retention time to identify components in chromatographic analyses and to evaluate the effectiveness of a chromatographic medium to separate constituents. 5.2.9.3. For the GC-MS, compound identification is confirmed by comparing retention times and ions ratios to authentic standards. 5.2.9.4. For GC systems, compound identification is confirmed by using a dual column. 5.2.10. Manual Integrations (Subpart 10) 5.2.10.1. Manual integrations performed on GC and GC/MS systems are identified and calculated by the software. 5.2.11. Uncertainty Measurement 5.2.11.1. All results meet specifications of the reference method unless otherwise specified. Additional uncertainty estimates for certified parameters have been performed by the laboratory and may be available upon request. 5.3. Quality Control Criteria for Bacteriology (4740.2110) 5.3.1. Sterility Checks and Blanks (Subpart 2) 5.3.1.1. A blank must be analyzed for each lot of prepared, ready-to-use media, including chromofluorogenic reagent, and for each lot of media prepared in the laboratory. 5.3.1.2. One beginning and one ending sterility check must be performed for each laboratorysterilized filtration unit used in a filtration series. 5.3.1.2.1. The filtration series is considered ended when more than 30 minutes elapse between successive filtrations. 5.3.1.2.2. During a filtration series, filter funnels must be rinsed with three 20 to 30 mL portions of sterile rinse water after each sample filtration. 5.3.1.3. For pour-plate technique, one sterility blank of the media must be made by pouring one uninoculated plate for each lot of prepared, ready-to-use media and one for each lot of media prepared in the laboratory. 5.3.1.4. Sterility checks on sample containers must be performed on at least one container for each lot of purchased, presterilized containers. For containers sterilized in the laboratory, a sterility check must be performed on one container per sterilized batch using nonselective growth media. 5.3.1.5. A sterility check must be performed on each batch of dilution water prepared in the laboratory and on each batch of pre-prepared, ready-to-use dilution water using nonselective growth media. 5.3.1.6. At least one filter from each new lot of membrane filters must be checked for sterility using nonselective growth media. 5.3.2. Positive Controls (Subpart 3) 5.3.2.1. Each pre-prepared, ready-to-use lot of media, including chromofluorogenic reagent, and each lot of media prepared in the laboratory must be tested with at least one pure culture of QA_MANUAL_2 Page 15 of 42

a microorganism known to elicit a positive reaction. This must be done before first use of each lot of media. 5.3.3. Negative Controls (Subpart 4) 5.3.3.1. Each pre-prepared, ready-to-use lot of selective media, including chromofluorogenic reagent, and each lot of selective media prepared in the laboratory must be analyzed with one or more known negative culture controls, that is, nontarget microorganisms that should not grow on the test media, as appropriate to the method. This must be done before first use of each lot of media. 5.3.4. Test Variability (Subpart 5) 5.3.4.1. For test methods that specify colony counts, such as methods using membrane filters or plated media, duplicate counts must be performed monthly on at least one positive sample for each month that the test is performed. With respect to this test for variability, if the laboratory has two or more analysts, each analyst must count typical colonies on the same plate and counts must be within ten percent difference between analysts to be acceptable. In a laboratory with only one microbiology analyst, the same plate must be counted twice by the analyst, with no more than five percent difference between the counts. 5.3.5. Method Evaluation (Subpart 6) 5.3.5.1. A laboratory must demonstrate proficiency with the test method before first use, by comparison to a method already approved for use in the laboratory, by analyzing a minimum of ten spiked samples whose matrix is representative of those normally submitted to the laboratory, or by analyzing and passing one proficiency test series provided by an approved proficiency sample provider. The laboratory must maintain documentation of the proficiency demonstration as long as the method is in use and for at least five years after the date of last use. 5.3.6. Test Performance (Subpart 7) 5.3.6.1. To ensure that analytical results are accurate, a laboratory must confirm a target organism specified in the method. 5.3.7. Quality of Standards, Reagent and Media (Subpart 8) 5.3.7.1. Culture media may be prepared from commercial dehydrated powders or may be purchased ready to use, unless otherwise indicated in the approved method. Media may be prepared by the laboratory from basic ingredients when commercial media are not available or when it can be demonstrated that commercial media do not provide adequate results. Media prepared by the laboratory from basic ingredients must be tested for performance, such as for selectivity, sensitivity, sterility, growth promotion, and growth inhibition, before first use. Detailed testing criteria information must be defined in the laboratory's standard operating procedures manual or quality assurance manual. 5.3.7.2. Reagents, commercial dehydrated powders, and media must be used within the shelf life of the product. The specifications of the reagent, powder, or media must be documented according to the laboratory's quality assurance manual. 5.3.7.3. Distilled water, deionized water, or reverse-osmosis produced water that is free from bactericidal and inhibitory substances must be used in the preparation of media, solutions, and buffers. The quality of the water must be monitored for chlorine residual, specific conductance, and heterotrophic bacteria plate count monthly, when in use; when maintenance is performed on the water treatment system; or at startup after a period of disuse longer than one month. Analysis for metals and the bacteriological water quality test, to determine the presence of toxic agents or growth promoting substances, must be performed annually. Results of these analyses must meet the specifications of the required method and records of analyses must be maintained for five years. Laboratories that can supply documentation to show that their water source meets the criteria, as specified by the method, for ASTM or NCCL Type I or Type II reagent water and is free of bacteria that can grow under these test conditions are exempt from performing the bacteriological water quality test. QA_MANUAL_2 Page 16 of 42

5.3.7.4. Media, solutions, and reagents must be prepared, used, and stored according to a documented procedure following the manufacturer's instructions or the test method. Documentation for media prepared in the laboratory must include the date of preparation, preparer's initials, type and amount of media prepared, manufacturer and lot number, final pH of the media, and expiration date. 5.3.7.5. Documentation for media purchased pre-prepared and ready-to-use must include the manufacturer, lot number, type and amount of media received, date of receipt, expiration date of the media, and the verification pH of the liquid. 5.3.8. Selectivity (Subpart 9) 5.3.8.1. To ensure identity and traceability, reference cultures used for positive and negative controls must be obtained from a recognized national collection or organization. 5.3.8.2. Microorganisms may be single-use preparations or cultures maintained by documented procedures that demonstrate the continued purity and viability of the organism. 5.3.8.3. Reference cultures may be revived, if freeze-dried, or transferred from slants and subcultured once to provide reference stocks. The reference stocks must be preserved by a technique that maintains the characteristics of the strains. Reference stocks must be used to prepare working stocks for routine work. If reference stocks have been thawed, they must not be refrozen and reused. 5.3.8.4. Working stocks must not be cultured sequentially more than five times and must not be subcultured to replace reference stocks. 5.3.9. Temperature Measuring Devices (Subpart 10) 5.3.9.1. Temperature measuring devices such as liquid-in-glass thermometers, thermocouples, and platinum resistance thermometers used in incubators, autoclaves, and other equipment must be of the appropriate quality to meet specifications in the test method. The gradation of the temperature measuring devices must be appropriate for the required accuracy of measurement and the devices must be calibrated to national or international standards for temperature. All measurements must be recorded. 5.3.10. Autoclaves (Subpart 11) 5.3.10.1. The performance of each autoclave must be evaluated initially by establishing its functional properties and performance, for example heat distribution characteristics with respect to typical uses. Autoclaves must meet specified temperature tolerances. Pressure cookers must not be used for sterilization of growth media. 5.3.10.2. Demonstration of sterilization temperature must be provided by use of a continuous temperature recording device or by use of a maximum registering thermometer with every cycle. Appropriate biological indicators must be used once per month to determine effective sterilization. Temperature-sensitive tape must be used with the contents of each autoclave run to indicate that the autoclave contents have been processed. 5.3.10.3. Records of autoclave operations must be maintained for every cycle. Records must include: date, contents, maximum temperature reached, pressure, time in sterilization mode, total run time, which may be recorded as time in and time out, and operator's initials. 5.3.10.4. Autoclave maintenance, either internally or by service contract, must be performed annually and must include a pressure check and calibration of the temperature device. Records of the maintenance must be maintained in equipment logs. 5.3.10.5. The autoclave's mechanical timing device must be checked quarterly against a stopwatch and the actual time elapsed must be documented. 5.3.11. Incubators, Water Baths and Ovens (Subpart 13) 5.3.11.1. The stability and uniformity of temperature distribution and the time required after test sample addition to reestablish equilibrium conditions in incubators and water baths must be documented. Temperature of incubators and water baths must be documented twice daily, at least four hours apart, on each day of use. 5.3.12. Labware, Glassware and Plasticware (Subpart 14) QA_MANUAL_2 Page 17 of 42

5.3.12.1. A laboratory must have a documented procedure for washing labware, if applicable. Detergents designed for laboratory use must be used. 5.3.12.2. Glassware must be made of borosilicate or other noncorrosive material, free of chips and cracks, and have readable measurement marks. 5.3.12.3. Labware that is washed and reused must be tested for possible presence of residues that may inhibit or promote growth of microorganisms by performing the inhibitory residue test annually and each time the laboratory changes the lot of detergent or washing procedures. 5.3.12.4. Washed labware must be tested at least once daily, each day of washing, for possible acid or alkaline residue by testing at least one piece of labware with a suitable pH indicator such as bromothymol blue. Records of tests must be maintained. 6. Proficiency Testing (PT) (4740.2070 and TNI Standard V1M1) 6.1. Proficiency Testing Scope 6.1.1. To obtain initial accreditation, the laboratory shall successfully analyze two proficiency testing samples for each field of proficiency testing for which it seeks accreditation. (TNI Standard V1M1: 4.1.1) 6.1.2. The laboratory shall obtain PT samples from an accredited TNI-compliant PT provider. (TNI Standard V1M1: 4.1.2) 6.1.3. In order to maintain accreditation, the laboratory will analyze at least two PT samples per calendar year for each field of testing. (TNI Standard V1M1: 4.2.1a) 6.1.4. The analysis dates of successive PT samples for the same accreditation Field of Proficiency Testing shall be at least five months apart and no longer than seven months apart unless the PT sample is being used for corrective action. (TNI Standard V1M1: 4.2.1a) 6.1.5. In order to maintain accreditation, the laboratory will maintain a history of at least two successful performances out of the most recent three attempts for each requested field of proficiency testing. (TNI Standard V1M1: 4.2.1b) 6.1.6. The laboratory will participate in the annual Discharge Monitoring Report Quality Assurance Study (DMR-QA) that is designed to evaluate the entire process used to routinely report results in Discharge Monitoring Reports. 6.1.6.1. The DMR-QA study is mandatory for permit holders under the Clean Water Actâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES). 6.1.6.2. The study requirements are outlined in the DMR-QA Study Announcement packet which is mailed to NPDES permittees in the spring of each year. 6.1.6.3. PT results used for accreditation purposes may be acceptable to use for the DMR-QA Study if they meet the criteria as outlined in the DMR-QA Study Announcement packet. 6.2. Laboratory Testing of PT Samples and Reporting 6.2.1. Analysts are required to analyze all PT samples in the same manner as routine samples, employing all quality control requirements listed in the SOP. 6.2.2. The laboratory shall report PT results according to the reporting requirements listed in the TNI Standard. (TNI Standard V1M1: 5.2) 6.2.3. The lab will authorize the PT Provider to release all accreditation and remediation results and acceptable/not acceptable status directly to the Minnesota Department of Health, our Primary Accrediting Authority. (TNI Standard V1M1: 5.2.3) 6.2.4. The laboratory will maintain copies of records, including bench sheets, instrument strip charts, data calculations, and data reports, for five years. (TNI Standard V1M1: 5.3) 6.2.5. When the result of any reported field of testing is unacceptable, the laboratory must within 30 days after receiving the notification of results submit written documentation to MDH indicating corrective actions planned and taken. (4740.2070 Subpart 9) 6.2.6. The lab may elect to participate in supplemental PT studies when the lab desires to add field(s) of proficiency testing to their scope or when the lab fails an initial or continuing PT study and wishes to re-establish its history of successful performance. (TNI Standard V1M1: 6.1a) 6.2.7. There must be at least 15 calendar days between the analysis dates of successive PT samples for the same field of proficiency testing. (TNI Standard V1M1: 6.1b) QA_MANUAL_2 Page 18 of 42

7. Laboratory Sample Handling, Receipt and Acceptance (4740.2087) 7.1. Sample Handling, Sample Receipt Protocols and Preservation (Subpart 1) 7.1.1. The laboratory utilizes a Laboratory Information Management System (LIMS) to distinguish each individual sample and/or test with a unique identification. 7.1.1.1. The LIMS consists of four main tables of operation: Job, Sample, Test and Result. 7.1.1.1.1. There can be 1 or more samples in a job, 1 or more tests for a sample, and 1 or more results for a test. 7.1.1.2. Job, Sample and Test are unique identifiers that can never be repeated based on the design of the software. This also implies that Results will be unique. 7.1.1.3. Once information has been entered in the LIMS it has been “committed,” meaning it is archived and can be retrieved at any time. 7.1.1.4. “Projects” are set-up on an individual client basis. Clients submit to the laboratory a list of sampling locations, sample types, and parameters to be analyzed. They will then be given a unique project number that will be used throughout the lifetime of the client/laboratory relationship. 7.1.2. NPDES Samples: 7.1.2.1. When samples arrive to the laboratory, a Sample Missing Sheet is filled out to distinguish which samples are present, whether the cooling process had begun and whether NPDES samples requiring preservation have been preserved. 7.1.2.2. All NPDES samples requiring preservation are preserved within 15 minutes of sampling. 7.1.2.2.1. The pH of these samples are tested by placing a small amount of sample onto a pH paper strip. 7.1.2.2.1.1. If the sample has been properly preserved, it is mark that it is acceptable on the Sample Missing Sheet (SMS). 7.1.2.2.1.2. If the sample was not preserved properly, added more preservative and check the pH again. Do this until the sample is at the acceptable pH. 7.1.2.2.1.2.1. On the SMS, mark that the sample was not acceptable and note any additional comments/irregularities in the Notes section. Notify section manager and comment in the LIMS. 7.1.2.3. All SMS are filed with the current month’s Daily Monitoring Reports (DMR). 7.1.2.4. Samples are then transferred to a walk-in cooler for storage. 7.1.2.4.1. The cooler optimizes dual cooling units that alternate in their use to maintain reliability. 7.1.2.4.2. The walk-in cooler is continually monitored by a MUX system. The MUX system records temperature readings every second and is set-up to alert the proper personal if an issue would arise. 7.1.2.4.3. All standards are stored in separate refrigerators from all samples. 7.1.3. Non NPDES Samples: 7.1.3.1. Clients are required to submit a Sample Submission Sheet to the laboratory along with its corresponding sample. 7.1.3.2. All samples must be clearly identified and all Sample Submission Sheet completed in full. 7.1.3.2.1. Sample Submission Sheets are filed and stored for 5 years. 7.1.3.3. The following information is usually required for samples to be logged into the LIMS, but is project dependent: 7.1.3.3.1. Project Number 7.1.3.3.2. Sample Location 7.1.3.3.3. Sample Name 7.1.3.3.4. Sampling Point 7.1.3.3.5. Sampling collection date and time 7.1.3.3.6. Parameters requested 7.1.3.4. This information along with an identification number and bar code are printed onto labels designated by each field of testing. QA_MANUAL_2 Page 19 of 42

7.1.3.5. After samples have been logged into the LIMS, they are labeled, split into appropriate testing vials/containers and preserved accordingly. 7.1.3.6. Samples are then transferred to a walk-in cooler for storage. 7.2. Sample Acceptance Policy (Subpart 3) 7.2.1. See Appendix G for the laboratory’s Sample Acceptance Policy. 8. Standards, Reagents and Bacteriological Media (4740.2089) 8.1. Logbook Documentation for Chemicals and Reagents (Subpart B): 8.1.1. Logbook Front Cover: 8.1.1.1. Title 8.1.1.2. Book number 8.1.1.3. Starting date 8.1.2. Chemical Entries: 8.1.2.1. The following must be documented in the logbook each time a new chemical is opened: 8.1.2.1.1. Identification of manufacturer/vendor 8.1.2.1.2. Certificate of Analysis/Purity retained and filed 8.1.2.1.3. Lot number 8.1.2.1.4. Date opened 8.1.2.1.5. Analyst’s initials 8.1.2.1.6. Method of preparation if not listed in SOP 8.1.2.1.7. Recommended storage if not specified in SOP 8.1.2.1.8. Expiration date (If an expiration date is not provided by the manufacturer or vendor it is not required) (TNI Standard V1M1: 5.6.4.2). 8.1.3. Reagent Entries: 8.1.3.1. The following must be documented in the logbook each time a new reagent is made: 8.1.3.1.1. Date prepared 8.1.3.1.2. Analyst’s initials 8.1.3.1.3. Reference to chemical used to prepare reagent (page, line) 8.1.3.1.4. Method of preparation if not listed in SOP 8.1.3.1.5. Recommended storage if not specified in SOP 8.1.3.1.6. Expiration date 8.1.3.1.6.1. Expiration date of a reagent cannot exceed that of its precursor(s). 8.2. Chemical and Reagent Bottle Labels (Subpart C): 8.2.1. Chemical Bottle Labels: 8.2.1.1. All chemical bottles must be labeled with unless otherwise noted in the SOP: 8.2.1.1.1. Date bottle was opened 8.2.1.1.2. Expiration date 8.2.1.1.3. Logbook Reference 8.2.2. Reagent Bottle Labels: 8.2.2.1. All reagent containers must be labeled with the following information unless otherwise noted in the SOP: 8.2.2.1.1. Name of reagent 8.2.2.1.2. Concentration/content 8.2.2.1.3. Date of preparation 8.2.2.1.4. Initials of analyst 8.2.2.1.5. Expiration date 8.2.2.1.6. Logbook reference (page, line) 9. Support Equipment Maintenance (4740.2091) 9.1. Scope of Support Equipment Maintenance (2091, Section 1.0 Subpart 1 Section A-B and Section 2.0) 9.1.1. Support equipment is necessary for laboratory operations and results are dependent upon their accuracy. The support equipment is properly maintained, inspected, and cleaned to ensure that the laboratory’s instrumentation is in control. Laboratory support equipment includes, but is not QA_MANUAL_2 Page 20 of 42

limited to the following: balances, ovens, refrigerators, freezers, incubators, water baths, block digesters, temperature measuring devices, thermistors, thermal/pressure sample preparation devices, autoclaves, volumetric dispensing devices and diluter devices. Laboratory support equipment includes all devices that may not be the actual test instrument, but are necessary to support laboratory operations. Analytical instrumentation (i.e. ICPMS, GC-MS, TRAACS and GC) and their requirements for instrumentation are listed in section 10.0. All support equipment is: 9.1.1.1. Purchased to meet verified performance specifications, (2091 Subpart 2 Section C) 9.1.1.2. Operated by trained personnel with access to up-to-date instruction manuals for reference, use, and maintenance, (2091 Subpart 2 Section A) 9.1.1.3. Properly maintained, inspected, calibrated, and cleaned by the servicing company and/or the technician. Maintenance and service activities are recorded in individual logbooks, (2091, Subpart 2 Section B) 9.1.1.4. As appropriate, calibrated and maintained at least annually and are traceable to internationally based references when available, over the entire range of use. The results of such calibrations must be within the specifications required of the application for which the equipment is used or the equipment is removed from service until repaired. (2091, Subpart 4 Section C). 9.1.1.5. QA Officer will verify that annual maintenance plans have been completed. 9.2. Support Equipment and Software Logbooks: (2091, Subpart 2 Section C) 9.2.1. Individual logbooks are maintained for each item of support equipment and software. Logbooks are essential because they chronologically document preventative maintenance, repairs, service, calibrations, cleaning, and software applications. The equipment operator is to ensure that each piece of equipment has an updated logbook located next to each instrument or see section manager. Instrument and software logbooks shall maintain a specific format for each instrument and include the following requirements: 9.2.2. Logbook Front Cover Content 9.2.2.1. The center of the logbook cover shall have a list of the following information: 9.2.2.2. Identity of the analytical piece of equipment and/or software, 9.2.2.3. The manufacturer’s name, serial number, MCES property identification number and/or designated MCES instrument code (i.e. TRAACS 1, 2, 3…) 9.2.2.4. Initial date of the individual logbook as assigned to the equipment and the date completed or removed from service. 9.2.2.5. Sequential logbook number that is assigned to each new logbook starting with number 1 and counted up for each piece of designated equipment/software. 9.2.3. Logbook Content 9.2.3.1. Support instrument logbooks contain two sections and are intended to track static and active information. All logbook entries are recorded in blue or black permanent ink. The usage of white out or obliterated entries is not permitted. 9.2.3.2. Static Information 9.2.3.2.1. The first few pages of the laboratory manual are reserved for static information that is known to be stable or non-changing. General information placed on the cover is also transferred to the first few pages of the laboratory notebook. The following is a list of recorded static information when applicable and available: 9.2.3.2.2. Equipment/software name and/or version 9.2.3.2.3. Current location within the laboratory (Bench Code System) 9.2.3.2.4. Manufacturer’s name and serial number 9.2.3.2.5. MCES Property identification number 9.2.3.2.6. Initial and final date of logbook 9.2.3.2.7. Analyses assigned 9.2.3.2.8. Designated Instrument Codes (i.e. TRAACS 1, 2, 3….) 9.2.3.2.9. Software configuration information QA_MANUAL_2 Page 21 of 42

9.2.3.2.10. Date received/ Implementation date (mm/dd/yyyy) 9.2.3.2.11. Equipment specifications 9.2.3.2.12. Manufacturer’s Manual 9.2.3.2.13. Maintenance Plan 9.2.3.2.14. Condition when received, such as new, used or reconditioned 9.2.3.3. Active Information: 9.2.3.3.1. The second portion of the logbook is used to chronologically track routine and nonroutine maintenance. All maintenance that is non-routine or requires additional service not outlined in the maintenance schedule is distinguished with a highlighter pen. The following is a list/description of the items included in the active section of the logbook: 9.2.3.3.2. Date (mm/dd/yyyy) of routine and non-routine maintenance 9.2.3.3.3. Initials/Signature 9.2.3.3.4. Nature of damage, malfunction, modification, or repair 9.2.3.3.5. Adjustments made, parts used and who made adjustments 9.2.3.3.6. Acceptance criteria/reference material verification 9.2.3.3.7. Copies of reports, results and certifications of calibrations (paste/tape copies into the logbook) 9.2.3.3.8. Due date of next calibration 9.2.3.3.9. Removal of equipment when criteria not met 9.3. Frequency of Calibration (Subpart 3) 9.3.1. All support equipment, except Class A, must be calibrated prior to first use. 9.3.2. All heating and cooling devices, where a specified temperature is required, will be verified and recorded on days of use. 9.3.3. Mechanical volumetric dispensing devices including burettes, except Class A glassware, must be checked for accuracy quarterly. 9.3.4. All glassware, including glass micro liter syringes used for calibration, must be checked for accuracy and documented before its first use in the laboratory if the glassware does not come with a certificate attesting to establish accuracy. 9.3.5. The temperature, cycle time, and pressure of each run on the autoclave must be documented by the use of appropriate chemical indicators, temperature recorders, and pressure gauges. 9.3.6. Volumetric equipment must be calibrated as follows: 9.3.6.1. Equipment such as filter funnels, bottles, non-Class A glassware, and other marked containers must be calibrated once per lot prior to first use. 9.3.6.2. Disposable pipettes and micropipette tips must be checked once per lot. 9.4. Support Equipment Maintenance Plans (Subpart 3 Section A) 9.4.1. Each piece of support equipment has a maintenance plan that includes scheduled maintenance and calibration requirements/frequency. Calibration procedures depend upon the acceptance criteria listed in the analytical method as described in the Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) for each analysis or as established in manufacturer’s literature. In the absence of any method or manufacturer’s specific calibration requirements, the individual maintenance plan shall be established and approved by Quality Assurance Officer. A list of maintenance procedures and frequencies are outlined on a routine/preventative maintenance schedule and placed in the static section of the logbook. 9.5. Documentation and Archiving of Logbooks 9.5.1. Logbooks are filed alphabetically and chronologically in the quality assurance files when the support equipment’s lifecycle is over or when the logbook is full. The logbook(s) are filed once the final entry date is recorded, the spine is labeled (name, book number and dates) and a new logbook created. The completed logbooks are maintained in the quality assurance office for a minimum of five years as per the Record Retention and Retrieval statute 4740.2097. 10. Instrument Operational Validation (4740.2093) 10.1. Scope of Instrument Validation (2093, Subpart 1 and Subpart 2 Section A-B) QA_MANUAL_2 Page 22 of 42

10.1.1. Analytical instrumentation is actual test devices used in the generation of test results. All instrumentation is: 10.1.1.1. Purchased to meet verified performance specifications, (2093 Subpart 2 Section C) 10.1.1.2. Operated by trained personnel with access to up-to-date instruction manuals for reference, use, and maintenance, (2093 Subpart 2 Section A) 10.1.1.3. Properly maintained, inspected, calibrated, and cleaned by the servicing company and/or the technician. Maintenance and service activities are recorded in individual logbooks, (2093, Subpart 2 Section B) 10.1.1.4. As appropriate, calibrated and maintained at least annually and are traceable to internationally based references when available, over the entire range of use. The results of such calibrations must be within the specifications required of the application for which the equipment is used or the equipment is removed from service until repaired. (2093, Subpart 2 Section B). 10.1.1.5. QA Officer will verify that annual maintenance plans are completed. 10.2. Analytical Instrumentation and Software Logbooks: (2093, Subpart 2 Section C) 10.2.1. Individual logbooks are maintained for each item of analytical instrumentation and software. Logbooks are essential because they chronologically document preventative maintenance, repairs, service, calibrations, cleaning, and software applications. The equipment operator is to ensure that each piece of equipment has an updated logbook located next to each instrument or see section manager. Instrument and software logbooks shall maintain a specific format for each instrument and include the following requirements: 10.2.1.1. Logbook Front Cover Content 10.2.1.1.1. The center of the logbook cover shall have a list of the following information: 10.2.1.1.2. Identity of the analytical piece of equipment and/or software, 10.2.1.1.3. The manufacturer’s name, serial number, MCES property identification number and/or designated MCES instrument code (i.e. TRAACS 1, 2, 3…) 10.2.1.1.4. Initial date of the individual logbook as assigned to the equipment and the date completed or removed from service. 10.2.1.2. Logbook Content 10.2.1.2.1. Analytical instrument logbooks contain two sections and are intended to track static and active information. All logbook entries are recorded in blue or black permanent ink. The usage of white out or obliterated entries is not permitted. 10.2.1.2.2. Static Information 10.2.1.2.3. The first few pages of the laboratory manual are reserved for static information that is known to be stable or non-changing. General information placed on the cover is also transferred to the first few pages of the laboratory notebook. The following is a list of when applicable and available: 10.2.1.2.4. Equipment/software name and/or version 10.2.1.2.5. Current location within the laboratory (Bench Code System) 10.2.1.2.6. Manufacturer’s name and serial number 10.2.1.2.7. MCES Property identification number 10.2.1.2.8. Initial and final date of logbook 10.2.1.2.9. Analyses assigned 10.2.1.2.10. Designated MCES Instrument Codes (i.e. TRAACS 1, 2, 3….) 10.2.1.2.11. Software configuration information 10.2.1.2.12. Date received/ Implementation date (mm/dd/yyyy) 10.2.1.2.13. Equipment specifications 10.2.1.2.14. Manufacturer’s Manual 10.2.1.2.15. Maintenance Plan 10.2.1.2.16. Condition when received such as new, used, or reconditioned 10.2.1.2.17. Active Information QA_MANUAL_2 Page 23 of 42

10.2.1.2.18. The second portion of the logbook is used to chronologically track routine and nonroutine maintenance. All maintenance that is non-routine or requires additional service not outlined in the maintenance schedule is distinguished with a highlighter pen. The following is a list/description of the items included in the active section of the logbook: 10.2.1.2.19. Date (mm/dd/yyyy) of routine and non-routine maintenance 10.2.1.2.20. Initials/Signature 10.2.1.2.21. Nature of damage, malfunction, modification, or repair 10.2.1.2.22. Adjustments made, parts used and who made adjustments 10.2.1.2.23. Acceptance criteria/reference material verification Copies of reports, results and certifications of calibrations (paste/tape copies into the logbook) 10.2.1.2.24. Due date of next calibration 10.2.1.2.25. Removal of equipment when criteria not met 11. Analytical Response Calibration (4740.2093) 11.1. Analytical Response Calibration (2093, Subpart 3) 11.1.1. Calibration of an instrument is completed to convert instrument responses to concentration. Sufficient records must be retained to allow for reconstruction of the instrument calibration. Records should include: calibration date, approved method, instrument, analysis date, each analyte name, analystâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s initials or signature, concentration and response, calibration curve or response factor, or unique equation or coefficient used to reduce instrument responses to concentration. 11.1.2. The most current instrument calibration must be utilized to quantitate sample results. 11.1.3. A second source standard (Quality Control Sample) purchased from an alternate manufacturer or by the same manufacturer with different lot numbers, will be used to verify all instrument calibrations (see Section 11.2.) 11.1.4. Acceptance criteria for each instrument calibration are documented in the standard operating procedure (i.e. RL, QCS, LCS, and Blank.) 11.1.5. Only sample results within the calibration range will be accepted. Any sample results greater than the calibration range will be diluted and reanalyzed to meet the established criteria. Any sample results less than the calibration range will be qualified in the LIMS with a tilde. 11.1.6. Methods employing standardization with a zero point and a single point calibration point must have the following: 11.1.6.1. Prior to sample analysis, a series of standards will be analyzed to establish a linear range. One of the standards must be at the single point quantitation level. 11.1.6.2. The linearity must be verified at a frequency specified in the SOP. 11.1.6.3. A zero point and a single point calibration standard must be analyzed with each analytical batch. 11.1.6.4. Each analytical batch must include a standard at or below the reporting limit. This standard must be within plus or minus 40 percent of its true value (2100, Subpart 8.) 11.1.7. If the instrument calibration does not meet the requirements set forth by the acceptance criteria, appropriate action must be taken to alleviate the issue and all samples affected must be reanalyzed. If sample reanalysis is not possible, all associated data must be qualified. 11.1.8. Calibration standards must not exceed concentration limits specified by the approved method. 11.1.9. The minimum number of required calibration standards for any test is 3 (unless specified in an approved method), not including a blank (zero standard), and one of these standards must be at the reporting limit. Instruments with established methodologies and procedure demonstrating the successful use of a zero and a single point standard may be used as an exception. All SOPs contain the number of calibration standards and the acceptance criteria required for the instrument calibration. 11.1.10. The frequency of an instrument calibration is specified in each SOP. 11.2. Calibration Verification (2093, Subpart 4) QA_MANUAL_2 Page 24 of 42

11.2.1. If an instrument calibration was not established on the day of analysis, a calibration verification (Laboratory Control Sample) must be analyzed with each batch to verify the instrument calibration prior to sample analysis. 11.2.2. The frequency, acceptance criteria and correction action for calibration verifications are specified in each SOP. 12. Laboratory Sample Reporting (4740.2095) 12.1. Data Reporting 12.1.1. The laboratory utilizes LIMS for reporting all data. 12.1.2. All data must be reported according to instructions listed in the SOP. 12.1.3. Clients receive results by electronic or paper reports. In certain cases where time is limited, the client may receive verbal results prior to an electronic or paper report. 12.1.4. The laboratory is responsible for preparing all regulatory reports and has all information required to report for compliance purposes. The laboratory is therefore exempt from formal report requirements listed in Minnesota Rule 4740.2095 Subpart C. 12.2. Reporting Convention: 12.2.1. All values less than the DL will be reported as < DL. 12.2.2. All values between the DL and RL will be preceded by a tilde (~). 12.2.3. All values between the RL and the top of the calibration range will be reported as is. 12.2.4. All values > the top of the calibration range must be diluted and re-run. If dilution is not possible, the value must be reported as > highest calibrant concentration and a comment must be made in the LIMS. 12.3. Comments in the LIMS: 12.3.1. A comment must be made into the LIMS under the following circumstances: quality control element failure(s), unacceptable sample integrity/condition, deviation of the SOP, and support equipment failure(s). These circumstances are defined below: 12.3.1.1. Quality Control Element Failure: 12.3.1.1.1. QC element failures includes, but is not limited to the following: blanks/ Quality of Water Check, laboratory control samples, quality control samples, matrix spikes, matrix spike duplicates, duplicates, instrument performance checks, sterility checks, etc. 12.3.1.1.2. QC element failures are batch specific. In the event of a failure, a comment must be added to all samples within the batch. 12.3.1.2. Unacceptable Sample Integrity/Condition as Received: 12.3.1.2.1. Unacceptable sample integrity includes, but is not limited to the following: temperature, pH, container type, leaking sample containers, adequate sample volume, abnormal appearance, etc. 12.3.1.2.2. Sample integrity is sample specific. In the event of unacceptable sample conditions, a comment must be made to the affected sample. 12.3.1.3. Deviation of the SOP: 12.3.1.3.1. Deviation of the SOP includes, but is not limited to the following: upon completion of the test it was determined the SOP was not followed as written and re-analysis of the sample(s) was not possible, the condition of the matrix prevents the analysis to be completed as requested (e.g. pH, sample too thick for by volume analysis, sample too thin for by weight analysis, etc). 12.3.1.3.2. Deviation of the SOP may be batch or sample specific. 12.3.1.3.2.1. If the deviation occurred to an entire batch, a comment must be added to all samples in the batch. 12.3.1.3.2.2. If the deviation occurred to a single sample, a comment must be added to the affected sample. 12.3.1.4. Support Equipment Failure During a Test or Storage: 12.3.1.4.1. Support equipment failure includes, but is not limited to the following: balances, ovens, refrigerators, freezers, incubators, water baths, block digesters, temperature QA_MANUAL_2 Page 25 of 42

measuring devices, thermistors, thermal/pressure sample preparation devices, autoclaves, volumetric dispensing devices and diluter devices. 12.3.1.4.2. Support equipment failures may be batch specific that affect samples and/or standards in more than one batch, or sample specific. In the event of a failure, a comment must be added to all affected samples. 12.4. Corrective Action Form (CAF) 12.4.1. Corrective Action Forms (CAFs) are used to correct systematic problems to minimize or prevent the situation from recurring. 12.4.1.1. CAFs are filled out in the LIMS with information describing the situation that occurred, findings of an investigation, associated samples and appropriate action to correct the problem. 12.4.1.2. Once the CAF has been entered into the LIMS it is automatically sent to the QC Officer for review. 12.4.1.3. The CAF is then used to correct all data from the point at which the situation occurred to when it was resolved. 12.4.1.4. Results are tracked and commented on, citing the CAF number. 12.4.1.5. Clients are notified and new reports are generated. 12.4.1.6. All CAFs are archived in the LIMS for tracking purposes. 12.5. Data Review and Authorization (TNI Standard V1M2: 4.2.8.4p) 12.5.1. After data entry, the data review process may consist of up to 3 types of verification when applicable. These types include multi-level product specification (MLPS), logically inconsistent data (LID), and/or peer review and authorization. 12.5.2. Multi-Level Product Specification (MLPS) 12.5.2.1. The quality of a product (Location/Sampling Point) is often determined by testing a sample and comparing it with a set of limits, known as a product specification. SampleManager (LIMS) is able to check results against a multi-level product specification (MLPS), containing one or more sets of limits for each of the test components. A product level is defined in the MLPS Level table for each set of limits entered. These limits are derived from historical data or permit requirements. The product level controls the way in which the limits are used during result entry and later in result comparison. During result entry, each result entered can be checked against each set of limits in turn. Messages will be displayed on screen, and a VGL program will be called if the result fails any set of limits. The analyst will perform an appropriate investigation before accepting the result(s). MLPS status (in/out of spec) is stored in the LIMS database. 12.5.3. Logically Inconsistent Data (LID) 12.5.3.1. Logically Inconsistent Data (LID) is defined as results that contradict the logical relationship of the whole being the sum of its parts. One way to spot anomalous data is to see it in the context of related determinations. Such comparisons can spot situations where it appears that the whole is smaller than the sum of its parts. Various types of whole/part relationships can be identified to spot anomalies: different components on the same test, different tests on the same sample, and same tests on different matrices and different samples on the same â&#x20AC;&#x153;streamâ&#x20AC;?. Comparisons against a fixed list of determinations are made at result entry. When a LID is generated the analyst will perform an appropriate investigation and take necessary action to verify and/or correct the result. LID status is stored in the LIMS database. 12.5.4. Peer Review and Authorization (TNI Standard V1M2: 4.2.8.4p) 12.5.4.1. Worksheets, with appropriate QC supplemental documentation, are submitted to the appropriate Section Manager and/or their designee for review. 12.5.4.1.1. If the worksheet and corresponding QC information is complete and accurate, the worksheet will be authorized and completed in the LIMS. 12.5.4.1.2. If the worksheet and/or corresponding QC information is not complete, the worksheet will be submitted back to the analyst for further investigation. QA_MANUAL_2 Page 26 of 42

13. Laboratory Records, Retention and Retrieval (4740.2097) 13.1. Record Keeping and Retention Time (4740.2097 Subpart A and B) 13.1.1. All information necessary for the historical reconstruction of data shall be maintained by the laboratory (TNI Standard V1M2: 4.13.3). The laboratory retains all information that produced analytical data for all samples, electronic and/or paper form, for a time period of five years. 13.1.1.1. This information is stored in the LIMS and/or Iron Mountain. 13.1.2. The laboratory maintains an up to date signature log of all designated personnel’s signature and initials. 13.1.2.1. All new laboratory staff must sign and initial the signature log prior to any analysis. 13.1.2.2. All staff must immediately inform management when changes in their name occur. 13.1.2.3. All staff are required to maintain consistency with initialing entries in the same manner as the signature log. 13.2. LIMS and Electronic Files (4740.2097 Subpart D – J) 13.2.1. All data and laboratory activities such as sample receipt, sample preparation or data verification is archived in the LIMS and can be retrieved at any time. 13.2.2. Each time an initial result is entered in the LIMS the date, time and analyst entering results is automatically tracked. 13.2.3. An audit trail is used to track any modifications made to a result in the LIMS. 13.2.3.1. The modification is stamped with the date, time and name of analyst performing the modification. 13.2.3.2. The LIMS is configured to retain the initial result even after modifications have been made. 13.3. Paper Records (4740.2097 Subpart D – J) 13.3.1. All paper entries must contain the recorder’s initials including but not limited to: worksheets, labels, and logbook entries (standards, maintenance, calibrations, temperature, volumetric checks, etc.) 13.3.2. All records that are handwritten must be legible and in permanent ink. 13.3.3. When making any corrections to any data, all corrections must be made with one strike through line. 13.3.3.1. This must be done in such a way so the error is still legible. 13.3.3.2. The analyst must then initial the correction(s). 14. Data Integrity Procedures (TNI Standard V1M2: 4.2.8.1) 14.1. These procedures provide assurance that a highly ethical approach to testing is a key component of all laboratory planning, training and implementation of methods. 14.1.1. Data Integrity Training (TNI Standard V1M2: 5.2.7) 14.1.1.1. Shall be provided by the Lab Manager or their designee one time per year. 14.1.1.2. The topics covered in the training session will be documented in writing and provided to all employees. Key topics must include: 14.1.1.2.1. Organizational mission and its relationship to the critical need of honesty and full disclosure in all analytical reporting 14.1.1.2.2. How and when to report data integrity issues 14.1.1.2.3. Record keeping 14.1.1.3. All current employees and new employees are required to take data integrity training once per year. 14.1.1.4. Attendees of the training will sign a Data Integrity Training Signature Attendance Sheet. The QA Officer or their designee is responsible for creating the sheet. 14.1.1.5. New employees will undergo data integrity training and sign the Data Integrity Training Signature Attendance Sheet as a formal part of new employee orientation. 14.1.1.6. Signature Attendance Sheet(s) and a copy of the training materials will be filed in the QA Office and made available for auditor review. 14.1.2. Periodic monitoring of data integrity 14.1.2.1. The QA Officer or their designee shall look for evidence of inappropriate actions or vulnerabilities related to data integrity as part of their overall internal auditing program. QA_MANUAL_2 Page 27 of 42

14.1.2.2. Potential issues will be fully investigated. 14.1.2.3. All investigations that result in finding of inappropriate activity shall be documented and shall include any disciplinary actions involved, corrective actions taken, and all appropriate notifications of clients. 14.1.2.4. All documentation of these investigations and actions taken shall be maintained in the QA Office for at least five years. 14.1.3. The Lab Manager, QA Officer, and Section Managers: 14.1.3.1. Shall uphold the spirit and intent of the data integrity procedures. 14.1.3.2. Shall effectively implement the specific requirements of the data integrity procedures. 14.1.3.3. Employees are encouraged to confidentially report suspected unethical behavior that is related to data integrity to the Lab Manager, QA Officer or Section Managers. Such instances will be fully investigated and documented as described in Section 14.1.2.3 and 14.1.2.4 . 15. Complaint Procedures (TNI Standard V1M2: 4.2.8.3n, and 4.8) 15.1. All data review requests should be made to the Analytical Support and Customer Service Section Manager, Dave Fuchs at dave.fuchs@metc.state.mn.us or (651) 602-8115. 15.2. All customer/staff concerns or complaints should be made to the Laboratory Manager, John Hubbling at john.hubbling@metc.state.mn.us or (651) 602-8135. 16. Management Reviews 16.1. The laboratory manager is scheduled to meet weekly with the QA Officer and QA staff to review issues related to quality systems, and establish plans and timetables to implement program corrections and improvements. These issues include but are not limited to: revisions to the QA manual; feedback from Laboratory managers; results of internal and external assessments (audits, PT sample results, client feedback, etc.) Decisions made at these meetings are recorded. 16.2. Laboratory Management is scheduled to meet monthly with primary clients to discuss status of current projects and plans for future projects. 16.3. In addition, on an annual basis, the Laboratory Manager reviews strategic issues and plans, including relevant QA issues, with upper management; this report is reviewed and stored by upper management.

QA_MANUAL_2 Page 28 of 42

Appendix A

Metropolitan Council Working for the Region, Planning for the Future Demonstration of Capability (DOC) for Chemistry Name:

Scope of Certification LIMS Test Code:

SOP ID:

Analytes:

Analytical Technique(s): (e.g. extraction, digestion, Complete SOP)

Initial Demonstration

Re-certification

Certified Trainer: Date of Initial Training Period: Standard (Name/Concentration): DOC Data Source:

Method Standard

Matrix: Date Demonstration Performed: Sample Results

Acceptable Range

Data Acceptable (check one)

YES

Note: Please attach/staple a copy of the worksheet, raw data/benchsheet and computer printout for review by quality control officer. Please attach additional sheet(s) for multi-component analyses.

*Signature of the analyst signifies that they have read, understood and agree to perform the above named analysis using the current version of the standard operating procedure(s) and the current quality assurance manual. Analyst Name*

Signature

Date

Certified Trainer's Name (Initial DOC Only)

Signature

Date

Lam Sanouvong Quality Control Officer's Name

Signature

Date

The analyst is considered certified for the above named analyte(s), test code and technique, as of the date by the QA Officer. The original form is maintained in the QA officerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s files.

QA_MANUAL_2 Page 29 of 42

Appendix B

Metropolitan Council Working for the Region, Planning for the Future Demonstration of Capability (DOC) for Microbiology Name:

Scope of Certification LIMS Test Code:

SOP ID: Analytical Technique(s):

Analytes:

(e.g. extraction, digestion, Complete SOP)

Initial Demonstration

Re-certification

Certified Trainer: Date of Initial Training Period: Standard (Name/Concentration): DOC Data Source:

Data Comparison

Date Demonstration Performed: Sample Results

Acceptable Range

Data Acceptable (check one)

YES

Note: Please attach/staple a copy of the worksheet, raw data/benchsheet and computer printout for review by quality control officer. Please attach additional sheet(s) for multi-component analyses. *Signature of the analyst signifies that they have read, understood and agree to perform the above named analysis using the current version of the standard operating procedure(s) and the current quality assurance manual. Analyst Name*

Signature

Date

Certified Trainer's Name (Initial DOC Only)

Signature

Date

Lam Sanouvong Quality Control Officer's Name

Signature

Date

APPENDIX C

Metropolitan Council Working for the Region, Planning for the Future

Certified Standard Operating Procedures Certified Parameter

Certified Reference Method

MCES Reference

Alkalinity, as CaCO3 Ammonia, as N Biochemical Oxygen Demand, carbonaceous Biochemical Oxygen Demand, carbonaceous Chemical Oxygen Demand Chloride Chloride Cyanide, Total Hardness Kjeldahl Nitrogen, Total (TKN) Nitrate, as N Phenolics, Total Phosphorus, Total (TP) Residue, Nonfilterable (TSS) Sulfate Metals Mercury E.Coli Bateria E.Coli Bateria Fecal Coliform PCB/Pesticide Purgeable Organic Compounds Semi-Volatile Organic Compounds Acrolein/Acrylonitrile

EPA 310.2 EPA 350.1 Rev. 2.0 SM 5210 B-01 Hach 10360 EPA 410.4 Rev. 2.0 SM 4500-Cl- E-97 EPA 300.0 Rev. 2.1 EPA 335.4 Rev. 1.0 SM 2340 C-97 EPA 351.2 Rev. 2.0 SM 4500 NO3- H-00 EPA 420.1 MNPBMS 014 (365.4) MNPBMS 016 (2540D) EPA 300.0 Rev 2.1 MNPBMS 003 (200.8) MNPBMS 015 (245.7) Coliert Quanti-Tray Coliert-18 Quanti-Tray EPA 600/8-78-017 p.124 EPA 608 Appendix A EPA 624 Appendix A EPA 625 Appendix A EPA 1624B Appendix A

ALK_AA NH3_AA BOD5 BOD5 COD CHLORIDE_AA ANIONS_IC HCN HARD-TITR NUT_AA N-N_AA PHENOL NUT_AA TSSVSS ANIONS_IC MET-ICPMSV HG_CVGF COLI-Q COLI-Q FCOLI_MF PCB-PST-GCV PURG-PP-MSV BNA-MSV ACR-MS

Metropolitan Council Environmental Services 2400 Childs Rd Saint Paul, Minnesota 55106 US EPA Lab Code: MN00025

QA_MANUAL_2 Page 31 of 42

APPENDIX D

QA_MANUAL_2 Page 32 of 42

APPENDIX E

Test Codes by Analytical Section Certified Test Codes Identity BOD5C

Description BOD; 5-day; carbonaceous

Group ID BIO/RESIDUE

Analysis Type BOD5

BIO/RESIDUE

ECOLI-MPNT

BIO/RESIDUE BIO/RESIDUE METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS

FCOLI-MF TSS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS

FCOLI-MF TSS-GF AG-MSV AL-MSV AS-MSV BA-MSV BE-MSV CD-MSV CO-MSV CR-MSV CU-MSV

E Coliform bacteria count; multiple tube fermentation, Quanti-Tray Method Fecal Coliform bacteria count; membrane filtration Suspended solids Silver; ICPMS; by volume Aluminum; ICPMS;by volume Arsenic; ICPMS; by Volume Barium; ICPMS; by volume Beryllium; ICPMS;by volume Cadmium; ICPMS;by volume Cobalt by ICPMS; by volume Chromium; ICPMS;; by volume Copper; ICPMS; by volume

HG-CVGF7V

Mercury;Epa 245.7;w/o 1669;cold vapor; single gold amalgam; florescence; PSA Automated; >1.0 ng/l (Bromine Digestion) by volume

METALS

HG-CVGF7

HG-CVGF97V

Mercury;Epa 245.7;with 1669;cold vapor; single gold amalgam; florescence; PSA Automated; >1.0 ng/l (Bromine Digestion) by volume

METALS

HG-CVGF7

MET-MSV MN-MSV MO-MSV NI-MSV PB-MSV SB-MSV SE-MSV TL-MSV V-MSV ZN-MSV ALK-AV

Metals: Cu; NI; Pb; Zn; Cd; Cr; by ICPMS;by volume Manganese; ICPMS;by volume Molybdenum; ICPMS;by volume Nickel; ICPMS;by volume Lead; ICPMS;by volume Antimony; ICPMS;by volume Selenium; ICPMS; by volume Thallium; ICPMS;by volume Vanadium; ICPMS;by volume Zinc; ICPMS;by volume Alkalinity; autoanalysis by volume

METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS WET CHEM

ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ALK-AV

ANION-ICV CL-AV

Anions by Ion Chromatography;by volume; Nitrate N; Nitrite N; Sulfate; Chloride; Ortho P; Fluoride; Bromide Chloride ion; autoanalysis by volume

WET CHEM WET CHEM

ANION-IC CL-AV

CL-ICV

Chloride by Ion Chromatography;by volume;

WET CHEM

CL-IC

COD-A2

Chemical Oxygen Demand; with Silver Slufate; sealed ampule; spectrophotometric

WET CHEM

COD-A

ECOLI-MPNT

QA_MANUAL_2 Page 33 of 42

COD-AW2

Chemical Oxygen Demand; by weight; with silver sulfate; sealed ampule; spectrophotometric

WET CHEM

COD-A

HARD-HL

Hardness; high level:>5mg/l; EDTA titration

WET CHEM

HARD

HARD-OESV

Hardness; high level: >0.37mg/L

WET CHEM

HARD

WET CHEM

HCN-A2

WET CHEM

N_N-A

WET CHEM

N_N-A2

WET CHEM

NH3-A

WET CHEM

NUTS-A

WET CHEM

NUTS-AR

WET CHEM WET CHEM

NUTS-A NUTS-A

NUT-AW P-AV

Cyanide;semi micro digest;auto color;vol: acid reflux; barbituric acid colorimetry Nitrate/Nitrite-N;28 day hold time;autoanalysis by volume Nitrate/Nitrite-N; 48 hr hold time: autoanalysis by volume Ammonia Nitrogen; phenate; autoanalysis; by volume Kjeldahl Nitrogen and Phosphorus; total; autoanalysis by volume RUSH' Kjeldahl Nitrogen and Phosphorus; total; autoanalysis by volume Kjeldahl Nitrogen and Phosphorus; total; autoanalysis by weight Phosphorus; total; autoanalysis by volume

SO4-ICV

Sulfate Anion by Ion Chromatography;by volume;

WET CHEM

SO4-IC

TKN-AV

Kjeldahl Nitrogen; total; autoanalysis by volume

WET CHEM

NUTS-A

ORGANICS

ACR-MS

ORGANICS ORGANICS

PCB-GC PNL-4A

HCN-A2V N_N-AV N_N-AV2 NH3N-AV NUT-AV NUT-AVR

PCB-GCV PNL-4A

Acrolein and acrylonitrile by MS; by vol. Ambient purge with isotope dilution epa 1624 Polychlorinated Biphenyls by Arochlor by GC by volume Phenolics; total; 4-AAP colorimetric

PPBNA-MSV

PP Base Neut.+Acid Extract. by MS by Volume

ORGANICS

PPBNA-MS

PPP-MSV

Purgeable Prior. Poll. by MS by vol; alph and aromat

ORGANICS

PPP-MS

PPPST-GCV

Pesticides by GC by vol from PP list; w/ PCB

ORGANICS

PPPST-GC

ACR-MSV

Certified and Non-Certified Test Codes Identity

Description

Group ID

Analysis Type

BOD5 BOD5C

BOD; 5-day; carbonaceous and nitrogeneous BOD; 5-day; carbonaceous

BIO/RESIDUE BIO/RESIDUE

BOD5 BOD5

BODTOX

BOD Toxicity - Evaluate potential toxicity of material as indicated by increasing BOD with increasing BOD dilutions

BIO/RESIDUE

BODTOX

BODUC70-DN

BOD; ultimate; carbonaceous and nitrogeneous seperate; by Delta N method. Glass bead method in 2 Liter BOD bottle.

BIO/RESIDUE

BODUC70-DN

CL2-BIA

Chlorine residual; amperometric; backtitration with I2; measures strong oxidants reported as CL2.

BIO/RESIDUE

CL2

QA_MANUAL_2 Page 34 of 42

CL2-DPD-C

CHLORINE RESIDUAL;DPD COLORIMETRIC

BIO/RESIDUE

QA_MANUAL_2 Page 35 of 42

CL2-DPD-C

CL2-FTS

Chlorine residual; forward titration; with thio; starch endpoint; measures strong oxidants reported as CL2

BIO/RESIDUE

CL2-FTS

CLA-BMTRCS

Chlorophylls on surfaces (sonify): trichrom a; b and c; pheophytin corrected and viability indicators;extraction by sonification in 90% acetone.

BIO/RESIDUE

CLA

CLA-TR-CS

Chlorophylls (sonify): trichrom a; b and c; mono chrom- pheophytin corrected and viability indicators;extraction by sonification in 90% acetone.

BIO/RESIDUE

CLA

COLI-MPNT

Total Coliform bacteria and E Coliform bacteria count; multiple tube fermentation, Quanti-Tray Method

BIO/RESIDUE

ECOLI-MPNT

COLI-PA COND DOX-W

Total Colifrom bacteria; presence/absence; Chromgenic Substrate Technique; Colitert indicator ONPG-MUG; (Ortho-nitrophenyl-BD-galactopyranoside - 4-methylumbelliferyl-Bd-glucoronide) Conductivity Dissolved oxygen; winkler titration

BIO/RESIDUE BIO/RESIDUE BIO/RESIDUE

COLI-PA COND DOX

BIO/RESIDUE

ECOLI-MPNT

BIO/RESIDUE

FCOLI-MF

BIO/RESIDUE

FCOLI-MPN

BIO/RESIDUE

FCOLI-MPN

BIO/RESIDUE

FCOLI-MPN

FCOLI-MPNB

E Coliform bacteria count; multiple tube fermentation, Quanti-Tray Method Fecal Coliform bacteria count; membrane filtration Fecal Coliform bacteria count; multiple tube fermentation Fecal Coliform bacteria count; multiple tube fermentation; Class A detemination Fecal Coliform bacteria count; multiple tube fermentation; Class B Determination

HETEROPCNT MICROEXAM

Heterotrophic plate count (bacteria); pour plate Microscopic examination and description

BIO/RESIDUE BIO/RESIDUE

HETER0PCNT MICROEXAM

ML_EXAM

Microscopic exam. and desc. of mixed liquor

BIO/RESIDUE

ML_EXAM

BIO/RESIDUE

ML_TAX

BIO/RESIDUE

ECOLI-MPNT

BIO/RESIDUE

TURB

BIO/RESIDUE BIO/RESIDUE BIO/RESIDUE BIO/RESIDUE

BM_SOLIDS BTU DENSITY GRIT_SLDG

ECOLI-MPNT FCOLI-MF FCOLI-MPN FCOLI-MPNA

BM_SOLIDS BTU-O2 DENSITY-WV GRIT_SLDG

Microscopic exam and Taxonomic identification of filaments in Mix Liquor Total Coliform bacteria count; multiple tube fermentation, Quanti-Tray Method Turbidity by nephelometry; Nephelometric Turbidity Ratio Units; Hach 2100N Meter; Biomass solids; hydrated volatile solids plus sediment free dry weight British Thermal Units; O2 bomb Density Grit in sludge; Zimpro warrenty procedure

POLY_EXSOL TDS-180

Polymer solids by acetone extraction technique at 70 deg C Total Dissolved Solids; dried at 180 deg C

BIO/RESIDUE BIO/RESIDUE

POLYSOLIDS TDS-180

TOXORG-WT

Toxicity testing Organism Weight; to 0.00001gm (max=30gm) using analytical balance

BIO/RESIDUE

WEIGHT

ML_TAX TCOLI-MPNT TRB-NTRUN2

QA_MANUAL_2 Page 36 of 42

TS_ASH-VOL TSS-GF TSSVSS-GF TS-VOL

Fixed solids; volumetric basis; 550 deg C Suspended solids Suspended and volatile suspended solids Total solids; volumetric basis; 103 deg C

BIO/RESIDUE BIO/RESIDUE BIO/RESIDUE BIO/RESIDUE

TS_ASH TSS VSS TS

TSVS-VOL

Total and volatile solids; volumetric basis (mg/l)

BIO/RESIDUE

TVS

TSVS-WT

Total and volatile solids; weight basis(%); 550C

BIO/RESIDUE

TVS

TSVS-WTC TS-WT

Total and volatile solids; weight basis(%); 550C Dry to constant weight; Method 2540G SM 18th edition Total solids weight basis (%)

BIO/RESIDUE BIO/RESIDUE

TVS TS

BIO/RESIDUE

BIO/RESIDUE METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS

WEIGHT ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS

WEIGHT AG-MSV AG-MSW AL-MSV AL-MSW AS-MSV AS-MSW BA-MSV BA-MSW BE-MSV BE-MSW B-MSV B-MSW CA-MSV CA-MSW CD-MSV CD-MSW CO-MSV CO-MSW

Total solids weight basis (%); Dry to constant weight; Method 2540G SM 18th edition Weight to 0.01gm (min=1gm) using top loader balance Silver; ICPMS; by volume Silver; ICPMS ; by weight Aluminum; ICPMS;by volume Aluminum; ICPMS; by weight Arsenic; ICPMS; by Volume Arsenic; ICPMS; by Weight Barium; ICPMS; by volume Barium; ICPMS by weight Beryllium; ICPMS;by volume Beryllium; ICPMS; by weight Boron by ICPMS;by volume Boron by ICPMS by weight Calcium; ICPMS; by volume Calcium; ICPMS; by weight Cadmium; ICPMS;by volume Cadmium; ICPMS; by weight Cobalt by ICPMS; by volume Cobalt by ICPMS; by weight

CR6-MSV CR-MSV CR-MSW CU-MSV CU-MSW FE-MSV FE-MSW

Hex. chromium; filtered. precip/ICPMS method. USEPA Method 218.5 Chromium; ICPMS;; by volume Chromium; ICPMS; by weight Copper; ICPMS; by volume Copper; ICPMS; by weight Iron; ICPMS; by volume Iron; ICPMS; by weight

METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS

CR6-ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS

HG-CVAW

Mercury; cold vapor AAS; PSA Automated; >1.0 ug/kg(Permangate Digestion) by weight

METALS

HG-CVA

HG-CVFV

Mercury; cold vapor; fluorescence; PSA Automated; >1.0 ng/l (Bromine Digestion) by volume

METALS

HG-CVF

HG-CVFW

Mercury; cold vapor; fluorescence; PSA Automated; >1.0 ng/l (Bromine Digestion) by weight

METALS

HG-CVF

TS-WTC

QA_MANUAL_2 Page 37 of 42

HG-CVGF7V

Mercury;Epa 245.7;w/o 1669;cold vapor; single gold amalgam; florescence; PSA Automated; >1.0 ng/l (Bromine Digestion) by volume

METALS

HG-CVGF7

HG-CVGF97V

Mercury;Epa 245.7;with 1669;cold vapor; single gold amalgam; florescence; PSA Automated; >1.0 ng/l (Bromine Digestion) by volume

METALS

HG-CVGF7

HG-SPKCVA K-MSV K-MSW

Mercury; Spke; cold vapor AAS; PSA Automated; >1.0 ug/kg(Permangate Digestion) by weight Potassium; ICPMS;by volume Potassium; ICPMS; by weight

METALS METALS METALS

HG-CVA ICPMS ICPMS

METALS

ICPMS

METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS METALS WET CHEM

ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ICPMS ALK-AV

MET-MSW MG-MSV MG-MSW MN-MSV MN-MSW MO-MSV MO-MSW NA-MSV NA-MSW NI-MSV NI-MSW PB-MSV PB-MSW SB-MSV SB-MSW SE-MSV SE-MSW SN-MSV SN-MSW TI-MSV TI-MSW TL-MSV TL-MSW V-MSV V-MSW ZN-MSV ZN-MSW ALK-AV

Metals: Cu; NI; Pb; Zn; Cd; Cr; by ICPMS;by volume Metals: Cu; NI; Pb; Zn; Cd; Cr; by ICPMS; by weight Magnesium; ICPMS;by volume Magnesium; ICPMS; by weight Manganese; ICPMS;by volume Manganese; ICPMS; by weight Molybdenum; ICPMS;by volume Molybdenum; ICPMS; by weight Sodium; ICPMS;by volume Sodium; ICPMS; by weight Nickel; ICPMS;by volume Nickel; ICPMS; by weight Lead; ICPMS;by volume Lead; ICPMS; by weight Antimony; ICPMS;by volume Antimony; ICPMS; by weight Selenium; ICPMS; by volume Selenium; ICPMS;by weight Tin; ICPMS;by volume Tin; ICPMS; by weight Titanium; ICPMS; by volume Titanium;ICPMS; by weight Thallium; ICPMS;by volume Thallium; ICPMS; by weight Vanadium; ICPMS;by volume Vanadium;ICPMS; by weight Zinc; ICPMS;by volume Zinc; ICPMS; by weight Alkalinity; autoanalysis by volume

ANION-ICV

Anions by Ion Chromatography;by volume; Nitrate N; Nitrite N; Sulfate; Chloride; Ortho P; Fluoride; Bromide

WET CHEM

ANION-IC

ANION-ICW CL-AV

Anions by Ion Chromatography;by weight; Nitrate N; Nitrite N; Sulfate; Chloride; Ortho P Chloride ion; autoanalysis by volume

WET CHEM WET CHEM

ANION-IC CL-AV

CL-ICV

Chloride by Ion Chromatography;by volume;

WET CHEM

CL-IC

MET-MSV

QA_MANUAL_2 Page 38 of 42

COD-A2

Chemical Oxygen Demand; with Silver Slufate; sealed ampule; spectrophotometric

WET CHEM

COD-A

COD-AW2

Chemical Oxygen Demand; by weight; with silver sulfate; sealed ampule; spectrophotometric

WET CHEM

COD-A

HARD-HL

Hardness; high level:>5mg/l; EDTA titration

WET CHEM

HARD

WET CHEM

HCN-A2

WET CHEM

HCN-A2

WET CHEM

HCNCL2-A2

WET CHEM

N_N-A

WET CHEM

N_N-A

WET CHEM

N_N-A

WET CHEM

NH3-A

WET CHEM

NH3-A

WET CHEM

NUTS-A

WET CHEM

NUTS-A

WET CHEM

NUTS-AP

WET CHEM

NUTS-A

WET CHEM

NUTS-AR

WET CHEM

NUTS-A

WET CHEM

OIL-SOX

WET CHEM

OIL-SOX

WET CHEM

OIL-SOX

WET CHEM

ORTHO_P

WET CHEM

ORTHO_P

HCN-A2W

Cyanide;semi micro digest;auto color;vol: acid reflux; barbituric acid colorimetry Cyanide;semi micro digest;auto color; wgt: acid reflux; barbituric acid colorimetry

HCNCL2-A2V

Cyanide amenable to Cl2;man dig;auto color;vol: acid reflux; barbituric acid colorimetry (diff. between chlorinated samp. and straight samp.)

HCN-A2V

N_N-AHV N_N-AV N_N-AW NH3N-AV NH3N-AW NUT-AHLV NUT-ALV

Nitrate/Nitrite-N;extended holding time;autoanalysis by volume Nitrate/Nitrite-N;28 day hold time;autoanalysis by volume Nitrate and Nitrite Nitrogen; autoanalysis by weight Ammonia Nitrogen; phenate; autoanalysis; by volume Ammonia Nitrogen; phenate; autoanalysis; by weight Phos + Kjel; Low Level; Extended Holding time; Auto Analysis PHOS (TOT) AND KJEL. NIT; LOW LEVEL AUTO ANAL

ORTHO_P

Kjeldahl Nitrogen and Phosphorus; particulate matter; autoanalysis; reporting units corrected to mg/l. Kjeldahl Nitrogen and Phosphorus; total; autoanalysis by volume RUSH' Kjeldahl Nitrogen and Phosphorus; total; autoanalysis by volume Kjeldahl Nitrogen and Phosphorus; total; autoanalysis by weight Oil and Grease; freon soxhlet extraction; gravametric Oil and Grease; Hexane soxhlet extraction; gravametric Oil and Grease; hexane soxhlet extraction; gravametric; by weight Phosphorus; ortho; manual phospho-molybdate spectrophotometric

ORTHO_PH

Phosphorus; ortho; manual phospho-molybdate spectrophotometric; non-std;extended holding time;frozen samples

NUT-AP NUT-AV NUT-AVR NUT-AW OIL-SOX OIL-SOX2 OIL-SOXW2

P-AHLV P-ALV

Phosporus (Tot); Low Level; Extended Holding WET CHEM time-samples frozen; Auto Anal PHOSPHORUS (TOT);LOW LEVEL AUTO WET CHEM ANAL QA_MANUAL_2 Page 39 of 42

NUTS-A NUTS-A

P-AP P-AV P-AW SILICA-AV

Phosphorus; particulate matter; autoanalysis; reporting units corrected to mg/l. Phosphorus; total; autoanalysis by volume Phosphorus; total; autoanalysis by weight Silica; molybdate reactive; Auto Analysis.

WET CHEM WET CHEM WET CHEM WET CHEM

NUTS-AP NUTS-A NUTS-A SILICA

SO4-ICV

Sulfate Anion by Ion Chromatography;by volume;

WET CHEM

SO4-IC

TKN-AP

Kjeldahl Nitrogen; particulate matter; autoanalysis; reporting units corrected to mg/l.

WET CHEM

NUTS-AP

TKN-AV

Kjeldahl Nitrogen; total; autoanalysis by volume

WET CHEM

NUTS-A

TKN-AW

Kjeldahl Nitrogen; total; autoanalysis by weight

WET CHEM

NUTS-A

WET CHEM

TOC-HTC

WET CHEM

TOC-WO

WET CHEM

TOC-WO2

ORGANICS

ABS-UV

ORGANICS

ACR-MS

ORGANICS

BTEX-MS

ORGANICS ORGANICS

PPBN-MS DYE-FL

TOC-HTC TOC-WO

TOC-WO2 ABS-UV

Total Organic Carbon; high temp combustion module; NDIR detection Total Organic Carbon; wet oxidation; auto sampler;settled sample; NDIR detection Total Organic Carbon; wet oxidation; Manual injection - mixed sample; NDIR detection ABSORBANCE/TRANSMITTANCE (UV/VIS) AT SPECIFIED WAVELENGTH

CWTBN-MSV DYE-FL

Acrolein and acrylonitrile by MS; by vol. Ambient purge with isotope dilution epa 1624 Benzene; Toluene; Ethly Benzene; and Xylenes by MS by vol(BTEX) Base neutrals by MS from Centralized Waste Treatment list; by vol Dyes; quantitation by fluorescence

MS-ID

MS ID or verification (P/A) of suspected sample components.

ORGANICS

MS-ID

MS-SCAN

Mass spectral scan of unknown mix with tentative ID of selected components and 'area count quantification' (ie w/o standards)

ORGANICS

MS-SCAN

MS-SCAN2

Mass spectral scan with confirmation and quantitation of components in unknown mixture in samples thru use of pure standards.

ORGANICS

MS-SCAN2

ORGANICS

PCB-AGCW

ORGANICS

PCB-GC

ORGANICS ORGANICS

PCB-GC PNL-4A

ORGANICS

PPBNA-MS

ACR-MSV BTEX-MSV

PCB-GCW PNL-4A

PCB's; by Arochlor by GC by weight Accelerated Solvent Extraction with GPC and Micro/Macro SPE (Solid Phase Extraction) cleanup Techniques Polychlorinated Biphenyls by Arochlor by GC by volume Polychlorinated Biphenyls by Arochlor by GC by weight Phenolics; total; 4-AAP colorimetric

PPBNA-MSV

PP Base Neut.+Acid Extract. by MS by Volume

PCB-AGCW PCB-GCV

QA_MANUAL_2 Page 40 of 42

PPBNA-MSW

PP Base Neut.+Acid Extract. by MS by weight

ORGANICS

PPBNA-MS

PPBNA-SPKM

PP Base Neut.+Acid Extract SPIKE by MS

ORGANICS

PPBNA-MS

PPBN-MSV

Base neutrals by MS from Priority Pollutant list; by vol

ORGANICS

PPBN-MS

PPPAR-MSV

Purgeable aromatic Prior Poll by MS by vol

ORGANICS

PPPAR-MS

PPPAR-MSW

Purgeable aromatic Prior Poll by MS by weight

ORGANICS

PPPAR-MS

ORGANICS

PPP-MS

ORGANICS

PPP-MS

ORGANICS

PPP-MS

PPP-SPKM

Purgeable Prior. Poll. by MS by vol; alph and aromat Purgeable Prior. Poll. by MS by weight alph and aromat Purgeable Prior. Poll. SPIKE by MS; alph and aromat

PPPST-GCV

Pesticides by GC by vol from PP list; w/ PCB

ORGANICS

PPPST-GC

PPPST-GCW

Pesticides by GC by weight from Prior Poll list; w/ PCB

ORGANICS

PPPST-GC

PPPST-SPKG VA-ABT VA-GCV

Pesticides by GC SPIKE from PP list; w/ PCB Volatile acids (total) by acid/base titration Volatile acids by GC by vol

ORGANICS ORGANICS ORGANICS

PPPST-GC VA-ABT VA-GC

MINMAXPH

FIELD DATA: Min and Max pH values read from Primary Influent pH graphs

pH by electrochemical pH probe

PRECIP

Metro Plant Daily Precipitation

TEMP

INFLUENT TEMPERATURE

ANALYTICAL SUPPORT ANALYTICAL SUPPORT ANALYTICAL SUPPORT ANALYTICAL SUPPORT

PPP-MSV PPP-MSW

QA_MANUAL_2 Page 41 of 42

FIELD_DATA PH FIELD_DATA FIELD_DATA

APPENDIX F 4740.2099 Initial Demonstration of Analyst Certification Database Date Last Updated: Updated By:

Date

Name/Analyst

Employee

Training

Status

Completed

(P= Past)

Test Code

SOP

Analytical

Supervisor/Trainer

Date Recertification

Date Recert.

Identification #

Technique

Name

Required

Completed

APPENDIX G

Laboratory Services Sample Acceptance Policy Minnesota Department of Healthâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s (MDH) Laboratory Certification rules require that Laboratories establish a Sample Acceptance Policy (SAP) and make it available to sample collection personnel. This policy should clearly outline the circumstances under which samples will be accepted or rejected by the laboratory. Due to the MPCA regulatory monitoring requirements, rather than rejecting samples, Laboratory Services staff will put procedures into place to check for sample irregularities. Such irregularities will be documented and communicated to sample collection personnel. Laboratory staff is always responsible for preparing Agency compliance reports. Documented sample irregularities will be incorporated into these report generation processes. All samples subject to Laboratory Certification protocols must be collected and preserved according to Code of Federal Regulations 40 Part 136 table II. Upon receipt in the laboratory, samples will be handled according to the following Laboratory Services SAP Criteria: 1. Sample Missing Sheets (SMS) SMSs are prepared for each sample set. A SMS indicates what samples were delivered, sampling interval and delivery date. 2. Sample Condition. Sample bottles received by laboratory staff are inspected for the following; a) Use of appropriate, permanently marked Laboratory Services provided containers; b) Integrity of Sample Containers (sealed and check for leakage); and c) Adequate Sample Volume. Any deviations from acceptable condition are noted on the SMS. Any deviations are reported to the sample collection personnel to be addressed. Any deviations that might impact analysis or reporting of results for affected samples are addressed according to fixed agency protocols, or are discussed with in the Agency and a specific response established. 3. Proper thermal preservation All samples requiring thermal preservation should arrive to the laboratory in coolers containing ice, indicating at a minimum, that the cooling process has begun. Deviations of this protocol will be noted on the appropriate SMS. Absence of ice in the coolers will be considered a deviation to this protocol and will be reported back to sample collection personnel to be addressed. 4. Proper Acid/Base Chemical Preservation The pH of the preserved sample will be checked to validate complete preservation. If preservation is not complete, additional preservation chemical will be added and the deviation noted on the SMS and corrective action will be initiated.

QA_MANUAL_1 Page 42 of 42

April 15, 2020 Board Meeting V. Action Items, E) Como Golf Course BMP Project – Authorize Cooperative Construction Agreement and Bid Advertisement

DATE: TO: FROM: SUBJECT:

April 9, 2020 CRWD Board of Managers Forrest Kelley, PE Regulatory Division Manager Como Park BMPs -Authorize Cooperative Construction Agreement and Bid Advertisement

Background In 2016 CRWD was awarded a $1.76 million grant through BWSR’s Targeted Watershed Program (TWP) for work in the Como and McCarrons subwatersheds. Two of the potential projects identified in the grant application were located on the Como Park Golf Course – expansion of the existing Polar Bear Infiltration basin and installation of an underground infiltration pipe gallery at Hole 7, and an Iron-Enhanced Sand Filtration (IESF) bench along the east shoreline of the Northwest Pond between Holes 3 and 11. Plans for these BMPs are complete, specifications are under final QA/QC review prior to bid advertisement, and the final draft Cooperative Construction Agreement is under review by both the City of St. Paul and CRWD. Issues Staff have coordinated with City of St. Paul Parks and Recreation Department and Public Works, Sewers Division staff to review a Cooperative Construction Agreement for the project and anticipate final approvals the week of April 12th. As part of the agreement, CRWD is providing funding to the Parks and Recreation Department to offset a portion of the costs of the City’s Hole 8 lift station improvement project. Earlier in 2020, CRWD completed an analysis of local groundwater inputs from current and past CRWD projects in Como Park. The analysis supports the commitment of funds to the City as partners in water management in Como Park. Significant components of the agreement are as follows. • CRWD will fully fund, own, operate, and maintain BMPs, and fund half of lift station costs (up to $85,000) • City of St. Paul, Parks and Recreation Department will provide land, and grant temporary and permanent easements for our BMP projects, and fund remainder of, own, and operate the lift station • City of St. Paul, Public Works, Sewers Division will issue connection permits and own, operate and maintain new pipe that diverts overflow water around the Zoo BMPs Bid advertisement is anticipated to start in late April after agreements and easement have been finalized. Construction is currently scheduled for October 2020 through January 2021, with golf course restoration to be completed as soon as weather permits in the spring of 2021. The engineer’s cost estimate is $1.12M, and approximately $660,000 of TWP grant money has been allocated to the project, the remainder being funding by CRWD under 405 Como TWP BMPs, which has a 2020 budget of $940,220. The BMPs are expected to remove a combined 55 pounds of Total Phosphorus annually. Staff will review the plans with the Board and answer any questions that arise.

Our Mission is to protect, manage and improve the water resources of Capitol Region Watershed District

Requested Action 1) Approve Cooperative Construction Agreement for Como Golf Course BMPs and Authorize Administrator to Execute Subject to Review and Approval by the Ramsey County Attorney 2) Approve Plans and Authorize Bidding for Como Golf Course BMPs enc:

Final Draft Cooperative Construction Agreement with City of St. Paul for Como Golf Course BMPs Como Golf Course BMP Project Plans

W:\06 Projects\Como Lake Projects\Como Regional Park BMPs\Brd Memo Approve CCA and Authorize bids 2020-04-09.docx

Our Mission is to protect, manage and improve the water resources of Capitol Region Watershed District

Agreement CRWD 20-004

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT COOPERATIVE AGREEMENT WITH CITY OF SAINT PAUL PARKS AND RECREATION DIVISION, CITY OF SAINT PAUL PUBLIC WORKS SEWER UTILITY, FOR INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF STORMWATER BMPS Estimated Project Cost:

$1,268,500

Attachments: A: Post-Construction Infrastructure Ownership B: Estimate of Annual Maintenance Expenses

This Agreement is between the Capitol Region Watershed District, a watershed district created pursuant to Minnesota Statutes chapter 103D (“CRWD”), the City of Saint Paul, a municipal corporation (“City”), through its Department of Parks and Recreation ("Parks"), and it division of Public Works, (“Public Works”) to apportion rights and responsibilities related to the installation of stormwater best management practices (“Stormwater BMPs”) and water level management infrastructure (“Lift Station”) at the Como Park Golf Course in Saint Paul, MN (“Project”). RECITALS 1. Project has been approved by CRWD (Resolution 20-XX), and by City (Resolution XX/XX/2020). 2. City owns, and Parks operates, Como Regional Park, which contains the 18-hole Como Park Municipal Golf Course, and Como Park Zoo and will allow access and easements for construction and maintenance. 3. City owns, and Public Works operates, the storm sewer main that collects stormwater runoff and conveys it through the Zoo, and across the Golf Course to Como Lake, and will issue storm sewer connection permits. 4. Project includes installation of a structure to divert stormwater from the City (Public Works) owned storm sewer below and adjacent to Kaufman Drive into an enlarged surface infiltration basin and underground infiltration pipe gallery on the Golf Course near Hole 7, an Iron-Enhanced Sand Filter bench, reconstructed Outlet Control Structure and automated level controls along eastern edge of the Golf Course Pond near Hole 3 (Stormwater BMPs), and installation of electric power CRWD 20-004

Page 1 of 10

Agreement CRWD 20-004

source, pumps and controls, force main, and pump housing structures to manage high water conditions and maintain water levels to minimize impact to golf play, while protecting existing wetland features (Lift Station) AGREEMENTS 1.

Responsibility for Design Engineering 1.1. CRWD is responsible for the preparation of all plans, specifications, proposals, and estimates for the Stormwater BMPs. 1.2. City (Parks) or its vendors is responsible for the preparation of all plans, specifications, proposals and estimates for the Lift Station. 1.3. Notwithstanding 1.2, CRWD will prepare concept level design drawings showing the general layout, alignment, and elevations for the pump housing and water intake structures for the Lift Station. Additional information related to electric power, control panel locations, or existing utilities may be added to the plans if provided to CRWD. Drawings will not be signed and will be labeled as â&#x20AC;&#x153;Not for Constructionâ&#x20AC;? 1.4. Any changes requested after final design shall be the responsibility of the party requesting the change.

Procurement and Award of Contract 2.1. CRWD will take bids in accordance with state law, watershed district statute and City rules for the Stormwater BMPs. 2.2. CRWD will award a contract for all construction work related to the Stormwater BMPs. 2.3. City (Parks) or its vendors will contract for all construction work associated with the Lift Station

Responsibility for Construction Engineering

CRWD 20-004

Page 2 of 10

Agreement CRWD 20-004

3.1. CRWD shall perform or contract for the performance of the construction engineering for all elements of the Stormwater BMPs. 3.2. City (Parks) or its vendors shall perform or contract for the performance of the construction engineering for all elements of the Lift Station. 4.

Project Costs 4.1. Project construction costs. 4.1.1. CRWD shall be responsible for all construction costs and obtaining storm sewer connection, NPDES, or other required permits for the Stormwater BMPs. 4.1.2. Notwithstanding 4.1.1, City (Parks) or its vendors shall be responsible for all costs related to the seedbed prep and turfgrass establishment on disturbed areas not restored with native vegetation for the Stormwater BMPs. 4.1.3. City (Parks) or its vendors shall be responsible for all construction costs for the Lift Station and obtaining sewer connection permits. 4.1.4. Notwithstanding 4.1.1, CRWD shall contribute 50%, up to $85,000 to City (Parks) for construction cost of the Lift Station. City (Parks) or its vendors shall be responsible for all additional costs. Payment shall be made to the City no later than 60 days after submittal of documentation of paid invoices. 4.2. Design Engineering Costs 4.2.1. CRWD shall be responsible for 100% of all costs related to design engineering of the Stormwater BMPs. 4.2.2. City (Parks) or its vendors shall be responsible for all costs associated with design engineering of the Lift Station. 4.2.3. Notwithstanding 4.2.2, CRWD shall be responsible for costs to prepare concept level design drawings showing the general layout,

CRWD 20-004

Page 3 of 10

Agreement CRWD 20-004

alignment, and elevations for the pump housing and water intake structures for the Lift Station as described in section 1.3.

4.3. Construction Engineering Costs 4.3.1. CRWD shall be responsible for 100% of all costs related to construction engineering for the Stormwater BMPs. 4.3.2. City (Parks) or its vendors shall be responsible for all costs associated with construction engineering for the Lift Station. 5.

Easement and Access Rights 5.1. City (Parks) will provide a temporary construction easement to access, construct, inspect, and facilitate the construction of the Stormwater BMPs. The form of easement will be drafted by CRWD and approved by City (Parks) 5.2. City (Parks) will provide a permanent drainage and utility easement benefiting CRWD providing the right to access, inspect, monitor, maintain, repair and replace the Stormwater BMPs. The form of easement will be drafted by CRWD and approved by City (Parks). 5.3. City (Parks) will allow CRWD to install signage to comply with requirements for project signage, as provided in Minnesota Laws 2010, Chapter 361, article 3, section 5 (b) for Clean Water Fund projects. 5.4. City (Parks) will allow CRWD to install monitoring equipment in an agreed upon location that does not conflict with golf course play and grants access to property for CRWD staff to perform monitoring activities. 5.5. City (Public Works) will allow CRWD to construct an 84” diversion manhole, 24” storm sewer pipe, and 120” hydrodynamic separator connected to its existing 36 inch stormwater main, and new 36” storm sewer pipes and 3 new 72” manholes to reconnecting to existing 42 inch stormwater main within Como Park as shown on the construction plans, and to make changes necessary to facilitate the connection and replacement.

CRWD 20-004

Page 4 of 10

Agreement CRWD 20-004

5.6. City (Public Works) will allow CRWD to install stormwater monitoring equipment within their storm sewer. 6.

Maintenance Responsibility for Project Elements 6.1. CRWD shall be responsible for performing all maintenance of the 84” diversion manhole, 120” hydrodynamic separator, 24” pipes, zoo outlet control structure, surface infiltration basin, native vegetation, underground infiltration pipes, the iron-enhanced sand filtration bench, 6” drain tile lines and cleanouts, 48” manholes, NW pond outlet control structure, automated valve system and controls panel, and the electric power line to the control panel. These items are shown as Blue in Exhibit A. 6.2. Public Works shall remain responsible for their 36” storm sewer. These items are shown as Green in Exhibit A 6.3. CRWD will be responsible for the annual maintenance costs of the BMPs. 6.4. Nothing in this agreement shall be construed to transfer responsibility of stormwater infrastructure not part of the Stormwater BMPs. 6.5. City (Parks) shall be responsible for maintenance of the golf course holes, turfgrass, trails, split rail fence, and other features not directly related to the stormwater BMPs within the permanent easement area. 6.6. City (Parks) or its vendors shall be responsible for operation and maintenance of the Lift Station, and will maintain a consistent normal water level as determined and agreed upon in the Lift Station concept drawings.

Ownership 7.1. CRWD shall assume ownership ofand Gopher State One Call locate requests for the 84” diversion manhole, 24” pipes and flared end 21” pipe and flared end, surface basin outlet control structure, 30” pipe, 72” infiltration pipes, ironenhanced sand filtration bench 6’ drain tile and cleanouts, 48” manholes, new NW pond outlet control structure, automated valve system, and control panel, after substantial completion. These items are shown as Blue in Exhibit A. 7.2. City (Parks) or its vendors shall assume ownership of the split rail fence at Hole 11, after substantial completion. These items are shown as Yellow in Exhibit A

CRWD 20-004

Page 5 of 10

Agreement CRWD 20-004

7.3. City (Parks) or its vendors shall retain ownership of its irrigation system, chain link fence, and other components associated with the golf course not directly related to the Stormwater BMPs, but within the permanent easement. These items are shown as Yellow in Exhibit A 7.4. City (Public Works) shall assume ownership of the 36” pipes and three 72” manholes downstream of the 84” diversion manhole installed by the Project, after final completion and permit closeout. These items are shown as Green in Exhibit A 7.5. City (Public Works) shall retain ownership of its storm sewers. These items are shown as Green in Exhibit A. 8.

CRWD and City shall indemnify, defend, and hold each other harmless against any and all liability, losses, costs, damages, expenses, claims, or actions, including attorney’s fees, which the indemnified party, its officials, agents, or employees may hereafter sustain, incur, or be required to pay, arising out of or by reason of any act or omission of the indemnifying party, its officials, agents, or employees, in the execution, performance, or failure to adequately perform the indemnifying party’s obligation pursuant to this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute a waiver by the City of any statutory or common law immunities, limits, or exceptions on liability. In no event, shall CRWD be liable or responsible for any flooding or disruption of the Como Golf Course.

Other provisions 9.1. This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until terminated by mutual agreement of the parties. 9.2. Cooperation and Compliance with Minnesota and Federal Law. Parties agree to cooperate in any manner necessary to effectuate this agreement or complete the Project. Parties understand that funding for the Project includes funds from CRWD, City, and the State of Minnesota through the Clean Water, Land, and Legacy Amendment, and that each of these sources might have requirements for funding, contracting, procurement, data practices, prevailing wage, or record-keeping that is in addition to those included herein. Parties agree to cooperate in meeting any of these additional obligations.

CRWD 20-004

Page 6 of 10

Agreement CRWD 20-004

9.3. Records. All parties agree to maintain records of costs pertaining to the Project in accordance with Minnesota Statutes and relevant internal record keeping and accounting procedures. 9.4. Modification. It is understood and agreed by the parties hereto that this agreement shall not be modified or amended except in writing duly signed by each of the parties. 9.5. This agreement may be executed individually in counterparts, with each part an original, and together all parts form a single document. [Signature pages to follow]

CRWD 20-004

Page 7 of 10

Agreement CRWD 20-004

CITY OF SAINT PAUL PARKS AND RECREATION

_______________________________ Michael Hahm, Parks and Recreation Director

Approved as to Form: _______________________________ City Attorney

CRWD 20-004

Page 8 of 10

Agreement CRWD 20-004

CITY OF SAINT PAUL PUBLIC WORKS

Approval recommended: _______________________________ Paul Kurtz, Public Works Director (Acting)

Approved as to Form: _______________________________ City Attorney

CRWD 20-004

Page 9 of 10

Agreement CRWD 20-004

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

_________________________________ Joseph Collins, Board President

Date:__________________________

_________________________________ Mark Doneux, Administrator

Approved as to form: _________________________________ District Attorney / Assistant County Attorney

CRWD 20-004

Page 10 of 10

SHEET NO.

SHEET TITLE 1 COVER SHEET

CONSTRUCTION PLANS FOR

2 LEGEND 3 ZOO SITE ACCESS 4 NORTHWEST POND SITE ACCESS 5 ZOO REMOVAL AND SITE PREPARATION

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS

6 NORTHWEST POND REMOVAL AND SITE PREPARATION 7 ZOO SITE PLAN AND GRADING 8 NORTHWEST POND SITE PLAN AND GRADING 9 ZOO STORM SEWER IMPROVEMENTS

CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT ST. PAUL, MINNESOTA MARCH, 2020

10 NORTHWEST POND STORM SEWER IMPROVEMENTS 11 ZOO EROSION CONTROL AND RESTORATION 12 NORTHWEST POND EROSION CONTROL AND RESTORATION 13 - 14 STORM SEWER DETAILS 15 SPLIT RAIL FENCE DETAIL 16 GENERAL DETAILS 17 EROSION CONTROL DETAILS 18 - 22 CMP INFILTRATION SYSTEM DETAILS 23 - 24 NORTHWEST IESF BENCH DETAILS 25 OPTI RTC DETAILS

N SNELLING AVE

26 HYDRODYNAMIC SEPARATOR DETAIL 27 - 28 SWPPP

LEXINGTON PKWY N

CITY OF ROSEVILLE

W HOYT AVE

CITY OF FALCON HEIGHTS

HURON ST

W LARPENTEUR AVE

LARPENTEUR AVE W

FM KAU AND

W HOYT AVE

NW POND CHELSEA ST N

PROJECT SITES

NOTES: 1. SURVEY INFORMATION DATE OF SURVEY: JULY 2018 HORIZONTAL DATUM: NAD 83 VERTICAL DATUM: NAVD 88 COORDINATE SYSTEM: MN RAMSEY COUNTY UNIT OF MEASURE: US SURVEY FOOT PROJECT BENCHMARKS:

MONTANA AVE W

NW POND: LATITUDE - 44째 59' 9.44" N LONGITUDE - 93째 9' 9.46" W STORM SEWER MANHOLE AT BEGINNING OF HOLE 11 FAIRWAY. RIM = 895.16

ZOO: LATITUDE - 44째 59' 3.77" N LONGITUDE - 93째 9' 14.25" W STORM SEWER MANHOLE 200FT EAST OF HOLE 7 GREEN RIM = 896.99 *SURVEY PERFORMED NEAR THE ZOO WAS PERFORMED BY SUNDE LAND SURVEYING LLC. HEI ASSUMES NO LIABILITY FOR THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THAT SURVEY

KE LA

ARLINGTON AVE W

COMO GOLF COURSE

K DR

HAMLINE AVE N FM A K U AND

GY PA R

N SNELLING AVE

E NE R

HORTON AVE

2. COMO ZOO

ZOO

CITY OF ST. PAUL

THE SUBSURFACE UTILITY INFORMATION IN THIS PLAN IS UTILITY QUALITY LEVEL D. THIS UTILITY QUALITY LEVEL WAS DETERMINED ACCORDING TO THE GUIDELINES OF CI/ASCE 38-02, ENTITLED "STANDARD GUIDELINE FOR THE COLLECTION AND DEPICTION OF EXISTING SUBSURFACE UTILITY DATA". 3.

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\1-Cover Sheet.dwg-COVER SHEET-4/8/2020 3:29 PM-(hrollin)

UTILITY: PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATION WORK, THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE UNDER MINNESOTA STATE STATUE 216D AND MINNESOTA RULES CHAPTER 7560 TO CONTACT GOPHER STATE ONE CALL FOR THE LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITY FACILITIES IN PROXIMITY TO THE EXCAVATION SITE.

CONTACT "GOPHER STATE ONE CALL" FOR LOCATIONS OF BURIED UTILITIES. CALL (651) 454-0002 OR (800) 252-1166. ALSO CONTACT AT www.gopherstateonecall.org

PREPARED BY:

Houston Engineering Inc. MAPLE GROVE, MINNESOT

LEGEND

PROPOSED DEMOLITION

EXISTING

PROPOSED RECONSTRUCTION

ITEM NO.

NW POND QUANTITY

TOTAL QUANTITY

MOBILIZATION

1920

975

2,895

DRAIN TILE

CLEARING AND GRUBBING CLEAR LARGE TREES (GREATER THAN 6")

STS

COMMON EXCAVATION (CV) (P)

5444

520

5,964

SALVAGE TOPSOIL (P)

2253

548

2,801

TOPSOIL BORROW (LV)

751

183

934

HAUL AND DISPOSE OF MATERIAL (LV)

308

REMOVE MANHOLE STRUCTURE REMOVE STORM SEWER (ALL SIZES)

226

263

REMOVE ABANDONED STORM SEWER (ALL SIZES)

336

REMOVE BITUMINOUS SURFACE

440

283

723

REMOVE DRAIN TILE

164

REMOVE IRRIGATION AND SPRINKLERS

752

165

917

SALVAGE AND REINSTALL CHAIN LINK FENCE

195

12" RC PIPE STORM SEWER

21" RC PIPE STORM SEWER

24" RC PIPE STORM SEWER

103

FLARE END

30" CM PIPE STORM SEWER

SPRINKLER HEAD

36" RC PIPE STORM SEWER

203

21" RC FLARED END SECTION

24" RC FLARED END SECTION

ELECTRIC LIGHT

48" MANHOLE

SOIL BORING

72" MANHOLE

MONITORING WELL

84" DIVERSION MANHOLE

60" OUTLET CONTROL STRUCTURE

72" OUTLET CONTROL STRUCTURE

120" HYDRODYNAMIC SEPARATOR

CMP DETENTION SYSTEM

396

IESF 6" PERFORATED PVC DRAIN TILE IESF 6" PVC BEND (WYE/ELBOW)

IESF 6" PVC CLEAN OUT/MONITORING SUMP

4" DUAL WALL HDPE NON-PERFORATED PIPE

6" DUAL WALL HDPE NON-PERFORATED PIPE

407

496

12" HDPE CATCH BASIN

24" HDPE CATCH BASIN

INSTALL IRRIGATION AND SPRINKLERS

IESF AUTOMATED VALVE AND CONTROL PANEL

ELECTRICAL SUPPLY

TON

100

BITUMINOUS CART PATH AGGREGATE BASE CLASS 5 (CV)

121

IESF COARSE FILTER AGGREGATE (CV)

IESF MEDIUM FILTER AGGREGATE (CV)

IESF FINE FILTER AGGREGATE (CV)

189

IESF IRON FILINGS

TON

GEOTEXTILE FILTER FABRIC

176

EPDM LINER

660

SPLIT RAIL FENCE

298

245

543

RIPRAP MNDOT CLASS II

RIPRAP MNDOT CLASS III

TEMPORARY 6FT CHAIN LINK FENCE

1370

735

2,105

TEMPORARY SAFETY FENCE SEDIMENT CONTROL LOG (STRAW/WOOD/COMPOST)

265

935

1,200

534

875

449

1,324

EROSION CONTROL BLANKET CATEGORY 3 SILT FENCE (STANDARD MACHINE SLICED)

1055

435

1,490

FLOTATION SILT CURTAIN

255

CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE

CATCH BASIN INLET PROTECTION

NATIVE SEEDING

2405

780

3,185

NATIVE PLUGS

NATIVE PLANTS HYDRAULIC MULCH, FIBER BONDED HYDRO-MULCH

11870

2840

14,710

WATER CONTROL

TRAFFIC CONTROL

STORM SEWER MAIN

STS

OVERHEAD ELECTRIC

OHE

UNDERGROUND ELECTRIC

UGE

STS

935

WATER SURFACE LIMITS SAFETY FENCE TEMPORARY CHAIN LINK FENCE CHAIN LINK FENCE

XX X

SILT FENCE SPLIT RAIL FENCE SEDIMENT CONTROL LOG

SCL

ORDINARY HIGH WATER DECIDUOUS TREE STORM INLET MANHOLE

UTILITY POLE W / GUY WIRE TELEPHONE RISER

SPOT ELEVATION

897.16

PROTECT FROM DISTURBANCE

TREES/HEDGES/SHRUBS

CLEAR AND GRUB

BUILDING WATER SURFACE

RIPRAP ASPHALT SURFACE (TRAIL, STRUCTURE PAD, CART PATH) CONCRETE SURFACE (BRIDGE, WALK, ROAD) IRON ENHANCED SAND EROSION CONTROL BLANKET

NOTES: D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\1-Cover Sheet.dwg-LEGEND-4/8/2020 3:29 PM-(hrollin)

ZOO QUANTITY

CONSTRUCTION LIMITS

1.2.

UTILITY

1.1.

PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATION WORK, THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE UNDER MINNESOTA STATE STATUTE 216D AND MINNESOTA RULES CHAPTER 7560 TO CONTACT GOPHER STATE ONE CALL FOR THE LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITY FACILITIES IN PROXIMITY TO THE EXCAVATION SITE. THE SUBSURFACE UTILITY INFORMATION IN THIS PLAN IS UTILITY QUALITY LEVEL D. THIS UTILITY QUALITY LEVEL WAS DETERMINED ACCORDING TO THE GUIDELINES OF CI/ASCE 38-02, ENTITLED “STANDARD GUIDELINE FOR THE COLLECTION AND DEPICTION OF EXISTING SUBSURFACE UTILITY DATA”.

EXISTING STRUCTURES

2.1.

ALL EXISTING STRUCTURES, UTILITIES AND SITE FEATURES THAT ARE NOT CALLED OUT SPECIFICALLY IN THE DEMOLITION PLAN SHALL BE PROTECTED.ALL PROTECTED STRUCTURES WILL NEED TO BE REPLACED OR REPAIRED IF DAMAGED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS BY THE CONTRACTOR. ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH REPAIR IS INCIDENTAL TO THE PROJECT. THIS INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO: CART PATHS AND PAVEMENT, TREES AND IRRIGATION COMPONENTS.

2.2.

LOCATION OF IRRIGATION LINES IS APPROXIMATE. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO LOCATE AND REPLACE ALL IRRIGATION COMPONENTS REMOVED OR DAMAGED. COORDINATE SHUTOFF OF IRRIGATION SYSTEM WITH GOLF COURSE DURING CONSTRUCTION.

PRELIMINARY Revision

UNIT

IRRIGATION LINE

CONTOUR

No.

BID ITEM

Date

Not for Construction

Houston Engineering Inc.

Maple Grove

Drawn by

Date

P: 763.493.4522 F: 763.493.5572

Checked by

Scale

HRR GB

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

LEGEND PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

SHEET

2 of 28

STS

REMOVE CHAIN LINK FENCE AND INSTALL PERMANENT 16FT VEHICULAR GATE

SEE DETAIL

XX 30

S ST

N a ST

3 ST

N T S

T SS

ST N T

F N

ST 0

N N T

NST S S N

0 ST FN

0 0

3 N S S

ST N

0 0 FT F

T N

S SF

F N

F S

T T S ST T ST SS N T SS ST FT NST T N T S T SN T T T T T S N F S F T S T F N T N N NTS S ST T N NS F

NTS

XX XX

ST S

INSTALL 1,300 LF TEMPORARY 6-FT CHAIN LINK FENCE (LOCATION AS APPROVED BY ENGINEER)

XX XX

3a 3 3c

CONSTRUCTION LIMITS (2.9 ACRES)

STAGING AREA

T T

INLET PROTECTION

ZOO SITE ACCESS ROUTE

XX STS

STS STS

NST 3

Feet

Scale

N T N 0

CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND GOLF COURSE IMPACTS:

INSTALL TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE

N XX

NF T

INSTALL 265 LF OF SAFETY FENCE

X X

X XX

CONNECT CHAIN LINK FENCE TO EXISTING FENCE

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\Site Map2.dwg-Zoo Site Map-4/8/2020 6:24 PM-(hrollin)

INSTALL 8FT WIDE GATE FOR ACCESS TO HOLE 7 FORWARD TEE

PRELIMINARY No.

Revision

Date

Not for Construction

Houston ee

Maple Grove

Drawn by

Date

P: 763.493.4522 F: 763.493.5572

Checked by

Scale

HRR GB

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

ZOO SITE LAYOUT AND ACCESS PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

SHEET

3 of 28

CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND GOLF COURSE IMPACTS: 1. OCTOBER - NOVEMBER 2020 1.a. CONSTRUCT THE NW POND SITE. 1.b. HOLE 3 WILL BE MODIFIED FOR ACCESS ROUTE. 1.c. HOLE 7 AND 8 WILL REMAIN OPEN. 1.d. CAUTION AT HOLE 11, TRUCK WILL BE HAULING WITHIN ACCESS ROUTE. 2. NOVEMBER - DECEMBER 2020 2.a. CONSTRUCT ZOO SITE AFTER GOLF COURSE CLOSES FOR SEASON (ASSUME NOVEMBER 1) 2.b. HOLE 7 WILL BE MODIFIED OR CLOSED 2.c. HOLE 3 WILL REMAIN MODIFIED 2.d. HOLE 11 WILL RETURN TO NORMAL PLAY 3. MAY 2021 3.a. RESTORATION. 3.b. FINAL COMPLETION 3.c. HOLE 3 AND HOLE 7 WILL REMAIN MODIFIED UNTIL TURF IS ESTABLISHED. 4. JULY 2021 4.a. ALL HOLES RETURN TO NORMAL PLAY

920

Scale

100 Feet

90 0

890

XX XX

NOTES: 1. AREA THAT IS DISTURBED DUE TO SITE ACCESS AND HAUL ROUTES SHALL BE RESTORED AFTER CONSTRUCTION. THIS INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO CART PATHS AND PAVEMENT, GOLF COURSE FEATURES, TURF AND IRRIGATION COMPONENTS. SEE RESTORATION PLANS FOR REQUIREMENTS

NW POND

890

HOLE 11

894

CHELSEA ST. N

XX XX

882 XX XX

89 4

90 0

920

INSTALL 60 LF SAFETY FENCE 3' FROM EDGE OF BUNKER

INSTALL 735 LF OF TEMPORARY 6-FT CHAIN LINK FENCE. REMOVE AFTER DEMOBILIZATION FOR WINTER PARK OPERATION (LOCATION AS APPROVED BY ENGINEER)

93 0 6

0 91

900

92 6

INSTALL 875 LF OF SAFETY FENCE

NO SAFETY FENCE FOR CART PATH CROSSING. PROVIDE CAUTION SIGN

934

4 90

930

91 0

USE EXISTING 15FT GATE FOR ENTRANCE 0 93

NORTHWEST POND ACCESS ROUTE

INLET PROTECTION

ALLOW FOR CART PATH 920 CROSSING. PROVIDE CAUTION SIGN

BI M

IN S

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\Site Map2.dwg-NW Pond Site Map-4/8/2020 3:31 PM-(hrollin)

SEE

4 DETAIL 17

914

INSTALL TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE

CONSTRUCTION LIMITS (1.2 ACRES)

900

PRELIMINARY No.

Revision

Date

Not for Construction

Houston Engineering Inc.

Maple Grove

Drawn by

Date

P: 763.493.4522 F: 763.493.5572

Checked by

Scale

HRR GB

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

NW POND SITE LAYOUT & ACCESS PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

SHEET

4 of 28

S BO T-2 R IN G

88 7

88 6

88 8

S BO T-2 R 02 IN G

885

K SP

S BO T-2 R 01 IN G

4 -2 0 ST

K IN 12 M

TR EE

R IN G

D CT TN W

18 IN

EL EE

20 IN KB RR Y HC EE

1946 890.73 WOODS

U G

K 1"OA

12"OAK

STS 18"OAK

STS

GAS

E 1948 891.37 WOODS

X 12"ELM

12 "E LM

GAS

2-9"ELM

S RC GA P

X X

PRELIMINARY Revision

E G U

G H VW Y D

9FT CHAIN LINK FENCE

S GA

No.

S BO T-2 R 05 IN G

TR E

-1

PL E

12"ELM

31"OAK

LP W

ED ON

ASBT ASN D

S BO T-2 R 03 IN G

890

ST 42" S R

89 8

15" RCP

S ST

S TS

RC P 2" ST

M RI H IN M = IN V = 89 IN V = 889 9.75 V = 88 .6 89 9.6 5 (N 4 5 E STS .15 (SW ) (W ) )

90 5

889

892

893

894

896

898

895

897

C 899 P

"R 42

ST S

891

S ST

4 90

901

AB90 AN2 DO NE IR D

90 5

7 90

90 8

90 3

91 3

90 6

914

915

91 7

918

919

920 921

922

S BO T-1 R IN G

"O AK

TR E

RCP

RSCP "T 21S

923

18"

1942 891.33 WOODS

-1 ST

STS

"AS H

S GA

S S ST UMINOU BIT

36"

2-6

18"OAK

UG E

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\2-Existing_Demolition_Removal.dwg-Zoo Existing-4/8/2020 3:32 PM-(hrollin)

1937 891.44 WOODS

6"ASH

GAS

S ST

12"ASH

STS

EDGE OF FAIRWAY

2-1

18"

3"O

SAN MH RIM = 911.85 INV = 900.05 (NE)

E CP UG 21" R

6"ASH

89 5

18"

MH 24S" RIM TRSC P INV = 9 0 INV = 90 7.88 = 9 1.76 01. 65 (NW (SE 24" 24" ) )

4-14"ELM

. NC

CO UG

E UG

I AD LO

21" RCP

7"ELM

8"ELM

GAS

STS

11"ASH

STS

8"E

. NC O C

SAN MH "BL RIM = 904.25 CH INV = 895.65 (BOT) INV = 898.95 (S)

CB RIM = 913.55 INV = 908.75

911.44 GVW

E UG

. NC O C

AK "O

PPOR

K SU BLOC Y R O 1-ST

CONC.

3-12"BAS

12"ELM K

1932 891.75 WOODS

SH 6"A

MH RIM = 903.01 INV = 894.93 (S 21" RCP) INV = 891.17 (N 21" RCP) (FIELD VERIFY INVERTS)

DING T BUIL

18"AS

KEYSTONE WALL

C ST S

16"ASH

8" PV

AGES

12"B

89 1

SAN MH RIM = 904.05 INV = 892.05 (BOT)

24"OA K

K OA

E ET R NC

LC ANIMA

P RC

RETE CONC

NCE OD FE 9FT WO L ANIMA E CAG

NCE OD FE O W T F 9

5"ELM

4"E

34"

LIFT STA.

18"

TREE ") ) TREE 36 6TREE " TREE PS 2 (NE 3 7 HI . W 9 C 2 S D 90 7.3 2 (S L ST OO MHIM = 89 7.5 TREE MA I W = 9 N R V 8 A GE IN V = CA N I

S ST

PROTECT WALL

RAB

W OO

S D CHIP

L NE WA EYSTO

6"C

4"TR

33"OAK

CR 4"

88 9

UG E

27"

N DO

APPROXIMATE EDGE OF WOODS

9"ELM

12"ASH

EE TR 6"ELM

BULKHEAD ABANDONED PIPE

SALVAGE 30 LF 21" H RCP

O 39"C

7"OAK

X D E

B CK

" 12 6"A

TREE

H AS

S ST

I 10

TREE

1921 892.59 WOODS

Y RR

REMOVE 101 LF 36" RCP

IN TREE ASH 12

891.31 RCP 21IN

TREE

1920 896.09 WOODS B

EXISTING INFILTRATION BASIN BOTTOM = 891.36

DS 4 OO .2 W 892 927 1

S ST

892

R BO

REMOVE 22 LF 15" RCP S

891.32 RCP 15IN

R 21"

893

894

CB OVERFLOW STRUCTURE RIM = 898.83 INV = 895.03 (S 15") INV = 894.68 (NW 15")

S ST

E TRE

10IN

895

896

REMOVE 218 LF ABANDONED 21" RCP

7 89

CLEAR AND GRUB

5 E) 8.2 5 (NSW) 9 8 .8 ( MHIM = 889 .75 = R V 889 IN V = IN

9 89

1 90

SO NTD AS

REMOVE 14 LF 15" RCP AND STRUCTURE

15"

TREE BSSWD 18IN

BULKHEAD ABANDONED PIPE

REMOVE 611 LF IRRIGATION LINE AND 5 SPRINKLER HEADS

REMOVE MANHOLE

2 90

REMOVE EXISTING MANHOLE

2-8"SPCB

REMOVE AND SALVAGE 195LF OF 9FT CHAIN LINK FENCE

S ST

3 90

REMOVE 118 LF 4 90 ABANDONED 30" RCP

15"PINR

206 901.50 RANDOM POINT NAIL

31"OAK

23"OAK

APPROXIMATE INFILTRATION AREA (SEE TRAVEL RESTRICTIONS ON SHEET 7)

2"SPCG

Feet

REMOVE 89 LF 42" RCP

K SP

NOTES: 1. IRRIGATION COMPONENTS MAY INCLUDE LOW VOLTAGE WIRING. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO REPLACE WIRING THAT IS REMOVED OR DAMAGED.

Scale

APPROXIMATE EXCAVATION EXTENTS FOR UNDERGROUND INFILTRATION SYSTEM (SEE TRAVEL RESTRICTIONS ON SHEET 7)

D NSE T O S ND

S BO T-4 R IN G

ST -2

ST S

900

BULKHEAD ABANDONED PIPE

ABSAT NSDO N

0 91

M RIMH INV = = 8 896. 89 99 .09 (N -SW ) ST S

2 91 1 91

BULKHEAD ABANDONED PIPE

STS

REMOVE AND REPLACE CART PATH POST CONSTRUCTION

N DO

OUS

AN AB

STS

S ST

BITUM IN

R BO

NDOS NTE SD

E SN O T SD AN

ABA

ES S

AC C

STS

S ST

STS

Date

Not for Construction

Houston Engineering Inc.

Maple Grove

Drawn by

Date

P: 763.493.4522 F: 763.493.5572

Checked by

Scale

HRR GB

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

ZOO REMOVAL AND SITE PREPARATION PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

SHEET

5 of 28

1 88

NW A C PO CE ND SS RO UT

23 N 8. 2I 88 VC P

Scale

REMOVE AND REPLACE CART PATH POST CONSTRUCTION

Feet

881

2 88

88 4 88

88 5

STS

88 6

88 7

88 0

89 0

89 3

STS

Feet

NOTES: 1. IRRIGATION COMPONENTS MAY INCLUDE LOW VOLTAGE WIRING. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO REPLACE WIRING THAT IS REMOVED OR DAMAGED.

NORTHWEST POND EXISTING NWL = 888.8

89 4

S TS

STS

Scale

5 89

S TS

STS

ACCESS FROM ARLINGTON AVE W.

XX XX

881

"R 24

S IR

3 CB 894.2 3 (NW H 8 M M = 91. RI V = 8 IN

8 89

89 7

TI N

K SSPPK

SPK IR S

896

DR 6"

KK SP SP

OCS RIM = 89 INV = 88 3.08 INV = 8888.63 (SE 24" RCP ) .73 (NW 8 " PVC)

89 5

897

890

896

898

XX XX

899

XX 900

901

902

903

904

905

906

907

XX EE

CONTROL PANEL

LPS

D D6T" DT

EDGE OF FAIRWAY

) PPP ) C DT 6" CP .21 (SWW 6" B 4 C 89 .81 N MHIM = 891 .81 ( R V = 891 IN V = IN

REMOVE 30FT CART PATH

D T

SAW CUT

BITUMINOUS

REMOVE OUTLET CONTROL STRUCTURE

REPLACE IRRIGATION PIPE/SPRINKLER HEADS DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES (SIZE AND TYPE TO MATCH EXISTING)

R 4"

REPLACE IRRIGATION PIPE DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES (SIZE AND TYPE TO MATCH EXISTING)

895

894

S ST

PROTECT EXISTING TOW ROPE IR CONCRETEIR IR FOOTING (BURIED)

CUT AND REMOVE 6LF OF RCP

893

892

891

893

892

889.28 DRNTILE CPP 4IN

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\2-Existing_Demolition_Removal.dwg-NW Pond9Existing-4/8/2020 3:32 PM-(hrollin) 0

890

SANDTRAP ELEV. 893.69

889

PROTECT TREES

RIM = 892.75 INV = 890.70 (W 6" CPP) INV = 890.85 (E 6" CPP)

ACCESS ROUTE

M TU BI

888.66 PVC 9IN

888

STS

WATER GAUGE

8" PVC

DT MH

S OU IN

887

886

PROTECT OR REPLACE MANHOLE

STS

885

P RC 54"

CLEAR AND GRUB

REMOVE 50LF OF DRAIN TILE

N 53 4I 8. 5 88 CP R

PROTECT OR REPLACE DRAIN TILE

S ST

883

884 889.52 DRNTILE CPP 4IN

REMOVE 25LF 8" PVC

882

3 90

)

6" C

90 0

) CP P) R 4" RC E 2 24" 2 6 N ( W 5. 89 8.57 2 (S H = 8 M IM 8 8.5 R V = 88 IN V = IN

911

PRELIMINARY No.

Revision

Date

Not for Construction

Houston Engineering Inc.

Maple Grove

Drawn by

Date

P: 763.493.4522 F: 763.493.5572

Checked by

Scale

HRR GB

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

NW POND REMOVAL AND SITE PREPARATION PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

SHEET

6 of 28

ST S

XX S ST

E E G U LP W

ST S

S BO T-2 R 05 IN G

S BO T-4 R IN G

S BO T-1 R 02 IN G

IN KB HC

U W LP

SP K

M "E L

2-9"ELM

XX X

Date

Not for Construction

Houston Engineering Inc.

Maple Grove

Drawn by

Date

P: 763.493.4522 F: 763.493.5572

Checked by

Scale

HRR GB

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

E XX

NEW HOLE 7 FORWARD TEE (SEE INSET)

CK DO

12"ELM

PRELIMINARY Revision

UG E

S GA

No.

IR IR

919"ELM 92 92 0 2 921 92 3

IN 18 W D

AK 11"O

VW G

CT TN

917 91 8

12 IN EL M TR EE

18"OAK

914 915

B E W

S BO T-1 R 01 IN G

U G

IN 10 MA PL EE

0 90

91 1 91

885

S BO T-2 R 02 IN G S BO T-2 R 04 IN G

893

1 91 2

3 90 5 90 8

3 20 ST S BO T-2 R 01 IN G

0 >> 90

894

S BO T-1 R IN G

SAN RIM =MH INV = 911.85 900.0 5 (NE )

31"OAK

TR EE

12"ELM

VW G

12"OAK

STS

GAS

S BO T-2 R 06 IN G

894 893

IR S ST 89

5 91

91 3 914 91 2

91 6

9 9 18 91 7

89 8

>> S ST

1 92

ST S

STS

ST S

895

898

896

90 899 STS 0

IR 901

902

5 90

904

907

"AS H

Grading-4/8/2020 3:32 PM-(hrollin)

G IN

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\Zoo

IN INVV = 8 99 Grading.dwg-Zoo SiteINPlan and V == 900 .63 ( 898 .33 SW .95 (E 2 36" (NE 4") ) 36" )

X STS

2-6

IR 890.50

UG E

STS

893 7

18"OAK

12"ASH

UNDERGROUND INFILTRATION SYSTEM 72" PERFORATED CMP INV = 883.5

89 3

X YD

6"ASH

"O -13

APPROXIMATE EDGE OF WOODS

6"ASH

4-14"ELM

11"ASH

18 "O

X 8"ELM

7"ELM

3-12"BAS

GAS

STS

2" BL

UG E

LM 8"E

MH 18"A RIM = 904.25 SH INV = 895.65 (BOT) 12"ELM INV 1= 898.95 (S)

GAS

S E ST UG

889

16"ASH

EXISTING CHAIN LINK FENCE

893.30

STS

911.44 GVW

IR 890

891

"O 18

E UG

CB RIM = 913.55 INV = 908.75

E UG

894.00

886

888

G UILDIN

. NC

892.50

6"A

O RT B SUPP K C O L O RY B

ST S

8" OA K

AGES FENCE ANIMAL C D O O TW 8" PVC

887

5"ELM

34"SAN OA K

LIFT STA.

ENCE

CONC.

S ST

885

893.80

2:1

INSTALL 8FT WIDE ACCESS GATE

. NC

E UG

MH RIM = 904.05 1INV 2"BO= 892.05 (BOT)

7"OAK

27"

ETE

O 39"C

) S CP ST R ) 21" RCP ) 01 " 03. (S S MH = 9 4.93 (N 21 ERT RIMV = 89 1.17 Y INV IN = 89 ERIF INV LD V E (FI

891.25

KEYSTONE WALL

1-ST

2:1

OD F 9FT WO

90 3

R CONC

894.45

INFILTRATION BASIN BOTTOM = 891.25 OUTLET = 894.45 OVERFLOW = 896.5

AL ANIM E G A C

ST S

M R H INVIM = = 8 896 89 .99 .09 (N -SW )

90 9 90 8

91 1 91 0

TREE ") S 36 6") TREE IP TREE 2 (NETREE 3 H 7 . C W 9 90 7.32 2 (SS L OD H = 9 O 5 MA TREE M IM 8 7. ST W NI E = 9 A R V 8 G CA IN V = IN E ET R NC CO

CHIP WOOD

91 91 6 91 5 4 91 3 91 2

892

INSTALL 8FT WIDE ACCESS ALL ONE W KEYST GATE

TREE

1 5:

TREE

2"SPCG

TREE

89 3

2:1

REINSTALL 195 LF OF SALVAGED 9FT CHAIN LINK FENCE

893

4 89

ST S

1 89

896.50

905

904

2-8"SPCB

EXISTING HOLE 8 TEE BOX

R BO

897

545 8994. 8

OUS

31"OAK

STABILIZE 2:1 SIDE SLOPES IMMEDIATELY AFTER GRADING

15"PINR

2 89

ELEV. 896.99

89 5

XX XX

23"OAK

ST S

STS

IR EDGE OF FAIRWAY

3 90

4 STS

R IN G

BITUM IN

90 1

ZOO PROJECT BENCH MARK

SEE DETAIL 1 16

STS

S BO T-3 R IN G

XX XX

REPLACE BITUMINOUS CART PATH

UTE

INSTALL 298 LF OF SPLIT RAIL FENCE ON EDGE OF 2:1 SLOPE

1 8 92 89 3

ACCE SS R O

ST S

NOTES: TS 1. STAKE STS INFILTRATION AREA EXTENTS AND AVOID S CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC FROM TRAVELING IN THE STS XX XX AREA. XX 2. DO NOT COMPACT INFILTRATION AREAS. 3. DECOMPACT SUBSOIL WITH A BACKHOE RIPPER TO A DEPTH OF AT LEAST 18 INCHES BELOW SUBGRADE ON INFILTRATION BASIN BOTTOM. 922 4. MATERIALS SHALL NOT BE STOCKPILED NEAR THE 921 EDGE OF THE EXCAVATION. 920 5. UTILIZE SEDIMENT AND EROSION CONTROL MEASURES TO PREVENT SEDIMENT FROM ENTERING 919 PROPOSED INFILTRATION AREA. 918 6. LEAVE 1-FOOT (PER SPEC) OF COVER ON IR INFILTRATION BOTTOM UNTIL JUST BEFORE 917I R STABILIZATION. 7. ONLY LOW GROUND PRESSURE TRACKED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ALLOWED IN INFILTRATION AREAS. AFTER 1-FOOT OF COVER ON INFILTRATION BOTTOM IS REMOVED, NO EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ALLOWED IN INFILTRATION AREAS. 8. IMMEDIATELY STABILIZE SLOPES AFTER CONSTRUCTION.

Feet

Scale

CONSTRUCT HOLE 7 NEW FORWARD TEE AT 280 YARDS

S ST

ST S

9 88

NEW HOLE 7 FORWARD TEE (SEE INSET)

STS

ZOO SITE PLAN AND GRADING PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

CONSTRUCT HOLE 7

SHEET

7 of 28

880

NORTHWEST POND PROPOSED NWL = 889.3

N 894

WATER GAUGE

TI IN 6" DR A

HOLE 3 IR

IR 896

897

900

898

895

901

902

894

SPK

890

XX SPK

89 5

904

898

XX 906

893

894

895

896

897

899

903

905

907

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\NW Pond Site Plan and Grading2.dwg-NW Pond Grading-4/8/2020 3:33 PM-(hrollin)

S ST

CONNECT TO EXISTING PADMOUNT TRANSFORMER (SEE NOTE 3)

S ST

898

899

900

901 903

) CPP) R 4" C 2 (N 2 4"ER 6 . 2 5 89 .57 (SUG MHIM = 888 8.52 R V = 88 IN V = IN

CONTROL PANEL

8" PVC

R 4"

.23 (NW CB 894 .83 MHIM = 891 R V= IN

)

PP "C

BITUMINOUS

LPS

IR IR

SEE DETAIL 16

IR IR TS

LE TI T

IR S

6FT ACCESS UG OPENING IN SPLIT RAIL FENCE

REPLACE BITUMINOUS CART PATH

P) CPPP ) DT " 6 C .21 (SWW 6" B 4 C 89 81 N MHIM = 891. .81 ( R V = 891 IN V = IN

D D6T"

DT DT

UG IR

E UG

UM B IT

US O N I

S ST

" 24

S ST

IR IR

SEE DETAIL 25

DT DT

DIRECTIONALLY DRILL PROPOSED ELECTRICAL LINE FOR AUTOMATED VALVE (SEE NOTE 2)

EXISTING EDGE OF FAIRWAY

SEE DETAIL 23 IR

PROPOSED EDGE89 OF NATIVE BUFFER

IR IR

89 2

893

EXISTING SANDTRAP ELEV. 893.69

DT DT

891

DT DT

"R 12

ACCESS ROUTE

DT DT

892

DT DT

891

STS

888.66 PVC 9IN

STS

902 904

905 907

906 908

909

910

911 912

E UG

PRELIMINARY Revision

890

PROTECT MANHOLE

ELEV. 895.16

S TS

CH MARK NW SPO TS ND PROJECT BEN

MH (COVER BOLTED DOWN) RIM = 895.16

OPTI CONTROL PANEL 1 GROUND 89 DT T ELEV: 894.0 D PANEL ELEV: 897.0 (MIN.) -2: 1 T D

887

PROTECT EXISTING TOW ROPE CONCRETE FOOTING (BURIED)

6 88

SEE DETAIL 15

885

54 IN

4 88

3 88

R 54"

C P

INSTALL 245 LF SPLIT RAIL FENCE ALONG NATIVE BUFFER

53 8. 88

881

9 88

884

No.

1 SEE DETAIL 23

897

NOTES: 1. PROPOSED CONTOURS REPRESENT TOP OF IESF SAND. SEE SHEET 24 FOR BENCH INVERT CONTOURS AND GRADING 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH OWNER AND ENGINEER TO BURY UNDERGROUND ELECTRIC THAT CROSSES IRRIGATION LINES. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL COMPANY TO CONNECT TO PADMOUNT TRANSFORMER.

IESF BENCH TOP OF SAND: 889.3 (MIN) TO 891.1 (MAX)

896

RIPRAP BERM MNDOT CLASS II TOP ELEV: 891.1

899

Feet

Scale

Date

Not for Construction

Houston Engineering Inc.

Maple Grove

Drawn by

Date

P: 763.493.4522 F: 763.493.5572

Checked by

Scale

HRR GB

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

NW POND SITE PLAN AND GRADING PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

SHEET

8 of 28

89 6 5 89

X X 18"OAK

892

XX XX

X AK

O 2-6"

CMP RISER (FLUSH WITH GROUND) SEE NOTE 3

X "O

R BR

K HC

N 20I

02 ST-1 G IN BOR

EXISTING MH

885

9 92

11"O

919

MH #4

CMP RISER (BURY 4" BELOW FAIRWAY) SEE NOTE 3

LPW

"O AK

8"ELM

6"ASH

MH #3

2FT MIN.

887

K OA 31" 27"OAK

12"E

MH #2

889

MH #1

E UG

890

103'-42" RCP ST @ 0.3%

4.6%

905

27'-36" RCP ST @ 2.4%

894

892

8IN

915

SH "A

1 92

24" RCP DIVERSION TO INFILTRATION BASIN INV = 893.0

CP S

AP NW TT ED PREOE C GE TR XI OF MAT WO E OD S

2-6

6" R

E UG

2IN

M1 EL

912

917

"O 898 AK

914

5 3 94 89 89 8 7

910

900

896

54'-3

893

05 ST-2 G IN R BO

2"B

P ST @ 2 .0%

890

3-1

SH 902

894

904

6"A

12 "A

122'-36" RC

892

"A SH

2-13"O

11 "A

896

893 LM

ET R

4"E

4.3%

886

89 4 LM

4-1

EDGE OF FAIRWAY

888

STS

8"E

AK "O

EXISTING MH

8 895

90 6

895 X

IR X

EX LIN ISTI K F NG906 EN CH CE AIN

3+75

4+00

4+25

4+50

PRELIMINARY No.

Revision

Date

Not for Construction

4+75

5+00

5+25

Houston Engineering Inc.

5+50

5+75

6+00

6+25

Maple Grove

Drawn by

Date

P: 763.493.4522 F: 763.493.5572

Checked by

Scale

HRR GB

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

6+50 6+60

896.44

897.39

898.98

899.97

900.02

899.67

902.70

904.87

904.71

904.20

904.11

904.43

906.04

3+50

IR IR

3+25

907.43

909.17

909.85 909.74

3+00

2+75

888

ELM

888

12"

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\UTILITIES2.dwg-Zoo Utilities-4/8/2020 3:33 PM-(hrollin)

ET R

5"E

UGE

7"E

6"A

CP S T@

908

6" R

ET R

STS

73'-3

LPW

S ST

898

910

904

PROPOSED GROUND

12 "E

GAS

892

906

STS

GA S

890

908

91 GV 1.44 W

IN S HY GVTW AL SE DRO L PA DY RA NA TO MI C R

891

GAS

N 10I

X O

ST S

04 ST-2 G IN R BO

01 ST-1 G IN R BO

GAS

BLC 12"

SA NM RIM INV = H = 9 911. 00 85 HYD .05 GVW (N E) CB R INVIM = = 9 913. EXISTING 08 55 . GROUND 75

UGE

LE AP

18" RCP

UGE

2"S

7"O

M RI H INVM = = 8 904 92 .05 .05 (BO T) SA RI N M M IN = H INVV = 904 = 8895. .25 98 65 .95 (BO (S) T) "O

STS

GAS

910

900

LIF ST T A.

UGE

GAS

902

900

8"O

STS

02 ST-2 G IN R O B

RESET 30 LF 21" RCP @ 0.5% INV = 891.40 (N 21"RCP)

UGE

GAS

X X

ENC

GAS

X X

WO OD F

UGE

LDI NG

89 6 89 8

SEE RESTORATION SHEET 11 FOR DRAIN TILE

9FT

ST-1 G IN BOR

DONE

ABAN

21" RCP FES INV = 891.25

BUI

STS MH RIM = 9 INV = 8903.01 4.93 (S 2 1" INV = 89 1.17 (N 2 RCP) 1" R (FIE L D V E RIFY INV CP) ERTS)

POR T

ANI 8" P MA VC LC AGE ST S S

SUP

39"CO

STS

89 7

01 ST-2 G IN R BO

BLO CK

EXPAND EXISTING INFILTRATION BASIN BOTTOM = 891.25 OUTLET = 894.45 OVERFLOW = 896.5

89 3

SED SOTN ABAND

ORY

WO OD ANI FEN MAL CE CAG E

1-S T

30 LF 24" RCP @0.4%

9FT

CONC.

AB AN

D CMP INFILTRATION SYSTEM O 72" PEFORATED NCMP ED INV = 883.5 03 ST-2 SHEET (SEE 18 - 22) RING

20 LF 30" CMP @ 0.50%

ZOO OCS #1 RIM = 894.45 SUMP = 883.6

2 89

SEE DETAIL 13

EW ALL

CRE T

CMP RISERS X5 IR (BURY 4" BELOW FAIRWAY) SEE NOTE 3

3 89

894 892

5 89

CON

4 89

53 LF RCP K24" EYS TON @0.26%

CHI PS

896

24" RCP FES INV = 891.25

UGE

90 8

WO OD

ANIMAL CAGE

CONCRETE

893

24" RCP

909

WOOD CHIPS

LOADING DOCK

") 36 ) " W .03 (S 36 6") 08 .63 (E E 3 9 9 3 N MHIM == 89 00.3 95 ( R V = 9 98. IN V = 8 IN V IN

STS 36" RCP

P RC

900

S ST

RE E

910

CONC.

"R 36

RSC 36S"T

897

895

>>CP

898

S ST

36" R

IN E ") RE TIN V = 897.52 (SW 36

900

S ST

EE 4 91

901 >>

STS

902

STS

SEE DETAIL 13 E E TR

916T R

" 36

903

INV = 889.4 (NE 42") - EXISTING

904

TREE

7 91

907 905

SP P C RSRCT 9 " " 422 89

N BA

84" MH #1 (TYP.) RIM = 907.70 TR TRINV = 894.2 (SW 36" 915E -EEEXISTING) EE TRE T RE (N 36") INV = 895.0 913TR9E12 E E 1 INV = 893.0 (NE 24") 1 RIM = 909.72EE E 36") 9 R (N T V = 897.T32

ACCESS CASTING SHALL BE A WATERTIGHT MANHOLE FRAME TR AND TR EOR T E E BOLTED LIDE(NEENAH R-1916-H RE E APPROVED EQUAL). TR E

72" MH #4 (TYP.) RIM = 897.27 INV = 889.4 (SW 36")

72" MH #3 (TYP.) K RIM = 903.45 INV = 891.9 (SW 36") INV = 891.9 (E 36")

"O A

0 92

72" MH #2 (TYP.) RIM 906.11 X INV = 894.35 (SE 36") X INV = 894.35 (NE 36")

918

ABANDONED

TR E

2-8

908 906

TS 2S 0 9 ED 1 N 90 DO

3 90

CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT INSTALLATION PLAN FOR HDS #1 AND TREE MH #1. SHORING PLAN MAY BE TREE REQUIRED AND SHALL BE APPROVED TR TR BY THE ENGINEER. MH EE T E RE

0 90

909

Feet

NOTES: T 1. REDURING INSTALLATION OF MH #1, E PROTECT INFILTRATION BASIN TO PREVENT SEDIMENT FROM ENTERING THE T BASIN.

910

STS

Scale

TREE

2 92

S ST

TR E

120" HDS #1 CENTER RIM = 902.00 INV = 892.86 (W 24" RCP) INV = 891.36 (E 24" RCP) SUMP = 879.8 X (SEE SHEET 26)

ST-3 G IN BOR

S ) ST SW 9 .9 (N 96 .09 8 9 H M IM = 88 R V= 06 ST-2 G IN RIN

S ST

3 92 X

3 91

STS

TR EE

15 "P

4 92

5 91

STS XX

6 IR

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

ZOO STORM SEWER IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

SHEET

9 of 28

45°ELBOW (X1) 45° WYE ELBOW (X1)

88 4

>> > > VALVE 889.65 2180

>> >>

"R CP 24

ST S

I 48" MH #6 RIM = 894.3 (BURY 4" BELOWIRFAIRWAY) INV = 888.62 (W 12" RCP)

IR INV = 888.62 (NE 24" RCP) - EXISTING IR (SW 24" RCP) - EXISTING INV = 888.62 INV = 889.86 (N 6" CPP) IR (SEE NOTES)

ST S ST

SEE DETAIL 13

E G IR

24" PVC CB RIM = 894.23 INV = 893.3 (NW 6" CPP) BOT = 891.83

900

TR EE

PKK SSP

IR EE

INV = 888.64 (SW 24" RCP) - EXISTING

900

898

898 48" MH #5 WATERTIGHT MANHOLE FRAME AND BOLTED LID RIM = 891.10 INV = 888.80 (6" PVC X4) INV = 888.70 (E 12" RCP)

896

894

NW POND 60" OCS #2 RIM = 893.2 INV = 888.80 (NW 24" RCP) INV = 888.80 (W 6" PVC X2) INV = 888.64 (SW 24" RCP) - EXISTING

PVC CLEANOUT

896

894

PVC CLEANOUT

TOP OF IESF ELEV = 891.1

NON-PERFORATED PVC MONITORING SUMP (9" SUMP)

892

NON-PERFORATED PVC MONITORING SUMP (9" SUMP)

892

890

890 6" PVC @ 0.5%

6" PVC @ 0.5%

888

INV = 889.13

INV = 888.96 INV = 888.80

INV = 888.80

INV = 889.13

6" PVC @ 0.5%

888

INV = 888.80 INV = 888.80

891.10 888.93

891.10 888.87

891.10 888.83

891.10 888.96

891.10 889.09

885 891.10 888.81

885 891.10 888.90

886

891.10 889.02

886

891.10 889.13

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\UTILITIES2.dwg-NW Pond Utilities-4/8/2020 3:33 PM-(hrollin)

NW POND 72" OCS #2 RIM = 893.2 INV = 888.80 (NW 24" RCP) INV = 888.80 (W 6" PVC X2)

1230 9 893.6 TRAP SAND

IR S ST

6 95.1 V. 8

XX IR IR

ELE

S ST

ARK

PRO

TB J EC

HM ENC

S ST

CP R " 54

32 LF 12" RCP @ 0.56%

24" PVC CB (EXISTING) RIM = 892.75 INV = 890.85 (S 6IN CPP) DT

48" MH #5 WATERTIGHT MANHOLE FRAME AND BOLTED LID RIM = 891.1 INV = 888.80 (6" PVC X4) INV = 888.80 (E 12" RCP)

OPTI CONTROL PANEL

S ST

TS R

WATERTIGHT MANHOLE FRAME AND BOLTED LID SHALL BE NEENAH R-1916-D OR APPROVED EQUAL.

12 S"

PROTECT EXISTING TOW ROPE CONCRETE FOOTING (BURIED)

>> >>

DT DT

>> >>

DT DT

SEE SHEET 24 FOR BENCH INVERT CONTOURS AND GRADING.

INSTALL PVC CLEANOUT (X2) AT END

132 LF 6" PERFORATED PVC @ 0.5%

2 SEE DETAIL 16 FOR PVC CLEANOUT AT END AND 3 DETAIL 16 FOR PVC MONITORING SUMP. PVC CAPS SHALL BE CONCEALED BY MOUNDING IESF SAND AROUND THE CAPS AS SHOWN IN THE DETAILS.

22.5° ELBOW (X2)

DT T D

>P R>C

COORDINATE WITH OWNER AND ENGINEER TO SHUT OFF STORM SEWER INFLOW TO POND WITH EXISTING SLUICE GATE AT ARLINGTON AVE AND CHESTNUT ST.

887 888

24"

NOTES:

132 LF 6" PERFORATED PVC @ 0.5%

Feet

66 LF 6" PERFORATED PVC @ 0.5%

S ST

Scale

INSTALL NON-PERFORATED PVC MONITORING SUMP (9" SUMP)

66 LF 6" PERFORATED PVC @ 0.5%

>> > >

5 88 86 8

INSTALL PVC CLEANOUT (X2) AT END

INSTALL PVC CLEANOUT (X4) AT END

INSTALL NON-PERFORATED PVC MONITORING SUMP (9" SUMP)

45° ELBOW (X1) 45° WYE ELBOW (X1)

21 89 06 H2 0.62 O GA UG E

WATER GAUGE

40 LF 24" RCP AND FES INV = 885.05

-0+100+00

0+25

0+50

0+75

1+00

1+25

1+50

1+75

2+00

PRELIMINARY No.

Revision

Date

Not for Construction

Houston Engineering Inc.

Maple Grove

Drawn by

Date

P: 763.493.4522 F: 763.493.5572

Checked by

Scale

HRR GB

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

2+20

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

NW POND STORM SEWER IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

SHEET

10 of 28

STS

S ST

ST S

S BO T-3 R IN G

S ST

25 S BO T-2 R IN G

BO R

STS

S BO T-1 R 02 IN G

20 IN RR Y KB HC

SEE DETAIL

EL M

UG PW E L

2-9"ELM

UGG 907.29 1509

12" PVC CB RIMU= 889.0 GE INV = 887.0

12"ELM

4 16

UG 90 G B 7 15 .46 28

UG E

18"OAK

TR E 11

18 D TN W

12 IN EL M EE TR "OAK

INSTALL 880 LF IRRIGATION PIPE AND SPRINKLER HEADS

CONNECT TO EXISTING IRRIGATION LINE

B E G U W

GAS

STS

01 -1 ST

12 "

S ST

UG E

BO R 10 IN LE MA P E TR E

ST S

S BO T-2 R 02 IN G

01 -2 ST

SC L 31"OAK

S BO T-1 R IN G

SCL ST S

15 90 10 UG 8.2 G 0

12"OAK

STS

GAS

LM 8"E

"AS

12 3 15 10.6 9 GG U

11 7 15 9.3 90 G UG

E UG

S E ST UG

GAS

OA 2-6

18"OAK

1513 914.33 UGG E

1529 908.59 UGG E GM

R IN G

IR S BO T-2 R 03 IN G

6"ASH

STS

UG E

" 18

TR E

APPROXIMATE EDGE OF WOODS

STS

S BO T-2 R 06 IN G

3"O

UG E

ST S S

ST S IR

S ST

2-1

6"ASH

12"ELM

TR E

11"ASH

12"ASH

E UG

4-14"ELM

E ET

E UG

UG S

UGG 906.81 1508

E XX

No.

Revision

Date

Not for Construction

Houston Engineering Inc.

Maple Grove

Drawn by

Date

P: 763.493.4522 F: 763.493.5572

Checked by

Scale

HRR GB

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

W LP

PRELIMINARY

NEW HOLE 7 FORWARD TEE

S GA

1507 907.92 UGG

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\Zoo Erosion Control and Restoration.dwg-zoo restoration-4/8/2020 3:34 PM-(hrollin)

3-12"BAS

6"A

R NC O C

8"ELM

CONNECT TO EXISTING (FIELD VERIFY INVERT)

7"ELM

4 16

SEE DETAIL

OA K

UG 16"ASH

EXISTING CHAIN LINK FENCE

5"ELM

18"AS

SAN MH 12"ELM RIM = 904.25 12 INV = 895.65 "B (BOT) LC (S) INV = 898.95

KEYSTONE WALL

"OA

E D FENC T WOO

LIFT STA.

2 17

PROPOSED EDGE OF WOODS

12"B MH OX RIM = 904.05 INV 3=4 892.05 (BOT)

RETE CONC

4"TR

4"E

CR 4"

5 20 T-

12" PVC CB RIM = 884.0 INV = 881.5

OT 39"C

SEE DETAIL

L SC

SCL

INSTALL 375 LF OF SILT FENCE AFTER CONSTRUCTION OF INFILTRATION BASIN

2 17

IR IN

KEEP ZOO INFILTRATION BMP OFFLINE BY SHUTTING SLUICE GATE UNTIL VEGETATION IS ESTABLISHED.

CE OD FEN 9FT WO

TREE S ST

X SCL

SCL

ALL ONE W KEYST

TREE

7"OAK

SEE DETAIL

5 SEE DETAIL17

L SC

27"

TREE

SCL

3 17

TREE

SCL

SEE DETAIL

EE R T

L SC

TREE

INSTALL MNDOT CLASS III RIPRAP PROTECTION

L SC

TREE

12" PVC CB RIM = 884.0 INV = 882.0 INSTALL 680 LF SILT FENCE

INSTALL 534 LF SEDIMENT CONTROL LOG

4 16

DISTURBED FAIRWAY AND ROUGH AREAS WILL SBE TS RESTORED BY OTHERS INCLUDING SEED BED PREP, SEEDING AND VEGETATION ESTABLISHMENT. CONTRACTOR SHALL APPLY HYDROMULCH TO FAIRWAY A SECOND TIME AFTER GOLF COURSE SPREADS SEED ON THE FAIRWAY.

TREE

E RE

L SC

E RE

L SC

SSCCL L SCL

EDGE OF FAIRWAY

4 20

EXPAND EXISTING INFILTRATION BASIN BOTTOM = 891.25 OUTLET = 894.45 OVERFLOW = 896.5

SSCCL L

2-8"SPCB

RESTORE AREA WITH NATIVE SEED

31"OAK

PLANT INFILTRATION BASIN 15"PINR WITH NATIVE PLUGS AND PLANTINGS

SC L

SEE DETAIL

23"OAK

1 17

ST S

NOTE: 1. HYDROMULCH SHALL BE APPLIED TO ALL DISTURBED AREAS WITHOUT EROSION CONTROL BLANKET.

INSTALL 407 LF 6" CPP DRAINTILE

SEE DETAIL

STS

INSTALL CATEGORY 3 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET ON 2:1 SLOPES

BLUEGRASS SOD (BID ALT 1)

(KENTUCKY BLUDEGRASS/FESCUE SEED W/ HYDROMULCH)

4 16

SEE DETAIL

PRIMARY ROUGH (BID ALT 1)

2"SPCG

12" PVC CB RIM = 884.5 INV = 882.25

(KENTUCKY BLUEGRASS/RYEGRASS SEED W/ HYDROMULCH)

SEE DETAIL

IR XX

Feet

XX IR

ST S & FAIRWAYS (BID ALT 1) TEES

12" PVC CB RIM = 884.5 INV = 882.5

NATIVE SEED

OUS

EROSION CONTROL

BITUM IN

ST S

RESTORE PRIMARY ROUGH (BID ALT 1) XX

XX XX

CONNECT TO EXISTING IRRIGATION LINE

Scale

RESTORE FAIRWAY (BID ALT 1)

STS XX

ST S

CONNECT TO EXISTING (FIELD VERIFY INVERT)

S ST

STS

ZOO EROSION CONTROL AND RESTORATION PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

SHEET

11 of 28

HO LE

Scale

Feet

SEEDING LEGEND EROSION CONTROL

NORTHWEST POND PROPOSED NWL = 889.3

NATIVE SEED TEES & FAIRWAYS (BID ALT 1)

(KENTUCKY BLUEGRASS/RYEGRASS SEED W/ HYDROMULCH)

PRIMARY ROUGH (BID ALT 1) (KENTUCKY BLUDEGRASS/FESCUE SEED W/ HYDROMULCH)

WATER GAUGE

BLUEGRASS SOD (BID ALT 1)

NOTE: 1. HYDROMULCH SHALL BE APPLIED TO ALL DISTURBED AREAS WITHOUT EROSION CONTROL BLANKET.

XX XX

DISTURBED FAIRWAY AND ROUGH AREAS WILL BE RESTORED BY OTHERS INCLUDING SEED BED PREP, SEEDING AND VEGETATION ESTABLISHMENT. CONTRACTOR SHALL APPLY HYDROMULCH TO FAIRWAY A SECOND TIME AFTER GOLF COURSE SPREADS SEED ON THE FAIRWAY.

24" HDPE CB RIM = 894.4 INV = 890.62 (N 6" HDPE)

INV = 890.62 (S 6" CPP FIELD VERIFY)-EXISTING

SEE DETAIL

4 16 IR

SPK

XX XX

XX SPK

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\NW Pond Erosion Control and Restoration.dwg-NW Pond Restoration-4/8/2020 3:34 PM-(hrollin)

ELECTRIC BOX

P RC " 24

S ST

LPS

6 16

IR S

SEE DETAIL

HOLE 3

MH CB RIM = 894.21 INV = 891.81 (SW 6" CPP ) INV = 891.81 (NW 6" CPP )

MH CB RIM = 894.23 INV = 891.83 (NW 6" CPP)

EXISTING EDGE OF FAIRWAY

M TU BI

SEE DETAIL 17

S ST

17 LF 6" NON-PERFORATED HDPE PIPE @ 4.5%

RESTORE PRIMARY ROUGH (BID ALT 1)

INSTALL EROSION CONTROL BLANKET CATEGORY 3 ON 2:1 SLOPE

S ST

BITUMINOUS

R 4"

S ST

IR IR VEGETATIVE RESTORE BUFFER WITH NATIVE SEED (4-FOOT WIDE MINIMUM)

RESTORE FAIRWAY (BID ALT 1)

IR IR

DT DT

DT T D

REPLACE 128 LF OF IRRIGATION PIPE AND SPRINKLER HEAD

DT DT

S ST

US O IN

DT DT

SEE DETAIL 17

REPLACE DRAIN TILE IF DISTURBED (SIZE AND TYPE TO MATCH EXISTING)

DT DT

DT T D

155 LF SILT FENCE

ACCESS ROUTE

STS

STS STS

INSTALL 43 LF 4" NON-PERFORATED HDPE PIPE @ EXISTING GRADE

MH (COVER BOLTED DOWN) RIM = 895.16

STS

SEE DETAIL 17 DT

S ST

P RC

INSTALL 280 LF OF SILT FENCE DT

54"

INSTALL 255 LF OF FLOATING SILT CURTAIN

REPLACE DRAIN TILE IF DISTURBED (SIZE AND TYPE TO MATCH EXISTING)

SEE DETAIL 17

S IR

MH RIM = 895.62 INV = 888.57 (NE 24" RCP) INV = 888.52 (SE 24" RCP)

IR S ST

PRELIMINARY No.

Revision

Date

Not for Construction

Houston Engineering Inc.

Maple Grove

Drawn by

Date

P: 763.493.4522 F: 763.493.5572

Checked by

Scale

HRR GB

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

NW POND EROSION CONTROL AND RESTORATION PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

SHEET

12 of 28

INSTALL 3" SCHEDULE 40 PVC (6" ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AND BELOW TOP SLAB)

MONITORING MANHOLE ACCESS AND CASTING

GALVANIZED POND SKIMMER GRATE AND HATCH FOR 72" INNER DIAMETER STRUCTURE. HAALA INDUSTRIES PS60-72S OR APPROVED EQUAL

NO ACCESS UNDER THIS CASTING. CASTING IS TO FUNCTION AS COVER FOR SLUICE GATE OPERATOR BYPASS 36" RCP INV = 895.0

EXISTING 36" RCP

72" CONCENTRIC MANHOLE

RIM: 893.20

SLUICE GATE VALVE

6" THICK CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE WERI WALL CONSTRUCTED IN FIELD BY CONTRACTOR (OR APPROVED EQUAL) RIM: 893.20

WATER LEVEL SENSOR (SEE SHEET 25)

24" RCP TO INFILTRATION BASIN

ELEV. 894.2

ACTUATED VALVE (SEE SHEET 25)

ELEV. 893.0

NOTE: 1.

OPTI RTC CONTROL VALVE WILL BE INSTALLED IN OUTLET STRUCTURE. SEE OPTI RTC DETAILS

GRATE SHALL INCLUDE LOCKABLE ACCESS DOORS

WEIR WALL TO BE REINFORCED WITH #4 REBAR 12" O.C. EACH WAY.

2" x 6" KEYWAYS SHALL BE CAST INTO SIDES AND BOTTOM OF MANHOLE STRUCTURE AT WEIR WALL LOCATION, BY SUPPLIER

PRIOR TO POURING CAST-IN-PLACE WEIR WALL, INSTALL A HYDROPHILIC WATERSTOP TO THE FULL PERIMETER OF THE KEYWAY. HYDROPHILIC WATERSTOP SHALL BE SikaSwell S-2 OR APPROVED EQUAL

SECTION A-A NOT TO SCALE

BYPASS 36" RCP INSTALL 3" SCHEDULE 40 PVC (6" ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AND BELOW TOP SLAB) MONITORING MANHOLE CASTING (DIRECT ACCESS TO STAIRS) 1

3.0'

° 13

24" RCP TO INFILTRATION BASIN

67 °

EXISTING 24" RCP INV. 888.64

24" RCP INV. 888.80

6" PVC DRAIN TILE INV. 888.80 16" ORIFICE (BOLT FLANGE WITH GASKET DIRECTLY TO WEIR WALL) INV. 888.80 (SEE SHEET 25)

EXISTING 36" RCP

SECTION A-A

NOTE: 1.

NOT TO SCALE

SLUICE GATE ACCESS CASTING (COVER FOR ACCESS TO SLUICE GATE OPERATOR)

DIVERSION TO INFILTRATION BASIN WILL PASS THROUGH HYDRODYNAMIC SEPARATOR FIRST BEFORE OUTLETTING INTO INFILTRATION BASIN

1 13

IESF 6" PVC DRAIN TILE

MANHOLE #1 NOT TO SCALE

GROUT ABOVE AND AROUND NON-PERFORATED PVC DRAIN TILE

76°

A 3.0'

24" RCP 60" CONCENTRIC MANHOLE

IESF 6" PVC DRAIN TILE (KEEP 0.25' OFFSET FROM WEIR WALL)

OUTLET ELEV. 894.45

PROPOSED ABOVE GROUND BASIN

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\DETAILS.dwg-MANHOLES-4/8/2020 3:35 PM-(hrollin)

ELEV. 891.25

30" CMP TO UNDERGROUND INFILTRATION SYSTEM INV = 886.6

9°

SEE CONTECH DETAILS INV = 883.5

ACTUATED VALVE (SEE SHEET 25) 72" CONCENTRIC MANHOLE EXISTING 24" RCP

1' MIN

72" DIAM.

3' SUMP

NOTE: GRATE SHALL INCLUDE LOCKABLE ACCESS DOORS

2 13

PLAN VIEW

TRASH SCREEN

NOT TO SCALE

ZOO OUTLET CONTROL STRUCTURE (OCS #1) NOT TO SCALE

3 13

PRELIMINARY No.

Revision

EXTEND CONTINUOUS PVC DRAIN TILE THROUGH DOWNSTREAM (SOUTH) SIDE OF WEIR WALL

CMP TO CMP CONNECTION

SNOUT

2" KEYWAY FOR WEIR WALL

112°

OVERFLOW ELEV.896.5

1.0'

53°

GALVANIZED POND SKIMMER GRATE AND HATCH FOR 60" INNER DIAMETER STRUCTURE. HAALA INDUSTRIES PS60-72S OR APPROVED EQUAL

Date

Not for Construction

NORTHWEST POND OUTLET CONTROL STRUCTURE (OCS #2) NOT TO SCALE

Houston Engineering Inc.

Maple Grove

Drawn by

Date

P: 763.493.4522 F: 763.493.5572

Checked by

Scale

HRR GB

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

4 13

TYPICAL 48" MANHOLE NOT TO SCALE

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

STORM SEWER DETAILS PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

SHEET

13 of 28

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\DETAILS.dwg-standard plates-4/8/2020 3:35 PM-(hrollin)

1 14

TYPICAL MANHOLE (GREATER THAN 48") NOT TO SCALE

PRELIMINARY No.

Revision

2 14

Date

Not for Construction

Houston Engineering Inc.

TYPICAL MANHOLE CASTING NOT TO SCALE

Maple Grove

Drawn by

Date

P: 763.493.4522 F: 763.493.5572

Checked by

Scale

HRR GB

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

STORM SEWER DETAILS PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

SHEET

14 of 28

10' ON CENTER

10"

TAPERED TIPS TO MEET SLOTS AND SCREW IN

1'-6"

GROUND LEVEL

CONCRETE FOOTING

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\DETAILS.dwg-SPLIT RAIL-4/8/2020 3:35 PM-(hrollin)

1'-3"

1 15

PRELIMINARY No.

Revision

Date

Not for Construction

TYPICAL SPLIT RAIL FENCE (OR APPROVED SIMILAR DIMENSIONS, NOT TO SCALE)

Houston Engineering Inc.

Maple Grove

Drawn by

Date

P: 763.493.4522 F: 763.493.5572

Checked by

Scale

HRR GB

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

SPLIT RAIL FENCE DETAIL PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

SHEET

15 of 28

MOUND SAND TO CONCEAL CAP

TRENCH SLOPES SHALL CONFORM TO OSHA RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR EXCAVATIONS AND TRENCHES

PVC CAP/CLEANOUT INSTALL THREADED CAP 6"

SELECTED TRENCH BACKFILL

2.5" TYPE SP2 WEARING COURSE MIXTURE (SPWEA240B) 8'

12" - 15" FOR 48" I.D. OR LESS 15" - 18" FOR 54" I.D. OR GREATER

90째 ELBOW

6" PVC RISER (NON-PERFORATED)

12" MIN.

FITTING JOINTS TO BE SOLVENT WELDED

SELECTED TRENCH BEDDING MATERIAL

90째

9" SUMP 6" AGGREGATE BASE COURSE COMPACTED TO 100% (MIN.) STANDARD PROCTOR AND 65-102% OF OPTIMUM MOISTURE

1 16

MOUND SAND TO CONCEAL CAP

NOTE: SELECTED TRENCH BEDDING AND BACKFILL MATERIAL SHALL BE FROM PROJECT TRENCH EXCAVATION UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY THE ENIGNEER.

PLAN VIEW

BITUMINOUS CART PATH SECTION

3 16

NOT TO SCALE

PVC MONITORING SUMP

5 16

NOT TO SCALE

PVC CAP/CLEANOUT

TYPICAL BEDDING SECTION FOR RCP NOT TO SCALE

TOPSOIL - SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR DEPTH AND COMPOSITION

CUT SLOTS INTO RISER AND BACKFILL WITH 41" TO 38" GRAVEL. LEAVE BASIN PIPE AND GRAVEL HIGH TO PROVIDE INLET PROTECTION AND CUT OFF AT TIME OF SODDING

INSTALL THREADED CAP

WRAP TRACER WIRE AROUND

GRANULAR BEDDING PLACE BEFORE SETTING PIPE

FLOW

NOTES:

45째 SWEEP ELBOW

1. TRACER WIRE

CAST IRON GRATE NEENAH R-4380 OR APPROVED EQUAL. SEE RESTORATION PLAN FOR SIZE

SEAL AROUND DRAIN TILE CONNECTION

FITTING JOINTS TO BE SOLVENT WELDED

TOPSOIL - SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR DEPTH

FILTER FABRIC - REMOVE AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT D/2 (MAX 12")

CATCH BASIN PERFORATED SIDES WYE OR 45째 SWEEP ELBOW

PVC RISER (NON-PERFORATED)

COMPACTED FILL

PIPE (SIZE VARIES)

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\DETAILS.dwg-MISC-4/8/2020 3:35 PM-(hrollin)

NON-PERFORATD DRAIN TILE (NO FILTER SOCK) SEE RESTORATION PLAN FOR SIZE

BACKFILL 38" PEA GRAVEL BACKFILL 38" PEA GRAVEL 4" DEPTH

SECTION VIEW 2 16

UNDISTURBED SUBGRADE

PVC CLEANOUT AT END

4 16

NOT TO SCALE

PRELIMINARY No.

Revision

Date

UNDISTURBED SUBGRADE

Not for Construction

HDPE CATCH BASIN DETAIL NOT TO SCALE

Houston Engineering Inc.

Maple Grove

Drawn by

Date

P: 763.493.4522 F: 763.493.5572

Checked by

Scale

HRR GB

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

6 16

TYPICAL NON-PERFORATED DRAIN TILE DETAIL NOT TO SCALE

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

GENERAL DETAILS PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

SHEET

16 of 28

5' POSTS @ 8' MAX SPACING. MAY BE ALTERNATED ON GRADES LESS THAN 2.0%

TABLE OF QUANTITIES RIPRAP AT RCP OUTLETS

STAPLE FABRIC INTO FINAL COVER AT RANDOM LOCATIONS

DIR 2.0' (MIN)

DIA. OR SPAN OVERLAP FABRIC 12" IN ALL DIRECTIONS

TIO

FF LO

BACKFILLED TRENCH

5 FT. MIN. LENGTH POST AT 6 FT. MAX. SPACING

PLASTIC ZIP TIES (50 LB. TENSILE) LOCATED IN TOP 8"

PLAN VIEW

1.0' 1

NOTE: SILT FENCE TO BE STANDARD UNLESS ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS REQUIRE HEAVY DUTY FENCE PER BMP'S OR INDICATED ON PLANS.

SILT FENCE

' 4.0

3" BURY DEPTH

SLOPE VARIES

12" MIN.

CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE NOT TO SCALE

5 17

No.

Revision

Date

STEEL TENSION CABLE

SEDIMENT CONTROL LOG SLOPE VARIES

CARRIER FLOAT WATER SURFACE

VARIABLE LENGTH CURTAIN FABRIC 7

ANCHOR CABLE

BOTTOM

ANCHOR

FLOTATION SILT CURTAIN

2" x 2" METAL STAKES OR PINS MAX 4' SPACING

NOTES: 1. FOR ANCHOR SPACING AND WEIGHT REQUIREMENTS, SEE SPEC. 2573.

HEAVY DUTY USE WHEN PLACED IN FROZEN MATERIAL

NOTE: SEDIMENT CONTROL LOG TO BE WOOD FIBER UNLESS ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS REQUIRE HEAVY DUTY PER BMP'S OR INDICATED ON PLANS.

MNDOT TYPE: WOOD FIBER

Not for Construction

NOT TO SCALE

CURTAIN WEIGHT

2" x 2" WOOD STAKES OR PINS MAX 4' SPACING

TEMPORARY ROCK

PRELIMINARY

RIPRAP AT CULVERT ENDS

SEDIMENT CONTROL LOG

STANDARD 4 17

2.8 2.9 3.9 4.2 5.5 5.8 7.3 9.2 10.9 12.9

X MA

2 TYPE 5 GEOTEXTILE

THE CONTRACTOR, AT HIS OPTION, MAY SUBSTITUTE A GEOTEXTILE FABRIC FOR THE GRANULAR FILTER BLANKET UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN THE PLANS. THE FABRIC SHOULD COVER THE AREA OF THE RIPRAP AND EXTEND UNDER THE APRON 3 FT.

RIPRAP

INSTALL A SEDIMENT CONTROL LOG NEAR SLOPE WHERE IT TRANSITIONS INTO A STEEPER SLOPE

AL PIC Y T 4'

1"-2" WASHED ROCK AGGREGATE

5.5 5.8 7.8 8.4 11.0 11.6 14.5 18.3 21.7 25.8

MU M

6" MINIMUM DEPTH

X MA

' 4.0

3" BURY DEPTH

2.1 2.2 3.0 3.2 4.2 4.4 5.5 6.9 8.2 9.7

FOR PIPES GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 30", USE 1.5'.

2 FT. TO 10 FT.

SPACING MEASURED ALONG THE FACE OF THE SLOPE VARIES

50 'M INI

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\DETAILS.dwg-EROSION-4/8/2020 3:35 PM-(hrollin)

FIBER ROLL

12" MIN.

4.1 4.4 5.9 6.3 8.3 8.7 10.9 13.8 16.3 19.4

NOTE: INSTALL FIBER ROLL ALONG A LEVEL CONTOUR PERPENDICULAR TO THE DIRECTION OF FLOW AT THE FOLLOWING SPACING: 20FT FOR 4:1 SLOPE OR FLATTER 15FT FOR 4:1 TO 2:1 SLOPE 10FT FOR 2:1 SLOPE

'M 4.0

CR BLI

1.4 1.5 2.0 2.1 2.8 2.9 3.7 4.6 5.5 6.5

NOT TO SCALE

' 4.0

CE FA

2.8 2.9 3.9 4.2 5.5 5.8 7.3 9.2 10.9 12.9

SECTION B-B 3 17

R SU RD A H

SECTION A-A

GRANULAR FILTER BLANKET 2

NOTES: 1. THE ENTRANCE SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A CONDITION THAT WILL PREVENT TRACKING OR FLOWING OF SEDIMENT ONTO PUBLIC RIGHTS-OF-WAY. THIS MAY REQUIRE TOP DRESSING, REPAIR AND/OR CLEANOUT OF ANY MEASURES USED TO TRAP SEDIMENT. 2. WHEN NECESSARY, WHEELS SHALL BE CLEANED PRIOR TO ENTRANCE ONTO PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY. 3. WHEN WASHING IS REQUIRED, IT SHALL BE DONE ON AN AREA STABILIZED WITH CRUSHED STONE THAT DRAINS INTO AN APPROVED SEDIMENT TRAP OR SEDIMENT BASIN.

6" 9" 12" 12" DEPTH 18" DEPTH 24" DEPTH DEPTH GRANULAR DEPTH GRANULAR DEPTH GRANULAR RIPRAP FILTER RIPRAP FILTER RIPRAP FILTER (CU. YDS.) (CU. YDS.) (CU. YDS.) (CU. YDS.) (CU. YDS.) (CU. YDS.)

MNDOT TYPE: MACHINE SLICED

2 17

NOTES:

CURTAIN DEPTH

30" MIN. WIRE MESH

MACHINE SLICE 8" - 12" DEPTH (PLUS 6" FLAP)

STANDARD

4" MIN.

HEAVY DUTY

8 8 10 10 12 12 14 16 18 20

GRANULAR FILTER BLANKET 2

EXTEND WIRE MESH INTO TRENCH

NOT TO SCALE

12 15 18 21 24 27 30 36 42 48

EROSION CONTROL BLANKET

FABRIC ANCHORAGE TRENCH. BACKFILL W/ TAMPED NATURAL SOIL

DIRECTION OF RUNOFF FLOW

6" MIN.

1 17

2'-0" MIN. POST EMBEDMENT

GEOTEXTILE FABRIC, 48" WIDE

(FT.)

1.0' 1

T-POST

WIRE MESH REINFORCEMENT

DIRECTION OF RUNOFF FLOW

2'-0" MIN. POST EMBEDMENT

5 FT. MIN. LENGTH METAL FENCE POST AT 6 FT. MAX. SPACING

OVERLAP GEOTEXTILE FABRIC 6 IN. & FASTEN AT 2 FT. INTERVALS

DIA. OF ROUND PIPE (IN.)

CLASS IV d = 12"

RIPRAP

GEOTEXTILE FABRIC, 36" WIDE

FILL WITH SOIL TO ANCHOR

CLASS III d = 9"

CLASS II d = 6"

SEDIMENT CONTROL LOG INSTALLATION

6 17

MINIMUM DEPTH APPLIES TO THE DEEPEST POINT ALONG THE FLOTATION SILT CURTAIN.

FLOATING SILT CURTAIN NOT TO SCALE

NOT TO SCALE

Houston Engineering Inc.

Maple Grove

Drawn by

Date

P: 763.493.4522 F: 763.493.5572

Checked by

Scale

HRR GB

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

EROSION CONTROL DETAILS PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

SHEET

17 of 28

RISER INFORMATION

STUB INFORMATION

PIECE

RIM ELEV.

SYSTEM INVERT

PIECE

STUB INVERT

SYSTEM INVERT

30"Ø RISER D1

891.35

883.50

30"Ø STUB B1

886.50

883.50

30"Ø RISER E1

891.72

883.50

30"Ø RISER F1

892.36

883.50

30"Ø RISER G1

893.22

883.50

30"Ø RISER H1

894.18

883.50

30"Ø RISER J1

890.69

883.50

30"Ø RISER K1

892.58

883.50

276'-0" 12'-0" 30"Ø RISER TYP. OF 5

12" STONE PERIMETER (TYP.)

3'-0"

12'-0" 30"Ø RISER J1

J A

42'-0"

\\AD.CONTECH-CPI.COM\ROOT\MERLIN\PROJECT\ACTIVE\617000\617041\617041-10-CMP DETENTION\DRAWINGS\617041-010-CMP CONFAB.DWG 2/28/2020 7:30 AM

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\DETAILS.dwg-Contech 1-4/8/2020 3:35 PM-(hrollin)

A E

C G

4'-0" 30"Ø STUB B1

THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY APPROVES THE ATTACHED (5) PAGES INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING:

DATE

CUSTOMER

Revision

· ALL RISER AND STUB DIMENSIONS ARE TO CENTERLINE. · ALL ELEVATIONS, DIMENSIONS, AND LOCATIONS OF RISERS AND INLETS, SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD (EOR) PRIOR TO RELEASING FOR FABRICATION. · ALL FITTINGS AND REINFORCEMENT COMPLY WITH ASTM A998. · ALL RISERS AND STUBS ARE 22 3" x 12" CORRUGATION AND 16 GAGE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. · RISERS TO BE FIELD TRIMMED TO GRADE AS REQUIRED, BY CONTRACTOR. · QUANTITY OF PIPE SHOWN DOES NOT PROVIDE EXTRA PIPE FOR CONNECTING THE SYSTEM TO EXISTING PIPE OR DRAINAGE STRUCTURES. OUR SYSTEM AS DETAILED PROVIDES NOMINAL INLET AND/OR OUTLET PIPE STUB FOR CONNECTION TO EXISTING DRAINAGE FACILITIES. IF ADDITIONAL PIPE IS NEEDED IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. · ALL ACCESS CASTINGS ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND ARE NOT SUPPLIED BY CONTECH.

SCALE: 1" = 50' PIPE STORAGE: 39,698 CF LOADING: H20 PIPE INV. = 883.5'±

www.ContechES.com 11815 NE Glenn Widing Drive, Portland, OR 97220

MARK DATE

REVISION DESCRIPTION

800-561-1271 FAX 800-548-4667

PRELIMINARY No.

NOTES

ASSEMBLY

· PIPE STORAGE = 39,698 CF · MAINLINE PIPE GAGE = 16 · WALL TYPE = PERFORATED · DIAMETER = 72" · FINISH = ALT2 · CORRUGATION = 5x1

If discrepancies between the supplied information upon which the drawing is based and actual field conditions are encountered as site work progresses, these discrepancies must be reported to Contech immediately for re-evaluation of the design. Contech accepts no liability for designs based on missing, incomplete or inaccurate information supplied by others.

12'-0" 30"Ø RISER K1

BAND, TYPICAL SEE DETAIL SHEET P3

Date

Not for Construction

503-240-3393

CONTECH

PROPOSAL DRAWING

72"Ø PERFORATED UNDERGROUND RETENTION SYSTEM 617041-010 COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE SAINT PAUL, MN SITE DESIGNATION: INFILTRAITION EXPANDED 3

THESE DETAILS ARE PROVIDED FOR BIDDING PURPOSES ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN SERVICES OF THE SUPPLIER FOR FINAL DESIGN AND SHOP DRAWINGS SO THAT THEY CAN BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER

Drawn by

Date

Checked by

Scale

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

PROJECT No.:

617041

SEQ. No.:

010

DESIGNED:

GHH CHECKED:

----

DATE:

2/27/20

DRAWN:

GHH APPROVED:

----

SHEET NO.:

OF P1 5 CMP INFILTRATION SYSTEM SHEET DETAILS

PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

18 of 28

GEOTEXTILE FABRIC MNDOT TYPE 3, NON-WOVEN (SURROUNDING WASHED ROCK ON TOP AND SIDES ONLY)

6" STONE ABOVE

12" STONE PERIMETER

36" TYP.

72" TYP.

TRENCH CONDITION LIMITS OF REQUIRED BACKFILL

EMBANKMENT CONDITION

FINAL BACKFILL 6a

12" SEE TYPICAL BACKFILL DETAIL NOTES

GRANULAR BACKFILL 6

NOT TO SCALE

NOTE: IF SALTING AGENTS FOR SNOW AND ICE REMOVAL ARE USED ON OR NEAR THE

PROJECT, A GEOMEMBRANE BARRIER IS RECOMMENDED WITH THE SYSTEM. THE

GEOMEMBRANE LINER IS INTENDED TO HELP PROTECT THE SYSTEM FROM THE POTENTIAL ADVERSE EFFECTS THAT MAY RESULT FROM A CHANGE IN THE

SURROUNDING ENVIRONMENT OVER A PERIOD OF TIME. PLEASE REFER TO THE

5a 4

1.75" CC TYP

CORRUGATED METAL PIPE DETENTION DESIGN GUIDE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

EDGE SPACING EQUAL ON BOTH SIDES BEDDING

FOUNDATION

9@2.711" = 24.399"

DIAMETER

MIN. COVER

CORR. PROFILE

6"-10"

12"

1 1/2" x 1/4"

12"-48"

12"

2 2/3" x 1/2"

54"-96"

12"

3" x 1", 5" x 1"

102"-144"

18"

3" x 1", 5" x 1"

PIPE Ø

1a MINIMUM EMBANKMENT WIDTH (IN FEET) FOR INITIAL FILL ENVELOPE: 3.0D BUT NO LESS THAN D + 4'0". 2 FOUNDATION SHALL BE WELL CONSOLIDATED & STABLE, CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING FILL MATERIAL LOAD. 3 OPEN-GRADED GRANULAR BEDDING MATERIAL SHALL BE A RELATIVELY LOOSE MATERIAL THAT IS ROUGHLY SHAPED TO FIT THE BOTTOM OF THE PIPE, 4" TO 6" IN DEPTH. SUGGESTED PARTICLE SIZE OF 1/2 CORRUGATION DEPTH.

2'-6"

4 CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE (CSP / HEL-COR).

EXFILTRATION AREA

STANDARD PERFORATION PATTERNS

5 HAUNCH ZONE MATERIAL SHALL BE HAND SHOVELED OR SHOVEL SLICED INTO PLACE TO ALLOW FOR PROPER COMPACTION.

PIPE Ø

APPROXIMATE AREA PER LINEAR FOOT OF PIPE

2'-6"

3" x 1"

5" x 1"

ULTRA FLO

73.3 SQ. IN.

77.4 SQ. IN.

75.3 SQ. IN.

NOTES: · GAGE AND COATING LIMITATIONS APPLY. 5" x 1" IS NOT AVAILABLE IN ALUMINUM.

1'-0" MIN.

CORRUGATION PATTERN 2 2/3" x 1/2"

5a THE BACKFILL MATERIAL SHALL BE A FREE-DRAINING, ANGULAR, WASHED-STONE PER AASHTO M 43 SIZE #3 WITH A ½” - 2” PARTICLE SIZE OR APPROVED EQUAL. BACKFILL MATERIAL SHALL BE IGNEOUS IN COMPOSITION AND NOT INCLUDE LIMESTONE OR FINE SEDIMENT. MATERIAL SHALL BE PLACED IN 12" MAXIMUM LIFTS AND SHALL BE WORKED INTO THE PIPE HAUNCHES BY MEANS OF SHOVEL-SLICING, RODDING, AIR-TAMPER, VIBRATORY PLATE OR OTHER EFFECTIVE METHODS. COMPACTION IS CONSIDERED ADEQUATE WHEN A DENSITY EQUIVALENT TO 90% STANDARD PROCTOR IS ACHIEVED OR WHEN NO FURTHER YIELDING OF THE MATERIAL IS OBSERVED UNDER THE COMPACTOR OR UNDER FOOT. THE PROJECT ENGINEER OR THEIR REPRESENTATIVE MUST BE SATISFIED WITH THE LEVEL OF COMPACTION. INADEQUATE COMPACTION CAN LEAD TO EXCESSIVE PIPE DEFLECTIONS AND SETTLEMENT OF THE SOILS OVER THE SYSTEM. BACKFILL SHALL BE PLACED SUCH THAT THERE IS NO MORE THAN A TWO LIFT DEFERENTIAL BETWEEN THE SIDES OF ANY PIPE IN THE SYSTEM AT ALL TIMES DURING THE BACKFILL PROCESS. BACKFILL SHALL BE ADVANCED ALONG THE LENGTH O F THE SYSTEM AT THE SAME RATE TO AVOID DIFFERENTIAL LOADING ON ANY PIPES IN THE SYSTEM.

PLAN

PIPE Ø

\\AD.CONTECH-CPI.COM\ROOT\MERLIN\PROJECT\ACTIVE\617000\617041\617041-10-CMP DETENTION\DRAWINGS\617041-010-CMP CONFAB.DWG 2/28/2020 7:30 AM

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\DETAILS.dwg-Contech 1 (2)-4/8/2020 3:38 PM-(hrollin)

NOTES: 1. PERFORATIONS MEET AASHTO AND ASTM SPECIFICATIONS. 2. PERFORATION OPEN AREA PER SQUARE FOOT OF PIPE IS BASED ON THE NOMINAL DIAMETER AND LENGTH OF PIPE. 3. DIMENSIONS SUBJECT TO MANUFACTURER'S TOLERANCES. 4. ALL HOLES 3/8"Ø.

6 INITIAL OPEN GRADED GRANULAR BACKFILL ABOVE PIPE MAY INCLUDE ROAD BASE MATERIAL (AND RIGID PAVEMENT IF APPLICABLE). SEE TABLE ABOVE.

FRONT

6a TOTAL HEIGHT OF COMPACTED COVER FOR CONVENTIONAL HIGHWAY LOADS IS MEASURED FROM TOP OF PIPE TO BOTTOM OF FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT OR TOP OF RIGID PAVEMENT.

48"Ø to 90"Ø FITTING REINFORCEMENT MAY BE REQUIRED BASED ON HEIGHT OF COVER AND LIVE LOAD CONDITION

· DIMENSIONS SUBJECT TO MANUFACTURER'S TOLERANCES.

TYPICAL MANWAY DETAIL

TYPICAL PERFORATION DETAIL

NOT TO SCALE

7 FINAL BACKFILL MATERIAL SELECTION AND COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS SHALL FOLLOW THE PROJECT PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS PER THE ENGINEER OF RECORD. NOTES:

· GEOTEXTILE SHOULD BE USED TO PREVENT SOIL MIGRATION INTO VARYING SOIL TYPES (PROJECT ENGINEER). · FOR MULTIPLE BARREL INSTALLATIONS THE RECOMMENDED STANDARD SPACING BETWEEN PARALLEL PIPE RUNS SHALL BE PIPE DIA. / 2 BUT NO LESS THAN 12", OR 36" FOR PIPE DIAMETERS 72" AND LARGER. · CONTACT YOUR CONTECH REPRESENTATIVE FOR NONSTANDARD SPACING (TABLE C12.6.7-1).

TYPICAL BACKFILL DETAIL NOT TO SCALE

The design and information shown on this drawing is provided as a service to the project owner, engineer and contractor by Contech Engineered Solutions LLC ("Contech"). Neither this drawing, nor any part thereof, may be used, reproduced or modified in any manner without the prior written consent of Contech. Failure to comply is done at the user's own risk and Contech expressly disclaims any liability or responsibility for such use. If discrepancies between the supplied information upon which the drawing is based and actual field conditions are encountered as site work progresses, these discrepancies must be reported to Contech immediately for re-evaluation of the design. Contech accepts no liability for designs based on missing, incomplete or inaccurate information supplied by others.

www.ContechES.com 11815 NE Glenn Widing Drive, Portland, OR 97220

MARK DATE

REVISION DESCRIPTION

800-548-4667

503-240-3393

PRELIMINARY No.

THE FIRST 4" TO 6" BELOW INVERT

1 MINIMUM TRENCH WIDTH MUST ALLOW ROOM FOR PROPER COMPACTION OF HAUNCH MATERIALS UNDER THE PIPE. THE TRENCH WIDTH IS THE MINIMUM AMOUNT REQUIRED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION AND TO SUPPORT HORIZONTAL PRESSURE FROM THE PIPE. THE MANUFACTURER'S SUGGESTED MINIMUM VALUE IS: 1.5D + 12".

COIL WIDTH OPEN AREA = 3.33 SQ IN/SQ FT

72"Ø

APPLIES AND BEDDING WILL BE

INITIAL FILL ENVELOPE 1 1a

2.711"

PIPE

LIMITS OF DRAIN ROCK MAY BE PLACED BELOW PIPE AS DEFINED BY ENGINEER OF RECORD. FOUNDATION SPEC STILL

PIPE EMBEDMENT

TYPICAL SECTION VIEW

IN SITU

DIA ME TE R(

6" STONE BELOW

Revision

Date

Not for Construction

800-561-1271 FAX

CONTECH

PROPOSAL DRAWING

72"Ø PERFORATED UNDERGROUND RETENTION SYSTEM 617041-010 COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE SAINT PAUL, MN SITE DESIGNATION: INFILTRAITION EXPANDED 3

THESE DETAILS ARE PROVIDED FOR BIDDING PURPOSES ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN SERVICES OF THE SUPPLIER FOR FINAL DESIGN AND SHOP DRAWINGS SO THAT THEY CAN BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER

Drawn by

Date

Checked by

Scale

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

PROJECT No.:

617041

SEQ. No.:

010

DESIGNED:

GHH CHECKED:

----

DATE:

2/27/20

DRAWN:

GHH APPROVED:

----

SHEET NO.:

OF 5 P2 CMP INFILTRATION SYSTEM SHEET DETAILS

PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

19 of 28

12 1/8" 10 1/4" 12" RISER EXTENSION

FLAT BAND SHOWN, MAY VARY (NO GASKET)

SINGLE BAR, BOLT AND STRAP (SBBS)

HUGGER BAND

TECHCO BAND ANGLES MAINLINE PIPE

CONNECTION DETAIL

\\AD.CONTECH-CPI.COM\ROOT\MERLIN\PROJECT\ACTIVE\617000\617041\617041-10-CMP DETENTION\DRAWINGS\617041-010-CMP CONFAB.DWG 2/28/2020 7:30 AM

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\DETAILS.dwg-Contech 1 (3)-4/8/2020 3:38 PM-(hrollin)

7 1/2" TECHCO SHOWN - MAY VARY

GENERAL NOTES:

NO GASKET

STUB HEIGHT 2'-0" RECOMMENDED 12" MIN.

1/2" DIA. BOLT

ELEVATION VIEW OF CMP AND RISER

(SBBS)

PLAIN END CMP RISER PIPE

GENERAL NOTES:

1. JOINT IS TO BE ASSEMBLED PER AASHTO BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION SEC 26.4.2.4.

2. JOINT IS TO BE ASSEMBLED PER AASHTO BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION SEC 26.4.2.4.

2. BAND MATERIALS AND/OR COATING CAN VARY BY LOCATION. CONTACT YOUR CONTECH REPRESENTATIVE FOR AVAILABILITY.

3. BAND MATERIAL AND GAGE TO BE SAME AS RISER MATERIAL.

3. BANDS ARE SHAPED TO MATCH THE PIPE-ARCH WHEN APPLICABLE.

4. IF RISER HAS A HEIGHT OF COVER OF 10' OR MORE, USE A SLIP JOINT.

4. BANDS ARE NORMALLY FURNISHED AS FOLLOWS: · 12" THRU 48" 1-PIECE · 54" THRU 96" 2-PIECES · 102" THRU 144" 3-PIECES

5. BANDS ARE NORMALLY FURNISHED AS FOLLOWS: · 12" THRU 48" 1-PIECE · 54" 2-PIECES

5. BAND FASTENERS ARE ATTACHED WITH SPOT WELDS, RIVETS OR HAND WELDS.

6. ALL RISER JOINT COMPONENTS WILL BE FIELD ASSEMBLED.

6. ALL CMP IS REROLLED TO HAVE ANNULAR END CORRUGATIONS OF 2 2/3"x1/2"

7. MANHOLE RISERS IN APPLICATIONS WHERE TRAFFIC LOADS ARE IMPOSED REQUIRE SPECIAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS.

7. DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECT TO MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES.

8. DIMENSIONS SUBJECT TO MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES.

8. ORDER SHALL DESIGNATE GASKET OPTION, IF REQUIRED (SEE DETAILS ABOVE).

H-12 HUGGER BAND DETAIL

12" RISER BAND DETAIL

NOT TO SCALE

Revision

2 2/3"x1/2" RE-ROLLED END HEL-COR PIPE

1. DELIVERED BAND STYLE AND FASTENER TYPE MAY VARY BY FABRICATION PLANT.

www.ContechES.com 11815 NE Glenn Widing Drive, Portland, OR 97220

MARK DATE

REVISION DESCRIPTION

800-548-4667

503-240-3393

PRELIMINARY No.

CONNECTION DETAIL

Date

Not for Construction

800-561-1271 FAX

CONTECH

PROPOSAL DRAWING

72"Ø PERFORATED UNDERGROUND RETENTION SYSTEM 617041-010 COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE SAINT PAUL, MN SITE DESIGNATION: INFILTRAITION EXPANDED 3

THESE DETAILS ARE PROVIDED FOR BIDDING PURPOSES ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN SERVICES OF THE SUPPLIER FOR FINAL DESIGN AND SHOP DRAWINGS SO THAT THEY CAN BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER

Drawn by

Date

Checked by

Scale

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

PROJECT No.:

617041

SEQ. No.:

010

DESIGNED:

GHH CHECKED:

----

DATE:

2/27/20

DRAWN:

GHH APPROVED:

----

SHEET NO.:

OF 5 P3 CMP INFILTRATION SYSTEM SHEET DETAILS

PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

20 of 28

CMP PROTECTION SLAB

1'-0"

HEIGHT OF COVER

FOR TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION VEHICLE LOADS, AN EXTRA AMOUNT OF COMPACTED COVER MAY BE REQUIRED OVER THE TOP OF THE PIPE. THE HEIGHT-OF-COVER SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS SHOWN IN THE TABLE BELOW. THE USE OF HEAVY CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT NECESSITATES GREATER PROTECTION FOR THE PIPE THAN FINISHED GRADE COVER MINIMUMS FOR NORMAL HIGHWAY TRAFFIC.

75-110

110-150

12-42

2.0

2.5

3.0

48-72

3.0

3.5

4.0

78-120

3.0

3.5

4.0

126-144

3.5

4.0

4.5

24"

4'Ø 4'x4'

26"

#5 @ 10" OCEW #5 @ 10" OCEW

2,540 1,900

30"

4'-6"Ø 4'-6" x 4'-6"

32"

#5 @ 10" OCEW #5 @ 9" OCEW

2,260 1,670

36"

5'Ø 5' x 5'

38"

#5 @ 9" OCEW #5 @ 8" OCEW

2,060 1,500

42"

5'-6"Ø 5'-6" x 5'-6"

44"

#5 @ 8" OCEW #5 @ 8" OCEW

1,490 1,370

48"

6'Ø 6' x 6'

50"

#5 @ 7" OCEW #5 @ 7" OCEW

1,210 1,270

B Ø REINFORCING

** ASSUMED SOIL BEARING CAPACITY

A B #4 DIAGONAL TRIM BAR (TYP. 4 PLACES), SEE NOTE 7.

#4 DIAGONAL TRIM BAR (TYP. 4 PLACES), SEE NOTE 7.

2" COVER (TYP)

*MINIMUM COVER MAY VARY, DEPENDING ON LOCAL CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR MUST PROVIDE THE ADDITIONAL COVER REQUIRED TO AVOID DAMAGE TO THE PIPE. MINIMUM COVER IS MEASURED FROM THE TOP OF THE PIPE TO THE TOP OF THE MAINTAINED CONSTRUCTION ROADWAY SURFACE.

R VE ) COYP. " 2 (T

ER V CO YP) " 2 (T A

\\AD.CONTECH-CPI.COM\ROOT\MERLIN\PROJECT\ACTIVE\617000\617041\617041-10-CMP DETENTION\DRAWINGS\617041-010-CMP CONFAB.DWG 2/28/2020 7:30 AM

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\DETAILS.dwg-Contech 1 (4)-4/8/2020 3:38 PM-(hrollin)

MINIMUM COVER (FT)

CONSTRUCTION LOADING DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE

OPENING IN PROTECTION SLAB FOR ACESS

OPENING IN PROTECTION SLAB FOR ACCESS

SCOPE

HANDLING AND ASSEMBLY

THIS SPECIFICATION COVERS THE MANUFACTURE AND INSTALLATION OF THE CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE (CSP) DETAILED IN THE PROJECT PLANS.

SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE NATIONAL CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE ASSOCIATION (NCSPA)

MATERIAL THE ALUMINIZED TYPE 2 STEEL COILS SHALL CONFORM TO THE APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF AASHTO M274 OR ASTM A929. PIPE THE CSP SHALL BE MANUFACTURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF AASHTO M36 OR ASTM A760. THE PIPE SIZES, GAGES AND CORRUGATIONS SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON THE PROJECT PLANS.

STANDARD REINFORCING, SEE TABLE

INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AASHTO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIGHWAY BRIDGES, SECTION 26, DIVISION II OR ASTM A798 AND IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE PROJECT PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. IF THERE ARE ANY INCONSISTENCIES OR CONFLICTS THE CONTRACTOR SHOULD DISCUSS AND RESOLVE WITH THE SITE ENGINEER.

1. DESIGN IN ACCORDANCE WITH AASHTO, 17th EDITION AND ACI 350.

3. EARTH COVER = 1' MAX. 4. CONCRETE STRENGTH = 4,000 psi 5. REINFORCING STEEL = ASTM A615, GRADE 60. 6. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL REINFORCING AROUND OPENINGS EQUAL TO THE BARS INTERRUPTED, HALF EACH SIDE. ADDITIONAL BARS TO BE IN THE SAME PLANE.

NOT TO SCALE

www.ContechES.com 11815 NE Glenn Widing Drive, Portland, OR 97220

MARK DATE

REVISION DESCRIPTION

800-548-4667

503-240-3393

Revision

Date

Not for Construction

800-561-1271 FAX

CONTECH

PROPOSAL DRAWING

7. TRIM OPENING WITH DIAGONAL #4 BARS, EXTEND BARS A MINIMUM OF 12" BEYOND OPENING, BEND BARS AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN BAR COVER. 8. PROTECTION SLAB AND ALL MATERIALS TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.

2. DESIGN LOAD HS25.

IT IS ALWAYS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO FOLLOW OSHA GUIDELINES FOR SAFE PRACTICES.

ØB

SQUARE OPTION PLAN VIEW

NOTES:

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

STANDARD REINFORCING, SEE TABLE

ROUND OPTION PLAN VIEW

ALL FABRICATION OF THE PRODUCT SHALL OCCUR WITHIN THE UNITED STATES.

INTERRUPTED BAR REPLACEMENT, SEE NOTE 6.

SPECIFICATION FOR CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE-ALUMINIZED TYPE 2 STEEL

PRELIMINARY No.

11" TYP.

ACCESS CASTING NOT SUPPLIED BY CONTECH R VE CO P.) 2" (TY

50-75

ØB

SECTION VIEW

AXLE LOADS (kips) 18-50

VARIES

Ø CMP RISER

GASKET MATERIAL SUFFICIENT TO PREVENT SLAB FROM BEARING ON RISER TO BE PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR.

CONSTRUCTION LOADS

PIPE SPAN, INCHES

RIM/FINISHED GRADE

1" GAP (TYP. ALL SIDES)

FINISHED GRADE

**BEARING PRESSURE (PSF)

Ø CMP RISER

CONSTRUCTION LOADS

REINFORCING TABLE 2" COVER TYP.

TEMPORARY COVER FOR

A 36"Ø MAX., HS-25 ACCESS CASTING WITH GRADE RINGS AS REQUIRED, TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. MAY BE TOP MOUNTED (AS SHOWN) OR RECESSED.

9. DETAIL DESIGN BY DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS AND LAND SURVEYORS, ENDWELL, NY. 10. CASTING TO BE NEENAH FOUNDRY CO. NO. R-1916-H OR APPROVED EQUAL.

MANHOLE CAP DETAIL NOT TO SCALE

72"Ø PERFORATED UNDERGROUND RETENTION SYSTEM 617041-010 COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE SAINT PAUL, MN SITE DESIGNATION: INFILTRAITION EXPANDED 3

THESE DETAILS ARE PROVIDED FOR BIDDING PURPOSES ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN SERVICES OF THE SUPPLIER FOR FINAL DESIGN AND SHOP DRAWINGS SO THAT THEY CAN BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER

Drawn by

Date

Checked by

Scale

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

PROJECT No.:

617041

SEQ. No.:

010

DESIGNED:

GHH CHECKED:

----

DATE:

2/27/20

DRAWN:

GHH APPROVED:

----

SHEET NO.:

OF 5 P4 CMP INFILTRATION SYSTEM SHEET DETAILS

PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

21 of 28

1'-4"

21 2"

ALL STEEL PER ASTM A36

3 4"

1'-0" TYP.

(#6) REBAR CAN BE CUT FLUSH TO OUTSIDE OF RAIL (BAR LENGTH = 1634") OR BAR CAN EXTEND BEYOND RAIL 12"±

(4) 1 16"

FILLET WELDS FROM EACH ANGLE CORRUGATION CREST (2 WELDS EACH SIDE)

FABRICATION TOLERANCE: ±14" FLAT BAR AND REBAR: MILL TOLERANCE APPLIES

3/8"

*3" FROM BOTTOM OF LADDER RAIL TO RISER JOINT

8" HOLE w/ 34" REBAR RUNG, WELD REBAR TO RUNG ON OUTSIDE OF STEEL RAIL 21 2"

PLAN

RISER

(4) ∠3" x 3" x 316" 51 2"

12" TYP. CENTER TO CENTER RUNG SPACING

LADDER RAILS AND RUNGS

LONG

6" FROM RUNG TO RISER JOINT 1'-4" 4" FILLET WELDS 1" LONG FROM EACH ANGLE TO LADDER RAIL (2) 1

x 38" FLAT BAR SIDE RAIL

PLAN

SIDE

NOTES: 1. LADDERS CAN BE MADE IN 20'-0" STANDARD LENGTHS AND CUT TO FIT 2. ALL MATERIAL TO MEET ASTM A36 3. LADDER TO BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED PER ASTM A-123 AFTER FABRICATION IS COMPLETE

*3" FROM TOP OF LADDER RAIL TO RISER JOINT

3"±

TYP.

*NOTE: WHEN RISER EXTENSIONS ARE USED, THE PLANT SHOULD CUT 3" FROM THE SIDE RAILS AS SHOWN

6" FROM RUNG TO RISER JOINT

STANDARD LADDER DETAIL 6"

NOT TO SCALE

PROVIDE MINIMUM OF 4 ATTACHMENT ANGLES (2 ON EITHER SIDE OF LADDER RAIL) TO CONNECT LADDER TO RISER EXTENSION

RISER w/ LADDER AND STEPS IF EXTENSION IS REQUIRED WITH 22 3" x 12" CORRUGATIONS (4) 1 16"

16" FILLET WELDS FROM EACH ANGLE TO CORRUGATION CREST (2 WELD EACH SIDE) (4) 1

RISER w/ LADDER AND STEPS (2) 1

MAINLINE CMP 22 3 x 1 2, 5 x 1, 3 x 1, ETC.

1'-6" MAX.

1'-0"

∠5" x 3" x 14" x 16" LONG AT 1'-0"

SPACING. LONG LEG TO PROJECT OUT. WELD TOP AND BOTTOM OF 3" LEG TO EACH CORRUGATION CREST (THESE ANGLES SHOULD BE USED FOR LARGER DIAMETER MAINLINES WHERE ADDITIONAL STEPS ARE NEEDED)

ATTACHMENT ANGLE MINIMUM OF 4 ANGLES PER LADDER SECTION, (2 EACH SIDE OF LADDER) 6' MAX. SPACING VERTICALLY

Revision

51 2"

∠3" x 3" x 316"

LONG

51 2"

LONG

SECTION A-A LADDER RAILS AND RUNGS

RISER LADDER DETAIL

503-240-3393

800-548-4667

NOT TO SCALE

www.ContechES.com 11815 NE Glenn Widing Drive, Portland, OR 97220

MARK DATE

∠3" x 3" x 316"

ELEVATION

FILLET WELDS FROM EACH ANGLE TO CORRUGATION CREST (2 WELDS EACH SIDE)

4" FILLET WELDS 1" LONG

NOTE: THIS DRAWING IS INTENDED TO APPLY TO LADDERS INSTALLED IN RISERS HAVING A DIAMETER OF 30" OR LARGER. DUE TO SPACE CONSTRAINTS AND LIMITED ACCESSIBILITY, THE PRACTICALITY AND SUITABILITY OF UTILIZING RISERS SMALLER THAN 30" DIAMETER AND/OR INCORPORATING LADDERS IN THESE SMALLER DIAMETER RISERS SHOULD BE ADDRESSED BY THE OWNER AND PROJECT ENGINEER

REVISION DESCRIPTION

800-561-1271 FAX

PRELIMINARY No.

RISER NORMALLY CMP

LADDER RAILS AND RUNGS

℄ PIPE

\\AD.CONTECH-CPI.COM\ROOT\MERLIN\PROJECT\ACTIVE\617000\617041\617041-10-CMP DETENTION\DRAWINGS\617041-010-CMP CONFAB.DWG 2/28/2020 7:30 AM

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\DETAILS.dwg-Contech 1 (5)-4/8/2020 3:38 PM-(hrollin)

PART NO. HALAGVL16

Date

Not for Construction

CONTECH

PROPOSAL DRAWING

72"Ø PERFORATED UNDERGROUND RETENTION SYSTEM 617041-010 COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE SAINT PAUL, MN SITE DESIGNATION: INFILTRAITION EXPANDED 3

THESE DETAILS ARE PROVIDED FOR BIDDING PURPOSES ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN SERVICES OF THE SUPPLIER FOR FINAL DESIGN AND SHOP DRAWINGS SO THAT THEY CAN BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER

Drawn by

Date

Checked by

Scale

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

PROJECT No.:

617041

SEQ. No.:

010

DESIGNED:

GHH CHECKED:

----

DATE:

2/27/20

DRAWN:

GHH APPROVED:

----

SHEET NO.:

OF 5 P5 CMP INFILTRATION SYSTEM SHEET DETAILS

PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

22 of 28

SPLIT RAIL FENCE RIPRAP BENCH 6.4' TYP. (MNDOT CLASS II) 25'

3.2'

5: 1

S ARIE

889.3

POND

VARIES

3:1

COMMON FILL (SALVAGED EXCAVATION

2:1

HORIZONTAL 1' MIN.

8% 8%

1' MIN.

8.6'

C 8%

5: 1

891.10

13.2'

890.10 889.70

2:1 VARIES (888.80 MIN.) 0.75'

2% 2.5' 4'

4' FILTER FABRIC 4 FT WIDE

IMPERMEABLE LINER

891.10

EPDM LINER

TYPICAL BENCH SECTION A-A (SEE SHEET 24)

EXISTING GROUND

12"

NORMAL WATER SURFACE ELEVATION 889.3

12"

NOT TO SCALE

40'

3.2'

13.2'

23.6' HORIZONTAL

EPDM LINER

VARIE

VARIES

8% 8%

1' MIN.

2" COVER

2:1 890.10 889.70

1' MIN.

2.5' 4'

0.75'

FILTER FABRIC 4 FT WIDE

IMPERMEABLE LINER 24" DEPTH

VARIES VARIES (888.80 MIN.)

889.3

891.10

TYPICAL BENCH SECTION B-B (SEE SHEET 24) NOT TO SCALE

891.1 12"

0.4'

890.1 MEDIUM FILTER AGGREGATE

VARIES

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\DETAILS.dwg-NW BENCH (2)-4/8/2020 3:38 PM-(hrollin)

IRON ENHANCED SAND FILTER MEDIA

COARSE FILTER AGGREGATE

889.7

6" PERFORATED DRAINTILE @ 0.5%

VARIES 888.8 MIN. 889.13 MAX.

SECTION C-C NOT TO SCALE

1 23

PRELIMINARY No.

Revision

Date

Not for Construction

TYPICAL NORTHWEST POND IESF BENCH SECTION NOT TO SCALE

Houston Engineering Inc.

Maple Grove

Drawn by

Date

P: 763.493.4522 F: 763.493.5572

Checked by

Scale

HRR GB

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

NW IESF BENCH TYPICAL SECTION PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

SHEET

23 of 28

892

8 93

8 95

891 890

897

89 6

30 9. 88

883

894

882

88 8

88 6

887

889

881

4 89 8

% 1.4

NW POND

00 2+

STS

DT >>

8. 80

2.5%

2.0% >>

96 8.

EPDM LINER AREA

892

1 89

8. 8

0 89

DT >>

891

1.6%

1+00

13 9.

1+20

0+80

889

1+40

890

889

5.7

% 8.7

% 2.2

6 1+

0+6

STS

0 +8

30 9. 88

30 9. 88 0+20

0+00

0+40

889

13 9. 88

GRADE BREAKLINE

PVIS: 2+09 PVIE: 891.1

895

PVIS: 0+00 PVIE: 891.1

895

SEE SHEET 8 FOR 2:1 GRADE AND TIE INTO EXISTING GROUND

INSTALL 4' WIDE FILTER FABRIC OVER PVC

PVIS: 0+00 PVIE: 890.10

PVIS: 2+09 PVIE: 890.10

0.0%

890

PVIS: 0+00 PVIE: 889.70

PVIS: 0+70 PVIE: 888.80

PVIS: 0+00 PVIE: 889.13

0.5%

-0.5%

0.5%

PVIS: 2+09 PVIE: 889.70 PVIS: 1+38 PVIE: 888.80

PVIS: 1+04 PVIE: 888.96

PVIS: 2+09 PVIE: 889.13

PRELIMINARY No.

Revision

Date

Not for Construction

SAND: 891.10 MEDIUM: 890.10 COARSE: 889.70 INVERT: 888.94

SAND: 891.10 MEDIUM: 890.10 COARSE: 889.70 INVERT: 888.84

SAND: 891.10 MEDIUM: 890.10 COARSE: 889.70 INVERT: 888.95

SAND: 891.10 MEDIUM: 890.10 COARSE: 889.70 INVERT: 888.89

SAND: 891.10 MEDIUM: 890.10 COARSE: 889.70 INVERT: 888.80

SAND: 891.10 MEDIUM: 890.10 COARSE: 889.70 INVERT: 888.90

SAND: 891.10 MEDIUM: 890.10 COARSE: 889.70 INVERT: 889.00

SAND: 891.10 MEDIUM: 890.10 COARSE: 889.70 INVERT: 889.10

885 SAND: 891.10 MEDIUM: 890.10 COARSE: 889.70 INVERT: 889.05

885 SAND: 891.10 MEDIUM: 890.10 COARSE: 889.70 INVERT: 889.13

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\DETAILS.dwg-NW BENCH-4/8/2020 3:38 PM-(hrollin)

-0.5%

0+00

0+20

0+40

0+60

0+80

1+00

1+20

1+40

1+60

1+80

2+00

Houston Engineering Inc.

Maple Grove

Drawn by

Date

P: 763.493.4522 F: 763.493.5572

Checked by

Scale

HRR GB

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

2+20

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

NW IESF BENCH INVERT PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

SHEET

24 of 28

MIN 8 LF. 4 IN. OD GALVANIZED STEEL POLE

ACTUATOR SPECIFIED AND PROCURED THROUGH OPTI (SEE NOTE 2)

CABLE AND CONDUIT CONNECTION TO IP68 JUNCTION BOX OR CONTROL PANEL (SEE NOTE 3)

LOW PROFILE CELLULAR ANTENNA SPECIFIED AND PROCURED THROUGH OPTI

1 FT VALVE STEM EXTENSION SPECIFIED AND PROCURED THROUGH OPTI 6 IN. FLANGED PIPE SECTION WITH 81 IN. RUBBER GASKET SPECIFIED AND PROCURED THROUGH OPTI (SEE NOTE 5)

VALVE STEM MOUNTS (SEE VALVE STEM MOUNT DETAIL)

TRASH RACK (SEE NOTE 6)

CHANNEL STRUT AND PIPE CLAMP (SEE NOTE 2)

MIN 3 FT

16 IN. BUTTERFLY VALVE SPECIFIED AND PROCURED THROUGH OPTI (SEE NOTE 4)

CABLE AND CONDUIT CONNECTION TO IP68 JUNCTION BOX OR CONTROL PANEL (SEE NOTES 3 & 4)

22 IN. (H) x 18 IN. (W) x 10 IN. (D) OPTI CONTROL PANEL SPECIFIED AND PROCURED THROUGH OPTI (SEE NOTE 1)

897.0 (MIN.)

PERFORATIONS MAX 1 IN. DIA

FLEXIBLE PIPE STRAPPING (STAINLESS STEEL)

OPTI SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT (TO BE PROCURED THROUGH OPTI): 1.1. ACTUATOR, BUTTERFLY VALVE, AND VALVE STEM EXTENSION (DELIVERED PRE-ASSEMBLED ON PALLET) 1.2. FLANGED PIPE SECTION AND RUBBER GASKET 1.3. POLYWATER FOAM DUCT SEALANT (SENT WITH OPTI CONTROL PANEL)

OUTLET STRUCTURE WALL OR WEIR WALL

1 5 8 IN. STRUT FOOTING SPECIFIED AND PROCURED THROUGH OPTI

FLANGE TO VALVE CONNECTION: 16 x 1 - 8 UNC FLANGE CONNECTOR BOLTS SHALL BE TIGHTENED TO 238-354 LB-FT TORQUE. ALL HARDWARE TO BE #304 SS.

FLANGE TO WALL CONNECTION: BOLT CAVITIES TO BE CLEANED OF DEBRIS USING AUTO CLEANING DRILL BIT OR COMPRESSED AIR PRIOR TO ANCHORING. BOLT CAVITIES TO BE FILLED WITH INJECTABLE ADHESIVE ANCHOR (HILTI HIT SERIES EPOXY #2123401 OR EQUIVALENT). BOLTS TO BE EMBEDDED TO MINIMUM DEPTH SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER, 1 IN. CLEARANCE FROM REBAR.

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\DETAILS.dwg-OPTIRTC-4/8/2020 3:38 PM-(hrollin)

ACTUATOR TO BE ORIENTED WITH WHEEL FACING AWAY FROM WALL. VALVES SHALL REST ON ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: POURED CONCRETE PAD (4000 PSI), APPROVED CONCRETE BLOCKS, OR APPROVED STRUCTURE FIT TO BEAR 600LB LOAD. OPTI-SPECIFIED JUNCTION BOX REQUIRED IF CABLE LENGTH EXCEEDS 100 FT. JUNCTION BOX LOCATION TO BE SPECIFIED BY OPTI. ALL CONDUIT CONNECTIONS TO BE IP68 RATED AND SEALED WITH POLYWATER FOAM DUCT SEALANT. CONDUIT TO BE SIZED BY CONTRACTOR. ACTUATOR CONDUIT PORT IS 34 IN. INTERNAL THREADED, DOWNSIZE CONDUIT IF NEEDED. CONDUIT ALONG WALL TO BE SECURED WITH #304 SS CLIPS (3' SPACING MAXIMUM).

1 25

1 2

ACTUATED VALVE (WALL MOUNT)

IN. ANCHOR ROD 3 FT O.C.

Revision

Date

PLAN VIEW

4,000 PSI CONCRETE

6 IN.

OPTI SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT (TO BE PROCURED THROUGH OPTI):

1.1. 1.2.

24 IN.

ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT TO BE PROCURED BY INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR. WATER LEVEL SENSOR TO REST WITHIN PVC STILLING WELL. SENSOR TO REST AT BOTTOM OF FACILITY OR AT SPECIFIED MINIMUM ELEVATION.

OPTI-SPECIFIED JUNCTION BOX REQUIRED IF CABLE LENGTH EXCEEDS 100 FT. JUNCTION BOX LOCATION TO BE SPECIFIED BY OPTI. BOTTOM OF JUNCTION BOX TO BE MOUNTED AT LEAST 4 IN. ABOVE OVERFLOW ELEVATION.

PENETRATIONS INTO ALL EQUIPMENT AND CONNECTIONS WITHIN JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE IP68 RATED AND SEALED WITH POLYWATER FOAM DUCT SEALANT. SEE ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM FOR CABLE AND CONDUIT SPECIFICATION.

3. ALL CONDUIT PENETRATIONS ARE TO BE IP68 RATED AND SEALED WITH POLYWATER FOAM DUCT SEALANT. SEE ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM FOR CABLE AND CONDUIT SPECIFICATION.

CONDUIT SECURED ON WALL WITH STAINLESS STEEL CLIPS (3' MAX SPACING). PVC STILLING WELL TO BE SECURED WITH STAINLESS STEEL PIPE STRAPPING (24 IN. MAX SPACING).

ALL BRACKET MATERIALS MUST BE #304 STAINLESS STEEL.

4. ALL EQUIPMENT TO BE GROUNDED TO CONTROL PANEL GROUNDING LUGS. OPTI CONTROL PANEL TO BE GROUNDED TO A GROUNDING ROD, GALVANIZED STEEL POLE, OR CONCRETE-ENCASED GROUNDING ELECTRODE. (SEE ELECTRIC DIAGRAM)

PRESSURE REFERENCE DEVICE TO WATER LEVEL SENSOR CABLE.

MINIMUM 1 FOOT SPARE CABLING TO BE NEATLY COILED IN CONTROL PANEL FOR FUTURE MAINTENANCE OR SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS.

2 IN. ANCHOR ROD TO BE SET USING INJECTABLE ADHESIVE ANCHOR WITH AUTO CLEANING DRILL BIT OR CLEAN HOLE THOROUGHLY WITH COMPRESSED AIR. USE QUIKRETE HIGH STRENGTH ANCHORING EPOXY (PRODUCT #8620-31) OR EQUIVALENT. ROD SET IN CONCRETE MIN 3 IN..

VALVE STEM MOUNT DETAIL (WALL MOUNT) NOT TO SCALE

Not for Construction

20 IN. X 16 IN. X 8 IN. NEMA 4X CABINET WITH CELLULAR ANTENNA AND CHANNEL STRUT MOUNTING CLIPS POLYWATER FOAM DUCT SEALANT (SENT WITH OPTI CONTROL PANEL)

2. GALVANIZED STEEL CHANNEL STRUT TO BE BOLTED TO SUPPORT POLE USING GALVANIZED STEEL CHANNEL STRUT PIPE CLAMPS. CONTROL PANEL TO BE BOLTED TO CHANNEL STRUT (CHANNEL STRUT MOUNTING CLIP SHIPPED WITH CONTROL PANEL). PANEL TO BE MOUNTED MINIMUM 3 FT. FROM GROUND.

OPTI SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT (TO BE PROCURED THROUGH OPTI): 1.1. VALVE STEM EXTENSION (DELIVERED WITH VALVE) 1.2. 1 5 8 IN. STRUT FOOTING 1.3. 1 2 IN. ANCHOR ROD

Houston Engineering Inc.

WATER LEVEL SENSOR POLYWATER FOAM DUCT SEALANT (SENT WITH OPTI CONTROL PANEL)

1.2.

NOTES:

PRELIMINARY No.

FACILITY BOTTOM OR SPECIFIED MINIMUM ELEVATION

NOTES:

PROFILE VIEW

12 IN. O.C.

WATER LEVEL SENSOR SPECIFIED AND PROCURED THROUGH OPTI (SEE NOTES 1 & 2)

NOTES:

1.1.

2 25

NOT TO SCALE

24 IN.

1. OPTI SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT (TO BE PROCURED THROUGH OPTI):

TRASH RACK SPECIFIED BY ENGINEER OF RECORD (OR OTHERS) TO BE PROCURED BY CONTRACTOR. TRASH RACKS ARE REQUIRED PRIOR TO OPERATION OF THE OPTI ACTUATED VALVE AND SOFTWARE.

CONDUIT TO OUTLET STRUCTURE AND LINE POWER CONNECTION

PIPE CLAMP USED TO SECURE VALVE STEM (MUST FIT TIGHT TO STEM)

ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT TO BE PROCURED BY INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR.

OVERFLOW ELEVATION XX FT (SEE NOTE 3)

EX. STRUCTURE SIDEWALL

INV. EL. = 888.80

NOTES:

24 IN. (MAX)

CONCRETE SLOPED TO SHED WATER

CUT TO LENGTH TO PLUM VALVE STEM EXTENSION

VALVE STEM EXTENSION SPECIFIED AND PROCURED THROUGH OPTI

MIN 4 IN. DIA. PVC STILLING WELL (SEE NOTE 2)

3 25

OPTI CONTROL PANEL (POLE MOUNTED LINE POWER) NOT TO SCALE

Maple Grove

Drawn by

Date

P: 763.493.4522 F: 763.493.5572

Checked by

Scale

HRR GB

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

4 25

BE LOCATED IN OPTI CONTROL PANEL. DO NOT SPLICE

WATER LEVEL SENSOR ASSEMBLY (WALL MOUNT) NOT TO SCALE

OPTIRTC DETAILS PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

SHEET

25 of 28

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\DETAILS.dwg-HDS1 (2)-4/8/2020 3:39 PM-(hrollin)

PRELIMINARY No.

Revision

Date

Not for Construction

THESE DETAILS ARE PROVIDED FOR BIDDING PURPOSES ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN SERVICES OF THE SUPPLIER FOR FINAL DESIGN AND SHOP DRAWINGS SO THAT THEY CAN BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER

Drawn by

Date

Checked by

Scale

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

HYDRODYNAMIC SEPARATOR #1 PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

SHEET

26 of 28

OBSERVED. THE SUPERINTENDENT WILL ASSESS THE SITUATION AND DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE RESPONSE.

PROJECT DESCRIPTION PROJECT NAME: COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS SPILL PREVENTION NOTES

PROJECT LOCATION: COMO PARK GOLF COURSE (NEAR HOLE 3 AND HOLE 7)

2. IF SPILLS REPRESENT AN IMMINENT THREAT OF ESCAPING EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS AND ENTERING RECEIVING WATERS, PERSONNEL WILL BE DIRECTED TO RESPOND IMMEDIATELY TO CONTAIN THE RELEASE AND NOTIFY THE SUPERINTENDENT AFTER THE SITUATION HAS BEEN STABILIZED.

HOUSEKEEPING

ADDRESS: 1431 LEXINGTON PARKWAY NORTH, ST. PAUL, MN 55103 THE PROJECT WILL PRIMARILY CONSIST OF CONSTRUCTING TWO STORMWATER BMP SYSTEMS. AN IRON-ENHANCED SAND FILTER BENCH WILL BE BUILT ON THE EDGE OF AN EXISTING POND NEAR HOLE 3. AN ABOVE GROUND INFILTRATION BASIN ALONG WITH AN UNDERGROUND CORRUGATED METAL PIPE INFILTRATION SYSTEM WILL BE CONSTRUCTED NEAR HOLE 7. ON-SITE STORMSEWER AND DRAIN TILE WILL BE INSTALLED AND WILL DRAIN TO THE EXISTING STORMSEWER SYSTEM. THE PROJECT IS APPROXIMATELY 2.4 ACRES WITH AN ESTIMATED DISTURBANCE OF 2.4 ACRES. THIS EXCLUDES ANY OFF-SITE BORROW AREAS.

1. ONLY NEEDED PRODUCTS WILL BE STORED ON-SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR. 2. EXCEPT FOR BULK MATERIALS, THE CONTRACTOR WILL STORE ALL MATERIALS UNDER COVER AND IN APPROPRIATE CONTAINERS.

3. SPILL KITS CONTAINING APPROPRIATE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FOR SPILL RESPONSE AND CLEANUP WILL BE MAINTAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT THE SITE.

3. PRODUCTS MUST BE STORED IN ORIGINAL CONTAINERS AND LABELED. 4. MATERIAL MIXING WILL BE CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 5. WHEN POSSIBLE, ALL PRODUCTS WILL BE COMPLETELY USED BEFORE PROPERLY DISPOSING OF THE CONTAINERS OFF SITE.

EXISTING IMPERVIOUS AREA: 1.0 ACRE

6. THE MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS FOR DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS AND CONTAINERS WILL BE FOLLOWED.

PROPOSED INCREASE IN IMPERVIOUS AREA: 0.0 ACRES

7. THE CONTRACTOR'S SITE SUPERINTENDENT WILL INSPECT MATERIAL STORAGE AREAS REGULARLY TO ENSURE PROPER USE AND DISPOSAL.

PROPOSED IMPERVIOUS AREA: 1.0 ACRES

4. IF OIL SHEEN IS OBSERVED ON SURFACE WATER (E.G., SETTLING PONDS, DETENTION PONDS, SWALES), ACTION WILL BE TAKEN IMMEDIATELY TO REMOVE THE MATERIAL CAUSING THE SHEEN. THE CONTRACTOR WILL USE APPROPRIATE MATERIALS TO CONTAIN AND ABSORB THE SPILL. THE SOURCE OF THE OIL SHEEN WILL ALSO BE IDENTIFIED AND REMOVED OR REPAIRED AS NECESSARY TO PREVENT FURTHER RELEASES.

8. DUST GENERATED WILL BE CONTROLLED IN AN ENVIRONMENTALLY SAFE MANNER.

MAP UNIT SYMBOL

MAP UNIT NAME

PERCENT SAND

PERCENT SILT

155D

CHETEK SANDY LOAM, 12 TO 25% SLOPES

68%

23%

1027

UDORTHENTS, WET SUBSTRATUM

PERCENT CLAY

NAME OF WATER BODY

TYPE

62-0055-00

COMO

LAKE

SPECIAL WATER?

IMPAIRED WATER?

1. PRODUCTS WILL BE KEPT IN ORIGINAL CONTAINERS UNLESS THE CONTAINER IS NOT RESEALABLE.

6. PERSONNEL WITH PRIMARY RESPONSIBILITY FOR SPILL RESPONSE AND CLEANUP WILL RECEIVE TRAINING BY THE CONTRACTOR'S SITE SUPERINTENDENT OR DESIGNEE. THE TRAINING MUST INCLUDE IDENTIFYING THE LOCATION OF THE SPILL KITS AND OTHER SPILL RESPONSE EQUIPMENT AND THE USE OF SPILL RESPONSE MATERIALS.

2. ORIGINAL LABELS AND MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS WILL BE RETAINED IN A SAFE PLACE TO RELAY IMPORTANT PRODUCT INFORMATION.

7. SPILL RESPONSE EQUIPMENT WILL BE INSPECTED AND MAINTAINED AS NECESSARY TO REPLACE ANY MATERIALS USED IN SPILL RESPONSE ACTIVITIES.

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

RECEIVING WATERS WATER BODY ID

5. IF A SPILL OCCURS, THE SUPERINTENDENT OR THE SUPERINTENDENT'S DESIGNEE WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLETING THE SPILL REPORTING FORM AND FOR REPORTING THE SPILL TO THE MPCA.

9. VEGETATION AREAS NOT ESSENTIAL TO THE CONSTRUCTION PROJECT WILL BE PRESERVED AND MAINTAINED AS NOTED ON THE PLANS.

SOIL TYPES:

YES*

*COMO LAKE IS IMPAIRED FOR CHLORIDE, NUTRIENTS, AND MERCURY FOUND IN FISH TISSUE. A TMDL HAS BEEN APPROVED BY THE EPA AND HAS DESIGNATED A WASTE LOAD ALLOCATION FOR CONSTRUCTION STORM WATER. THE TMDL INDICATES THAT CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ARE CONSIDERED COMPLIANT WITH PROVISIONS OF THE TMDL IF THEY PROPERLY SELECT, INSTALL AND MAINTAIN ALL BMPS REQUIRED UNDER THE NPDES PERMIT INCLUDING ANY APPLICABLE ADDITIONAL BMPS REQUIRED IN APPENDIX A OF THE NPDES PERMIT FOR DISCHARGES TO IMPAIRED WATERS. STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A NOTICE OF INTENT AND EROSION CONTROL PLAN TO THE OWNER FOR REVIEW 5 DAYS PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR AND THE OWNER ARE JOINTLY REQUIRED TO SUBMIT TO THE MPCA A NOTICE OF INTENT (NOI) AT LEAST 7 DAYS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION AT THE SITE. THE APPLICATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED ONLINE AT WWW.PCA.STATE.MN.US. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR IMPLEMENTING THE SWPPP AS REQUIRED BY THE MPCA. THE PLAN PROVIDES STRUCTURAL CONTROLS AND/OR STABILIZATION PRACTICES DESIGNED TO MINIMIZE POLLUTANTS IN THE STORMWATER DISCHARGE (INCLUDING SOIL SEDIMENT), TO MINIMIZE EROSION ON THE SITE, AND TO ELIMINATE TRACKING OF SOIL OFF SITE BY VEHICLES. A REGULAR PROGRAM OF INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE EROSION AND POLLUTION CONTROLS ARE REQUIRED BY THE MPCA. BASED ON THESE INSPECTIONS, THE EROSION AND POLLUTION CONTROLS WILL BE MAINTAINED, MAY BE MODIFIED, AND MAY BE SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDITIONAL MEASURES IN ORDER TO ADEQUATELY MINIMIZE POLLUTANTS. THE CONTRACTOR AND THE OWNER ARE JOINTLY REQUIRED TO SUBMIT TO THE MPCA A NOTICE OF TERMINATION (NOT) AFTER THE SITE HAS BEEN STABILIZED, CONSTRUCTION HAS ENDED, AND TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL MEASURES HAVE BEEN REMOVED. STORMWATER MANAGEMENT FEATURES IN ADDITION TO THOSE SHOWN ON THE PLANS SHALL BE PLACED, MONITORED, MAINTAINED, AND REMOVED AT THE DISCRETION AND DIRECTION OF THE ENGINEER AS NECESSARY.

3. IF SURPLUS PRODUCT MUST BE DISPOSED OF, MANUFACTURER'S LABEL DIRECTIONS FOR DISPOSAL WILL BE FOLLOWED.

SPILL NOTIFICATION IN THE EVENT OF A SPILL, THE CONTRACTOR'S SITE SUPERINTENDENT WILL MAKE THE APPROPRIATE NOTIFICATION(S), CONSISTENT WITH THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURES:

4. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF ALL EQUIPMENT AND VEHICLES INVOLVING OIL CHANGES, HYDRAULIC SYSTEM DRAIN DOWN, DEGREASING OPERATIONS, FUEL TANK DRAIN DOWN AND REMOVAL, AND OTHER ACTIVITIES WHICH MAY RESULT IN THE ACCIDENTAL RELEASE OF CONTAMINANTS WILL BE CONDUCTED ON AN IMPERVIOUS SURFACE AND UNDER COVER DURING WET WEATHER TO PREVENT THE RELEASE OF CONTAMINANTS ONTO THE GROUND.

PER MINNESOTA STATUTE 115.061, NOTIFY THE MPCA IMMEDIATELY. THE REPORT MUST BE MADE TO THE MINNESOTA DUTY OFFICER BY CALLING 651-649-5451 OR 800-422-0798. NOTIFICATION IS NOT REQUIRED FOR DISCHARGE OF 5 GALLONS OR LESS OF PETROLEUM, AS DEFINED IN SECTION 115C.02, SUBD. 10. REPORTABLE SPILLS ARE THOSE THAT:

5. WHEEL WASH WATER WILL BE COLLECTED AND ALLOWED TO SETTLE OUT SUSPENDED SOLIDS PRIOR TO DISCHARGE. WHEEL WASH WILL NOT BE DISCHARGED DIRECTLY INTO ANY STORMWATER SYSTEM OR STORMWATER TREATMENT SYSTEM.

1. THREATEN OR ARE IN A POSITION TO THREATEN WATERS OF THE STATE, SUCH AS SURFACE OR GROUND WATER. 2. CAUSE IMMEDIATE DANGER TO HUMAN HEALTH OR SAFETY. 3. CAUSE HARM OR THREATEN TO HARM WILDLIFE OR AQUATIC LIFE.

6. POTENTIAL PH-MODIFYING MATERIALS SUCH AS: BULK CEMENT, CEMENT KILN DUST, FLY ASH, NEW CONCRETE WASHINGS, CONCRETE PUMPING, AND MIXER WASHOUT WATERS WILL BE COLLECTED ON SITE AND MANAGED TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF STORMWATER RUNOFF.

4. ARE RELEASES OF OIL OR HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES IN EXCESS OF REPORTABLE QUANTITIES UNDER SECTION 311 OF THE CLEAN WATER ACT (SEE 40 CFR 110.10 AND CFR 117.21) OR SECTION 102 OF CERCLA (SEE 40 CFR 302.4). SOME RELEASES MAY REQUIRE IMMEDIATE RESPONSE BY TRAINED EMERGENCY PERSONNEL. THIS MAY BE COORDINATED THROUGH THE MPCA, EMERGENCY RESPONSE TEAM, AND ANY OTHER STATE OR LOCAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE AGENCIES THAT MAY BE NEEDED. IF THERE IS ANY QUESTION AS TO PROPER RESPONSE, CALL THE MPCA AT 651-296-6300 OR 800-657-3864, ASK FOR A MEMBER OF THE EMERGENCY RESPONSE TEAM (24 HOUR EMERGENCY RESPONSE), AND PROVIDE ALL RELEVANT INFORMATION ABOUT THE INCIDENT.

PRODUCT SPECIFIC PRACTICES 1. PETROLEUM PRODUCTS ALL ON-SITE VEHICLES WILL BE MONITORED FOR LEAKS AND RECEIVE REGULAR PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE TO REDUCE THE CHANCE OF LEAKAGE. PETROLEUM PRODUCTS WILL BE STORED IN TIGHTLY SEALED CONTAINERS WHICH ARE CLEARLY LABELED.

POLLUTION PREVENTION MEASURES

2. FERTILIZERS

1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL WASTES COMPOSED OF BUILDING MATERIALS, FLOATING DEBRIS, PAPER, FABRIC, AND OTHER WASTES FROM THE SITE FOR DISPOSAL IN LICENSED DISPOSAL FACILITIES. NO BUILDING MATERIAL WASTES OR UNUSED BUILDING MATERIAL SHALL BE BURIED, DUMPED, OR DISCHARGED TO THE WATERS OF THE STATE AT THE SITE. ALL WASTES SHALL BE DISPOSED OF PROPERLY AND MUST COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE RULES AND REGULATIONS.

FERTILIZERS WILL BE APPLIED ONLY IN THE AMOUNTS SPECIFIED. ONCE APPLIED, FERTILIZERS WILL BE WORKED INTO THE SOIL TO LIMIT THE EXPOSURE TO STORMWATER. FERTILIZERS WILL BE STORED IN AN ENCLOSED AREA. THE CONTENTS OF PARTIALLY USED FERTILIZER BAGS WILL BE TRANSFERRED TO SEALABLE CONTAINERS TO AVOID SPILLS.

SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION (EDIT AS REQUIRED) THE FOLLOWING IS A SUGGESTED SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION FOR THE INSTALLATION OF EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE A DEFINITIVE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE.

3. PAINTS ALL CONTAINERS WILL BE TIGHTLY SEALED AND STORED WHEN NOT REQUIRED FOR USE. THE EXCESS WILL BE DISPOSED OF ACCORDING TO THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS.

1. INSTALL TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES, AS REQUIRED, AND INLET PROTECTION.

2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONTAINMENT AROUND FUELING AND CHEMICAL STORAGE AREAS TO ENSURE THAT SPILLS IN THESE AREAS DO NOT REACH WATERS OF THE STATE. CONTINGENCIES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR THE TREATMENT AND/OR DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATION BY ACTS OF VANDALISM.

4. CONCRETE AND OTHER WASHOUTS WASTE

2. INSTALL PERIMETER SEDIMENT CONTROL ON DISTURBED AREA.

CONTRACTORS WILL PROVIDE DESIGNATED WASHOUT AREAS ON THE SITE IN ACCORDANCE WITH PART IV.F.4 OF THE GENERAL PERMIT MN R100001. SEE POLLUTION PREVENTION MEASURES AT RIGHT FOR DETAILS.

3. CLEAR AND GRUB TREES AND SHRUBS AS SHOWN ON PLANS 4. EXCAVATE AND CONSTRUCT STORMWATER BMPS 5. STOCKPILE EXCESS MATERIAL FOR SITE GRADING.

3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE EFFECTIVE CONTAINMENT FOR ALL LIQUID AND SOLID WASTES GENERATED BY WASHOUT OPERATIONS (CONCRETE, STUCCO, PAINT, FORM RELEASE OILS, CURING COMPOUNDS AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS) RELATED TO THE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY. THE LIQUID AND SOLID WASHOUT WASTES MUST NOT CONTACT THE GROUND, AND THE CONTAINMENT MUST BE DESIGNED SO THAT IT DOES NOT RESULT IN RUNOFF FROM THE WASHOUT OPERATIONS OR AREAS. A SIGN MUST BE INSTALLED ADJACENT TO EACH WASHOUT FACILITY THAT REQUIRES SITE PERSONNEL TO UTILIZE THE PROPER FACILITIES FOR DISPOSAL OF CONCRETE AND OTHER WASHOUT WASTES.

SPILL CONTROL PRACTICES

6. INSTALL TEMPORARY SOIL STABILIZATION ON DISTURBED AREAS, AS NEEDED.

IN ADDITION TO THE PREVIOUS HOUSEKEEPING AND MANAGEMENT PRACTICES, THE FOLLOWING PRACTICES WILL BE FOLLOWED FOR SPILL PREVENTION AND CLEANUP, IF NEEDED.

7. INSTALL UTILITIES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWER, AND WATER. 8. INSTALL INLET PROTECTION AFTER COMPLETING STORM DRAINAGE AND OTHER UTILITY INSTALLATION.

1. FOR ALL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS STORED ON SITE, THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED METHODS FOR SPILL CLEANUP WILL BE CLEARLY POSTED. SITE PERSONNEL WILL BE MADE AWARE OF THE PROCEDURES AND THE LOCATIONS OF THE INFORMATION AND CLEANUP SUPPLIES.

9. COMPLETE FINAL GRADING. 10. COMPLETE FINAL PAVING.

4. LIQUID AND SOLID WASTES SHALL BE DISPOSED OF PROPERLY BY THE CONTRACTOR AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH MPCA RULES.

11. MULCH AND SEED DISTURBED AREAS AS SPECIFIED WITHIN 14 DAYS OF COMPLETION OF TOPSOIL PLACEMENT AND GRADING.

STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN CONTACT THE STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN CONTACT SHALL BE AN INDIVIDUAL WHO IS KNOWLEDGEABLE AND EXPERIENCED IN THE APPLICATION OF EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL BMPS, WHO WILL OVERSEE THE IMPLEMENTATION AND THE INSTALLATION OF THE SWPPP AND INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL BMPS BEFORE AND DURING CONSTRUCTION. THE SWPPP PLAN CONTACT IS LISTED BELOW:

3. ALL SPILLS WILL BE CLEANED IMMEDIATELY AFTER DISCOVERY AND THE MATERIALS DISPOSED OF PROPERLY.

SWPPP CONTACT: ___________________ PHONE: _______________

4. THE SPILL AREA WILL BE KEPT WELL VENTILATED AND PERSONNEL WILL WEAR APPROPRIATE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING TO PREVENT INJURY FROM CONTACT WITH A HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE.

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\SWPPP.dwg-SWPPP 1-4/8/2020 3:39 PM-(hrollin)

TITLE: ______________________________ GENERAL CONTRACTOR CONTACT INFORMATION (OPERATOR) THE CONTRACTOR (OPERATOR) AS SHOWN ON THE NOTICE IS LISTED BELOW. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE OPERATIONAL CONTROL OF THE SWPPP AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ITS IMPLEMENTATION.

OPERATOR

CONTACT PERSON

MAILING ADDRESS

CITY

TITLE

SIGNATURE OF APPLICANT

DATE

Revision

3. THE PLAN MUST:

5. AFTER A SPILL, A REPORT WILL BE PREPARED DESCRIBING THE SPILL, WHAT CAUSED IT, AND THE CLEANUP MEASURES TAKEN. THE SPILL PREVENTION PLAN WILL BE ADJUSTED TO INCLUDE MEASURES TO PREVENT THIS TYPE OF SPILL FROM REOCCURRING, AS WELL AS CLEANUP INSTRUCTIONS IN THE EVENT OF REOCCURRENCES.

3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5

IDENTIFY ALL POTENTIAL FUGITIVE DUST EMISSION SOURCES. ASSIGN DUST CONTROL METHODS. DETERMINE FREQUENCY OF APPLICATION. RECORD ALL DUST CONTROL ACTIVITIES. MONITOR YOUR DUST CONTROL EFFORTS.

4. THE PLAN SHALL HAVE PROVISIONS FOR NOTIFYING SUBCONTRACTORS AND OTHERS ACCESSING THE DISTURBED AREAS OF THEIR RESPONSIBILITIES TO CONTROL FUGITIVE DUST (I.E., OBSERVING ON-SITE VEHICLE SPEED LIMITS, TRACK OUT, BEST PRACTICAL METHODS OF DUST CONTROL BEING USED ON SITE WHEN WORKING ON PAVEMENTS AND IN DISTURBED AREAS, KEEPING OFF DISTURBED AREAS THAT HAVE BEEN STABILIZED, ETC. ).

THE PRIMARY OBJECTIVE IN RESPONDING TO A SPILL IS TO QUICKLY CONTAIN THE MATERIAL(S) AND PREVENT OR MINIMIZE MIGRATION INTO STORMWATER RUNOFF AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS. IF THE RELEASE HAS IMPACTED ON-SITE STORMWATER, IT IS CRITICAL TO CONTAIN THE RELEASED MATERIALS ONSITE AND PREVENT THEIR RELEASE INTO RECEIVING WATERS. IF A SPILL OF POLLUTANTS THREATENS STORMWATER OR SURFACE WATER AT THE SITE, THE SPILL RESPONSE PROCEDURES OUTLINED BELOW MUST BE IMPLEMENTED IN A TIMELY MANNER TO PREVENT THE RELEASE OF POLLUTANTS.

5. THE PLAN SHALL ADDRESS THE TYPE OF BEST PRACTICAL METHODS OF FUGITIVE DUST CONTROL TO BE USED BY CONTRACTOR TO CONTROL FUGITIVE DUST IN DETAIL. MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF FUGITIVE DUST CONTROL METHOD MAY BE NECESSARY TO PREVENT FUGITIVE DUST GENERATION, AND USE OF MULTIPLE FUGITIVE DUST METHODS MUST BE ADDRESSED, IF APPLICABLE. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ADHERING TO THE PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN THEIR DEVELOPED PLAN.

1. THE CONTRACTOR'S SITE SUPERINTENDENT WILL BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY WHEN A SPILL OR THE THREAT OF A SPILL IS

6. THE PLAN SHALL HAVE PROVISIONS FOR UPDATING THE PLAN IN THE EVENT CHANGES TO THE PROJECT OCCUR AND RESUBMITTAL OF THE PLAN TO THE PROJECT ENGINEER.

PRELIMINARY No.

2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEVELOP A DUST CONTROL PLAN, ADMINISTERED BY THE SWPPP CONTACT PERSON THAT USES ALL REASONABLE PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT DUST EMISSIONS FOR THE ENGINEER'S APPROVAL.

SPILL RESPONSE

ZIP CODE

â&#x20AC;&#x153;I , CERTIFY UNDER PENALTY OF LAW THAT I HAVE PERSONALLY EXAMINED AND AM FAMILIAR WITH THE INFORMATION SUBMITTED HEREIN. BASED ON MY INQUIRY OF THOSE INDIVIDUALS IMMEDIATELY RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING THE INFORMATION, I BELIEVE THE SUBMITTED INFORMATION IS TRUE, ACCURATE, AND COMPLETE. I AM AWARE THAT THERE ARE SIGNIFICANT PENALTIES FOR SUBMITTING FALSE INFORMATION, INCLUDING THE POSSIBILITY OF FINES AND IMPRISONMENT. PRINTED NAME OF APPLICANT

1. NO PERSON MAY CAUSE OR PERMIT THE HANDLING, TRANSPORTING OR STORING OF ANY MATERIAL IN A MANNER WHICH ALLOWS OR MAY ALLOW CONTROLLABLE PARTICULATE MATTER TO BECOME AIRBORNE. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED, THE CONTRACTOR MAY NOT CAUSE NOR PERMIT THE CONSTRUCTION, REPAIR, DEMOLITION, OR USE OF UNPAVED OR UNTREATED AREAS WITHOUT FIRST PUTTING INTO EFFECT AN ONGOING PROGRAM USING THE BEST PRACTICAL METHODS TO PREVENT PARTICULATE MATTER FROM BECOMING AIRBORNE.

6. THE CONTRACTOR'S SITE SUPERINTENDENT, RESPONSIBLE FOR DAY-TO-DAY OPERATIONS, WILL BE THE SPILL PREVENTION AND CLEANUP COORDINATOR. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING THAT THE SITE SUPERINTENDENT HAS HAD APPROPRIATE TRAINING FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS HANDLING, SPILL MANAGEMENT, AND CLEANUP.

CONTACT PERSON PHONE

STATE/PROVINCE

DUST CONTROL

2. APPROPRIATE CLEANUP MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT WILL BE MAINTAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR IN THE MATERIALS STORAGE AREA ON SITE. AS APPROPRIATE, EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS MAY INCLUDE ITEMS SUCH AS BROOMS, DUST PANS, MOPS, RAGS, GLOVES, GOGGLES, KITTY LITTER, SAND, SAWDUST, AND PLASTIC AND METAL TRASH CONTAINERS SPECIFICALLY FOR CLEANUP PURPOSES.

12. RESEED AREAS DISTURBED BY REMOVAL ACTIVITIES.

Date

Not for Construction

Houston Engineering Inc.

Maple Grove

Drawn by

Date

P: 763.493.4522 F: 763.493.5572

Checked by

Scale

HRR GB

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

SWPPP PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

SHEET

27 of 28

EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL NOTES 1. NO EARTHWORK OPERATIONS SHALL BEGIN PRIOR TO ALL TEMPORARY PERIMETER EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES BEING INSTALLED. 2. AGGREGATE CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES SHALL BE PROVIDED AT ALL ACCESS POINTS TO THE CONSTRUCTION SITE. LOCATIONS OF CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES ARE APPROXIMATE AND SHALL BE FIELD LOCATED. ANY SEDIMENT TRACKED OR DEPOSITED ONTO OFF-SITE PAVED SURFACES SHALL BE REMOVED WITHIN 24 HOURS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR STREET SWEEPING AND/OR SCRAPING TO REMOVE ANY ACCUMULATED SEDIMENT FROM OFF-SITE PAVED SURFACES. 3. SEDIMENT ACCUMULATED BEHIND FIBER ROLLS AND SILT FENCE SHALL BE REMOVED WHEN IT REACHES 1/3 THE HEIGHT OF THE FIBER ROLL OR SILT FENCE. ANY INEFFECTIVE (DECOMPOSED, TORN, COLLAPSED) FIBER ROLLS OR SILT FENCE SHALL BE REPLACED IMMEDIATELY. 4. ALL STORM DRAIN INLETS WITHIN THE PROJECT LIMITS AND IN THE IMMEDIATE VICINITY OF THE SITE SHALL HAVE SEDIMENT PROTECTION MEASURES. THIS INCLUDES INLETS AFFECTED BY SEDIMENT TRACKED FROM THE SITE. 5. VEGETATIVE BUFFERS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM WIDTH OF 25 FEET FOR EVERY 125 FEET OF DISTURBED AREA THAT DRAINS TO THE BUFFER. FOR EACH ADDITIONAL 5 FEET OF DISTURBANCE, AN ADDITIONAL 1 FOOT OF BUFFER MUST BE ADDED. THE BUFFER SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM 5 PERCENT SLOPE AND CONCENTRATED FLOWS TO THE BUFFER SHALL BE MINIMIZED. 6. VEGETATIVE BUFFER SHALL CONSIST OF DENSE GRASS VEGETATION 3 TO 12 INCHES TALL WITH UNIFORM COVERAGE OVER 90 PERCENT OF THE BUFFER. NO MORE THAN 10 PERCENT OF THE BUFFER MAY CONSIST OF WOODY VEGETATION. 7. ALL DISTURBED AREAS THAT HAVE BEEN FINAL GRADED OR ARE NOT ACTIVELY BEING WORKED SHALL BE STABILIZED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE BUT NO LATER THAN 7 DAYS AFTER COMPLETION OF THE WORK. USE SEEDING AND MULCHING, EROSION CONTROL MATTING, AND/OR SODDING AND STAKING IN GREEN SPACE AREAS. USE EARLY APPLICATION OF GRAVEL BASE IN PAVED AREAS.

TEMPORARY SEDIMENTATION BASIN REQUIREMENTS 1. TEMPORARY SEDIMENTATION BASINS SHALL PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 3,600 CUBIC FEET OF STORAGE FOR EVERY ACRE OF DISTURBED AREA DRAINING TO THE BASIN OR A STORAGE VOLUME EQUAL TO THE RUNOFF FROM A TWO-YEAR, 24-HOUR STORM EVENT PLUS 1,800 CUBIC FEET OF STORAGE FOR EACH DISTURBED ACRE THAT DRAINS TO THE BASIN, WHICHEVER IS GREATER. 2. BASINS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO PREVENT THE DISCHARGE OF FLOATING DEBRIS AND PROVIDE A MEANS FOR COMPLETE DRAWDOWN FOR MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES. 3. THE BASIN SHALL HAVE A STABILIZED EMERGENCY OVERFLOW TO PREVENT FAILURE OF POND INTEGRITY. FINAL STABILIZATION 1. ALL SOIL-DISTURBING ACTIVITIES AT THE SITE HAVE BEEN COMPLETED AND A UNIFORM PERENNIAL VEGETATIVE COVER WITH A MINIMUM DENSITY OF 70 PERCENT OF THE NATIVE COVER FOR UNPAVED AREAS AND AREAS NOT COVERED BY PERMANENT STRUCTURES OR EQUIVALENT PERMANENT STABILIZATION MEASURES (SUCH AS THE USE OF RIPRAP, GABIONS, OR GEOTEXTILES) HAVE BEEN ACHIEVED. 2. FOR SOIL-DISTURBING ACTIVITIES ON LAND USED FOR AGRICULTURAL PURPOSES, FINAL STABILIZATION MAY BE ACCOMPLISHED BY RETURNING THE DISTURBED LAND TO ITS PRE-DISTURBANCE AGRICULTURAL USE. AREAS DISTURBED THAT WERE NOT PREVIOUSLY USED FOR AGRICULTURAL ACTIVITIES, SUCH AS BUFFER STRIPS IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO WATERS OF THE STATES, AND AREAS NOT BEING RETURNED TO THEIR PRE-DISTURBANCE AGRICULTURAL USE MUST MEET THE FINAL STABILIZATION CRITERIA ABOVE. 3. FINAL STABILIZATION HAS BEEN ACHIEVED WHEN THE ABOVE CRITERIA HAS BEEN MET AND: 3.1 3.2 3.3

8. AREAS WHERE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY WILL RESUME WITHIN 7 DAYS OF THE TIME CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY TEMPORARILY CEASES NEED NOT BE STABILIZED. 9. FIBER ROLLS OR SILT FENCE SHALL BE INSTALLED ON ALL DISTURBED AREAS WITH SLOPES STEEPER THAN 3:1 AND LENGTHS GREATER THAN 75 FEET. ANY SLOPE EXHIBITING RILLS, SIGNIFICANT EROSION, OR EVIDENCE OF CONCENTRATED FLOW SHALL BE REGRADED TO PLAN GRADES AND FIBER ROLLS OR OTHER TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL MEASURE INSTALLED TO PREVENT FUTURE EROSION. 10. ALL TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT DRAINAGE DITCHES, SWALES, OR STORM SEWER DISCHARGE POINTS SHALL HAVE THEIR NORMAL WETTED PERIMETER STABILIZED WITHIN 200 LINEAL FEET OF THE PROPERTY EDGE OR POINT OF DISCHARGE TO A SURFACE WATER. STABILIZATION SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY THE USE OF EROSION CONTROL BLANKETS, SODDING, APPLICATION OF RIPRAP, OR OTHER METHOD OF STABILIZATION. 11. ALL TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT DRAINAGE DITCHES, SWALES, OR STORM SEWER DISCHARGE POINTS SHALL BE STABILIZED WITHIN 24 HOURS OF CONNECTION TO A SURFACE WATER, INCLUDING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS. 12. TEMPORARY SOIL STOCKPILES SHALL BE SURROUNDED BY SILT FENCE OR OTHER EFFECTIVE SEDIMENT CONTROLS, AND SHALL NOT BE PLACED IN SURFACE WATERS, INCLUDING STORMWATER CONVEYANCES SUCH AS CURB AND GUTTER SYSTEMS, OR CONDUITS AND DITCHES UNLESS THERE IS A BYPASS IN PLACE FOR THE STORMWATER. 13. DEWATERING OR BASIN DRAINAGE RELATED TO CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE DISCHARGED TO A TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT SEDIMENTATION BASIN. IF THE WATER CANNOT BE DISCHARGED TO A TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT SEDIMENTATION BASIN, IT SHALL BE TREATED WITH ONE OF THE DEWATERING STRUCTURES SHOWN. ALL WATER FROM DEWATERING OR BASIN DRAINING ACTIVITIES MUST BE DISCHARGED IN A MANNER THAT DOES NOT CAUSE NUISANCE CONDITIONS, EROSION IN RECEIVING CHANNELS OR ON DOWNSLOPE PROPERTIES, OR INUNDATION IN WETLANDS CAUSING SIGNIFICANT ADVERSE IMPACT OT THE WETLAND.

ALL DRAINAGE DITCHES CONSTRUCTED TO DRAIN WATER FROM THE SITE FOLLOWING CONSTRUCTION HAVE BEEN STABILIZED TO PREVENT EROSION. ALL TEMPORARY, SYNTHETIC, AND STRUCTURAL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS HAVE BEEN REMOVED. ANY ACCUMULATED SEDIMENT HAS BEEN REMOVED FROM ALL STORMWATER CONVEYANCES AND BASINS USED FOR PERMANENT WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT. ANY REMOVED SEDIMENT THAT EXPOSES SOIL MUST BE STABILIZED TO PREVENT EROSION.

INSPECTION AND MONITORING 1. A COPY OF THE COMPLETED AND SIGNED NOTICE OF INTENT, COVERAGE LETTER FROM THE MINNESOTA POLLUTION CONTROL AGENCY (MPCA), STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP), SITE INSPECTION RECORDS, AND THE GENERAL PERMIT SHALL BE KEPT ON SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION. IF NO REASONABLE ON-SITE LOCATION IS AVAILABLE, THE DOCUMENTS MAY BE RETAINED AT A READILY AVAILABLE ALTERNATIVE LOCATION. ALL RECORDS SHALL BE RETAINED FOR A PERIOD OF THREE YEARS AFTER THE SUBMISSION OF THE NOTICE OF TERMINATION. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AT LEAST ONE INDIVIDUAL PRESENT ON THE PERMITTED PROJECT SITE (OR AVAILABLE TO THE PROJECT SITE IN 72 HOURS) THAT IS TRAINED BY LOCAL, STATE, OR FEDERAL AGENCIES; PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONS, OR OTHER ENTITIES WITH EXPERTISE IN EROSION PREVENTION, SEDIMENT CONTROL, OR PERMANENT STORMWATER MANAGEMENT. THE INDIVIDUAL SHALL BE KNOWLEDGEABLE AND EXPERIENCED IN THE APPLICATION OF EROSION PREVENTION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (BMPS) AND SHALL BE FAMILIAR WITH THE INSTALLATION, INSPECTION, AND MAINTENANCE OF THE EROSION PREVENTION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL BMPS. 3. INSPECTION SHALL BE PERFORMED BY, OR UNDER THE DIRECTION OF, THE PERMITTEE AT LEAST ONCE EVERY 14 CALENDAR DAYS AND WITHIN 24 HOURS AFTER ANY STORM EVENT OF GREATER THAN 0.50 INCHES OF RAIN PER 24-HOUR PERIOD DURING ACTIVE CONSTRUCTION. THE PERMITTEE SHALL USE A RAIN GAUGE NEAR THE SITE OR UTILIZE THE NEAREST NATIONAL WEATHER SERVICE PRECIPITATION GAUGE STATION. ANY GAUGE USED SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN 5 MILES OF THE STORMWATER DISCHARGE. 4. ALL INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE CONDUCTED DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE RECORDED IN WRITING AND THESE RECORDS SHALL BE RETAINED. RECORDS OF EACH INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE ACTIVITY SHALL INCLUDE: 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6

14. DEWATERING IS LIMITED TO STORMWATER AND GROUNDWATER THAT MAY COLLECT ON SITE, AND THE FOLLOWING ALLOWABLE NON-STORMWATER SOURCES: FIRE-FIGHTING, FIRE HYDRANT FLUSHING, POTABLE WATER LINE FLUSHING, INFREQUENT BUILDING AND EQUIPMENT WASH DOWN WITHOUT DETERGENTS, UNCONTAMINATED FOUNDATION DRAINS, SPRINGS, LAWN WATERING, AND AIR CONDITIONING CONDENSATE. THE OPERATION MUST NOT LEAD TO SEDIMENT DEPOSITS WITHIN STORM SEWERS, DITCHES, AND SURFACE WATERS. THE OPERATION MUST NOT CAUSE OR POTENTIALLY CAUSE A VISIBLE PLUME IN A SURFACE WATER.

DATE AND TIME OF INSPECTION. NAME OF PERSON(S) CONDUCTING INSPECTIONS. FINDINGS OF INSPECTIONS, INCLUDING RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CORRECTIVE ACTIONS. CORRECTIVE ACTIONS TAKEN (INCLUDING DATES, TIMES, AND PARTY COMPLETING MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES). DATE AND AMOUNT OF ALL RAINFALL EVENTS GREATER THAN 0.50 INCHES IN 24 HOURS. DOCUMENTATION THAT THE SWPPP PLAN HAS BEEN AMENDED WHEN SUBSTANTIAL CHANGES ARE MADE TO THE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS OR OTHER BMPS IN RESPONSE TO INSPECTIONS.

D:\Jobs\6475-0020\CAD\Plans\SWPPP.dwg-SWPPP 2-4/8/2020 3:39 PM-(hrollin)

5. INSPECTIONS SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 15. TEMPORARY SEDIMENTATION BASINS SHALL BE PROVIDED WHEN 5 OR MORE ACRES OF DISTURBED AREA DRAIN TO A COMMON LOCATION. THE BASIN MUST BE PROVIDE PRIOR TO RUNOFF LEAVING THE SITE OR ENTERING SURFACE WATERS.

5.1

16. ANY SEDIMENT ACCUMULATION IN SURFACE WATERS, INCLUDING DRAINAGEWAYS, CATCH BASINS, AND OTHER DRAINAGE SYSTEMS, SHALL BE REMOVED AND THE AREA STABILIZED WHERE SEDIMENT REMOVAL RESULTS IN EXPOSED SOILS. THE REMOVAL AND STABILIZATION MUST TAKE PLACE IMMEDIATELY, BUT NO MORE THAN 7 DAYS AFTER THE DISCOVERY UNLESS PRECLUDED BY LEGAL, REGULATORY, OR PHYSICAL ACCESS CONSTRAINTS. ALL REASONABLE EFFORTS MUST BE USED TO OBTAIN ACCESS. ONCE ACCESS IS OBTAINED, REMOVAL AND STABILIZATION MUST TAKE PLACE IMMEDIATELY, BUT NO MORE THAN 7 DAYS LATER. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTRACTING ALL OF THE APPROPRIATED AUTHORITIES AND RECEIVING THE APPLICABLE PERMITS PRIOR TO CONDUCTING ANY WORK.

5.3

5.2

5.4

ALL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES IDENTIFIED IN THE SWPPP MUST BE INSPECTED TO ENSURE THEY ARE OPERATING CORRECTLY AND IN SERVICEABLE CONDITIONS. SURFACE WATERS, DRAINAGE DITCHES, AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS, INCLUDING STORM SEWER, MUST BE INSPECTED FOR SEDIMENT DEPOSITS AND/OR VISIBLE PLUMES. EXIT POINTS FROM THE CONSTRUCTION SITE ONTO PAVED SURFACES MUST BE INSPECTED FOR SEDIMENT BEING TRACKED BY VEHICLES OR EQUIPMENT. VEGETATIVE BUFFERS MUST BE INSPECTED FOR PROPER DISTRIBUTION OF FLOWS, SEDIMENT ACCUMULATION, AND SIGNS OF RILL FORMATION.

6. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS FOUND IN NEED OF MAINTENANCE BETWEEN INSPECTIONS NEED TO BE REPAIRED OR SUPPLEMENTED WITH APPROPRIATE MEASURES WITHIN 48 HOURS OF DISCOVERY.

17. TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS IN ADDITION TO THOSE SHOWN ON THE PLANS SHALL BE INSTALLED IF DEEMED NECESSARY OR AT THE DIRECTION OF THE ENGINEER/OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 18. REMOVE ALL TEMPORARY SYNTHETIC, STRUCTURAL, NON-BIODEGRADABLE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL DEVICES AFTER THE SITE HAS UNDERGONE FINAL STABILIZATION AND PERMANENT VEGETATION HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED. MINIMUM VEGETATION ESTABLISHMENT IS 70% COVER. MAINTAIN ALL TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL DEVICES UNTIL 70% ESTABLISHED COVER IS ACHIEVED. 19. STORMWATER CONTROLS ARE EXPECTED TO WITHSTAND AND FUNCTION PROPERLY UP TO A TWO-YEAR, 24-HOUR PRECIPITATION EVENT. VISIBLE EROSION AND/OR OFF-SITE SEDIMENT DEPOSITS SHOULD BE MINIMAL. 20. THE WATER QUALITY VOLUME THAT MUST BE RETAINED ON SITE BY THE PROJECT'S PERMANENT STORMWATER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM SHALL BE 1-INCH OF RUNOFF FROM THE NEW IMPERVIOUS SURFACES CREATED BY THE PROJECT.

PRELIMINARY No.

Revision

Date

Not for Construction

Houston Engineering Inc.

Maple Grove

Drawn by

Date

P: 763.493.4522 F: 763.493.5572

Checked by

Scale

HRR GB

4-1-2020 AS SHOWN

COMO ZOO AND GOLF COURSE STORMWATER BMPS CAPITOL REGION WATERSHED DISTRICT

SWPPP PROJECT NO. 6475-0020

SHEET

28 of 28